Bibliography for MOLLUSCA

• Abbott, R. T. 1961. The genus Lambis in the Indo-Pacific. Indo-Pacific Mollusca 1(3): 147–174
• Abbott, R.T. 1960. The genus Strombus in the Indo-Pacific. Indo-Pacific Mollusca 1(2): 33–146
• Abbott, R.T. 1967. Strombus (Canarium) wilsoni new species from the Indo-Pacific. Indo-Pacific Mollusca 1(7): 455–456
• Abbott, R.T. 1974. American Seashells. The marine Mollusca of the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of North America. New York : Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. 663 pp.
• Abrard, R. 1946. Fossils Néogénes et Quaternaires des Nouvelles-Hébrides (Missions E.Albert de la rüe, 1934-1936). Annales de Paléontologie, Paris 32: 1–112
• Adam, W. 1939. Céphalopoda. 1e Partie. Le genre Sepioteuthis Blainville, 1824. Siboga-Expéditie 55: 1–33 l pl.
• Adam, W. 1939. Céphalopoda. 2e Partie. II Revision des espèces Indo-Malaises du genre Sepia Linné, 1758. III. Revision du genre Sepiella (Gray) Steenstrup, 1880. Siboga-Expéditie 55b: 1–135
• Adam, W. 1950. Un cephalopode nouveau: Pholidoteuthis boschmai gen. et sp. nov. Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie Wetenschappen 53: 1592–1598
• Adam, W. 1952. Résultats scientifiques des expéditions océanographiques belges dans les eaux côtières Africaines de l'Atlantique Sud (1948–1949). Céphalopodes. Résultats Scientifique Expédition Océanographique Belge 1948–1949 3(3): 1–142
• Adam, W. 1954. Cephalopoda a l'exclusion des genres Sepia, Sepiella et Sepioteuthis. Siboga-Expéditie 55C: 123–193 pls 1–4
• Adam, W. 1957. Notes sur les Céphalopodes. 23. Quelques espèces des Antilles. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique 33(7): 1–9
• Adam, W. 1962. Céphalopodes de l'archipel du Cap-Vert, de l'Angola et du Mozambique. Mém. Junta Investig. Ultramar. 2(33): 7–64
• Adam, W. 1975. Notes sur les céphalopodes. 26. Un nouvelle espèce de Todarodes (Todarodes filippovae sp. nov.) de l'Ocean Indien. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique 50(9): 1–10 pls 1–2
• Adam, W. 1979. The Sepiidae (Cephalopoda, Decapoda) in the collections of the Western Australian Museum. Records of the Western Australian Museum 7: 113–212 pls 1–13
• Adam, W. 1986. Contribution à la connaissance du genre Euprymna Steenstrup, 1887 (Mollusca Cephalopoda). Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique 56: 131–136
• Adam, W. & Leloup, E. 1938. Resultats scientifiques du voyage aux Indes Orientales Neerlandaises de LL. AA. RR. le Prince et la Princesse Leopold de Belgique. Prosobranchia et Opistobranchia. Mémoires du Musée Royal d'Histoire Naturelle de Belgique special 2(19): 1–209
• Adam, W. & Rees, W.J. 1966. A review of the cephalopod family Sepiidae. Scientific Reports of the John Murray Expedition 11: 1–165
• Adams, A. 1851. A Monograph of Macrochisma, a genus of Gasteropodous Mollusca belonging to the family Fissurellidae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1850(18): 202-203
• Adams, A. 1852. A catalogue of the species of Emarguinula, a genus of Gasteropodous Mollusca, belonging to the family Fissurellidae; in the Collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1851(19): 82-92
• Adams, A. 1852. Descriptions of new shells, from the Cumingian Collection. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1852: 90–92
• Adams, A. 1853. A Monograph of the recent species of Rimula, a genus of Mollusca, belonging to the family Fissurellidae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1851(19): 226-227
• Adams, A. 1853. Descriptions of several new species of Murex, Rissoina, Planaxis, and Eulima from the Cummingian collection. (1851). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 19: 267–72
• Adams, A. 1854. Description of a new genus, and of several new species, of Mollusca, from the Cumingian collection. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1852: 92–95 [23 May 1854]
• Adams, A. 1854. Descriptions of New species of Semele, Rhizochilus, Plotia and Tiara in the Cumingian Collection. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1853: 94-99
• Adams, A. 1854. Descriptions of a new genus and of several new species of gasteropodous Mollusca, from the Cumingian collection. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1853: 41–42 [25 July 1854]
• Adams, A. 1854. Descriptions of new shells from the collection of H. Cuming Esq. (1853). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 21: 69–74
• Adams, A. 1855. Descriptions of two new genera and several new species of Mollusca, from the collection of Hugh Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1855: 119–124
• Adams, A. 1856. Descriptions of thirty-four new species of bivalve Mollusca (Leda, Nucula, and Pythina), from the Cumingian Collection. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1856(xxiv): 47–53
• Adams, A. 1860. On some new genera and species of Mollusca from Japan. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3 5: 299–303
• Adams, A. 1862. On the animal and affinities of the genus Alaba, with a review of the known species, and descriptions of some new species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3 10: 293–299 [Oct. 1862]
• Adams, A. & Angas, G.F. 1864. Descriptions of new species of freshwater shells collected by Mr F.G. Waterhouse during J. McDonald Stuart's overland journey from Adelaide to the north-west coast of Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1863: 414–418 [20 Apr. 1864]
• Adams, A. & Angas, G.F. 1864. Descriptions of new species of shells, chiefly from Australia in the collection of Mr Angas. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1864: 35–40 [24 June 1864]
• Adams, A. & Reeve, L. 1850. Mollusca. pp. 72–87 pls 20–24 in Adams, A. (ed.) The Zoology of the Voyage of H.M.S. Samarang; under the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher. London.
• Adams, A. & Reeve, L. 1850. Mollusca. pp. 45-87 in Adams, A. (ed). The Zoology of the Vogage of H.M.S. Samarang; under the command of Captain Sir Edward Belcher, C.B.F.R.A.S., F.G.S. during the years 1843-1846. London : Reeve & Reeve.
• Adams, A. & Sowerby, G.B. 1863. Monographs of the genera Cemoria, Cranopsis, Zeidora, Rimula, Emarginula, Scutus & Tugalia. pp. 207-226, pls 245-249 in Sowerby, G.B. (ed). Thesaurus Conchyliorum.
• Adams, A. in: Angas 1864. On the land-shells of South Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1863: 519-529
• Adams, H. 1861. Descriptions of a new genus and some new species of the shells from the collection of Hugh Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1861: 143–145 [16 Sept. 1861]
• Adams, H. 1861. Descriptions of some new genera and species of shells from the collections of Hugh Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1861: 383–385
• Adams, H. 1866. Descriptions of six new species of shells and note on Opisthostoma de-Crespignii. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1866: 445
• Adams, H. 1868. Descriptions of some new species of land and marine shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1868: 14–17 [28 May 1868]
• Adams, H. 1869. Descriptions of a New Genus and Fourteen New Species of Marine Shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1869: 272–275
• Adams, H. 1872. Further descriptions of new species of shells, collected by Robert McAndrew, Esq., in the Red Sea. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1872: 9–12, pl. 3
• Adams, H. & Adams, A. 1852. On a new genus of Chitonidae. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2 52: 355 [Apr. 1852]
• Adams, H. & Adams, A. 1854. Monograph of Ellobium and Melampus, two genera of pulmoniferous Mollusca. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1854: 7–13 [30 Dec. 1854]
• Adams, H. & Adams, A. 1854. Monograph of Plecotrema, a new genus of gasteropodus mollusks, belonging to the family Auriculidae, from specimens in the collection of Hugh Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1853: 120–128 [14 Nov. 1854]
• Adams, H. & Adams, A. 1854. The Genera of Recent Mollusca arranged according to their organization. London : John Van Voorst Vol. 1 pp. 466.
• Adams, H. & Adams, A. 1855. Contributions towards the natural history of the Auriculidae, a family of pulmoniferous Mollusca; with descriptions of many new species from the Cumingian collection. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1854: 30–37 [10 Jan. 1855]
• Adams, H. & Adams, A. 1855. The Genera of Recent Mollusca; arranged according to their organization. London : John van Voorst Vol. 2 661 pp. [Nov. 1855]
• Adams, H. & Adams, A. 1855. The Genera of Recent Mollusca; arranged according to their organization. London : John Van Voorst Vol. 2 pp. 93–284. [Nov. 1855]
• Adams, H. & Angas, G.F. 1864. Descriptions of new genera and species of Chitonidae from the Australian seas, in the collection of George French Angas. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1864: 192–194 [10 May 1864]
• Adams, H. & Angas, G.F. 1868. Description of a new species of land-shell belonging to the genus, Coeliaxis, H. Ad. & Angas. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1867: 907, pl. 43 [3 Apr. 1868]
• Adams, H. & Angas, G.F. 1876. Descriptions of five new species of land-shells from Madagascar, New Guinea, Central Australia, and the Solomon Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1876: 488–490 [1 Oct. 1876]
• Adams, H. in Adams, H. & Angas, G.F. 1864. Descriptions of new genera and species of Chitonidae from the Australian seas, in the collection of George French Angas. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1864: 192–194
• Adams, S. & Angas, G.F. 1863. Descriptions of new species from Australian seas, in the collection of George French Angas. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1863(III): 418–428, pl. xxxvii
• Agassiz, L. 1840. Conchyliologie mineralogique de la Grande Bretagne. pp. 125–286.
• Akimushkin, I.I. 1963. Cephalopods of the seas of the U.S.S.R. Jerusalem : Israel Program for Scientific Translation pp. 223. [English translation from Russian. Mercade, A. (Transl.), Finesilver, R. (ed.)]
• Albers, J.C. 1850. Die Heliceen, nach natürlicher Verwandtschaft systematisch geordnet. Berlin : Verl. Th. Chr. Fr. Enslin pp. 262. [Aug. 1850]
• Albers, J.C. 1860. Die Heliceen, nach natürlicher Verwandtschaft systematisch geordnet. 2. Ausgabe herausgegeben von E. von Martens. Leipzig : Verl. Wilhelm Engelman 359 pp.
• Aldred, R.G., Nixon, M. & Young, J.Z. 1983. Cirrothauma murrayi Chun, a finned octopod. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B 301: 1–54
• Aldrich, F.A. & Lu, C.C. 1968. Report on the larva, eggs, and egg mass of Rossia sp. (Decapoda, Cephalopoda) from Bonavista Bay, Newfoundland. Canadian Journal of Zoology 46: 369–371
• Allan, J. 1940. A rare stalk-eyed squid (Bathothauma lyromma Chun) new to Australian waters. Records of the Australian Museum 20: 320–324
• Allan, J. 1945. Planktonic cephalopod larvae from the eastern Australian coast. Records of the Australian Museum 21: 317–350 pls 24–27
• Allan, J. 1948. A rare giant squid. Australian Museum Magazine 9: 306–308
• Allan, J. 1950. Australian Shells. With related animals living in the sea, in freshwater and on the land. Melbourne : Georgian House pp. 1–470, 45 pls, 112 text figs.
• Allan, J. 1950. Australian Shells. With related animals living in the sea, in freshwater and on the land. Melbourne : Georgian House pp. 1–470, 45 pls, 112 text figs.
• Allen, J.A. & Hannah, F.J. 1986. A reclassification of the Recent genera of the subclass Protobranchia. (Mollusca: Bivalvia). Journal of Conchology 32: 225–249
• Altena, C.O. van R. & Smith, B.J. 1975. Notes on introduced slugs of the families Limacidae and Milacidae in Australia, with two new records. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 3: 63–80
• Ancey, C.F. 1887. Description of new genera or subgenera of Helicidae. Conchologists Exchange 2: 22-23, 38-39 [Sept. 1887; article in two volumes of Conchologists Exchange Fischer, H. 1908. Liste des publications malacoloques de C.-F. Ancey. Journal de Conchyliologie 55: 406-412 [412]]
• Ancey, C.F. 1887. Nouvelles contributions malacologiques, 4. Auriculacées d'Aden. Bulletin de la Société Malacologique de France 4: 282–288
• Ancey, C.F. 1889. Mollusques terrestres nouveaux d'Océanie. Le Naturaliste 1889: 19
• Ancey, C.F. 1898. Notes malacologiques. Bulletin Museum d'Histoire Naturelle de Marseille 1: 125–150
• Ancey, C.F. 1898. Observations on Papuan land and freshwater shells with descriptions of new species from New Guinea and Western Australia. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 22: 771–778 [4 June 1898]
• Ancey, C.F. 1904. Notes, critiques et synonymiques. Journal de Conchyliologie 52: 288–316
• Anderson, D.T. 1962. The reproduction and early life histories of the gastropods Bembicium auratum (Quoy and Gaimard) (Fam. Littorinidae), Cellana tramoserica (Sower.) (Fam. Patellidae) and Melanerita melanotragus (Smith) (Fam. Neritidae). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 87: 62–68
• Ang, E.Z. 1967. Loricates of the Philippines. Philippines University, Natural and Applied Sciences Bulletin 20: 383–464 pls 1–21
• Angas, G. F. 1865. On the marine molluscan fauna of the Province of South Australia, with a list of all the species known up to the present time, together with remarks on their habitats and distribution, etc. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1865: 155–"180" (=190)
• Angas, G.F. 1864. On the land-shells of South Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1863: 519–529 [20 Apr. 1864]
• Angas, G.F. 1865. On the marine molluscan fauna of the province of South Australia: with a list of all the species known up to the present time; together with remarks on their habitats and distribution, etc. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1865: 155–190
• Angas, G.F. 1867. A list of species of marine Mollusca found in Port Jackson harbour, New South Wales and on the adjacent coasts, with notes on their habits etc. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1867: 185–233, 912–935
• Angas, G.F. 1867. A list of species of marine Mollusca found in Port Jackson harbour, New South Wales, and on the adjacent coasts, with notes on their habits, etc. Part I. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1867: 185–233 [14 Feb. 1867]
• Angas, G.F. 1867. A list of species of marine mollusca found in Port Jackson Harbour, New South Wales, and on the adjacent coasts, with notes on their habitats, &c. Part 1. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1867: 185–233
• Angas, G.F. 1867. Descriptions of thirty-two new species of marine shells from the coast of New South Wales. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1867: 110–117
• Angas, G.F. 1867. Descriptions of thirty-two new species of marine shells from the coast of New South Wales. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1867: 110–117 pl. 13 [24 Jan. 1867]
• Angas, G.F. 1868. Description of a new species of Helix from South Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1868: 257 [15 Sept. 1868]
• Angas, G.F. 1869. Descriptions of twelve new species of land and marine shells from Australia and the Solomon Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1869: 45–49 [21 June 1869]
• Angas, G.F. 1871. Descriptions of thirty-four new species of shells from Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1871: 13–20 [12 June 1871]
• Angas, G.F. 1872. Descriptions of ten new species of land and marine shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1872: 610–613 [3 Nov. 1872]
• Angas, G.F. 1873. Descriptions of eight new species of land and marine shells from various localities. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1873: 182–184 [June 1873]
• Angas, G.F. 1875. Descriptions of three new species of shells from Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1875: 389–390 [1 Oct. 1875]
• Angas, G.F. 1876. Descriptions of four new species of Helix, with some notes on Helix angasiana of Pfeiffer. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1876: 265–268 [1 June 1876]
• Angas, G.F. 1876. Remarks on the South Australian Helices, with a notice of all the specimens known up to the present date. Journal of Conchology 1: 134–135
• Angas, G.F. 1877. Description of a new species of Helix from South Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1877: 33–34 [1 June 1877]
• Angas, G.F. 1877. Description of one genus and twenty-five species of marine shells from New South Wales. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1877: 171–177, pl. 26, fig. 26, 27
• Angas, G.F. 1877. Descriptions of a new species of Bulimus from Western Australia, and of a Paludinella from Lake Eyre, South Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1877: 170–177 [1 Aug. 1877]
• Angas, G.F. 1878. A list of additional species of marine Mollusca of Southern Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1878: 864–871
• Angas, G.F. 1878. Descriptions of ten new species of marine shells from the Province of South Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1878(4): 861–864, pl. LIV
• Angas, G.F. 1880. Descriptions of three species of marine shells from Port Darwin, Torres Straits discovered by Mr W.T. Bednall; and of a new Helix from Kangaroo Island, South Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1880: 418–420 [1 Oct. 1880]
• Angas,G.F. 1878. Descriptions of nime new species of land and marine shells from various localities. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1878: 310-318
• Annandale, N. & Praskad, B. 1920. Observations on a carnivorous snail. Records of the Indian Museum 19: 189–194
• Anton, H.E. 1839. Verzeichniss der conchylien welche sich in der Sammlung von Hermann Eduard Anton befinden. Halle. xvi 110 pp.
• Anton, H.E. 1839. Verzerchniss der Conchylien. Halle : H.E. Anton pp. 110.
• Appellöf, A. 1889. Teuthologische Beiträge. 1. Chtenopteryx n. g., Veranya sicula Krohn, Calliteuthis Verrill. Bergens Museums Arsberetning 1889: 1–34
• Appellöf, A. 1898. Cephalopoden von Ternate. 1. Verzeichniss der von professor Kükenthal gesammelten Arten. II. Untersuchungen über Idiosepius, Sepiodarium und verwandte Formen, ein Beitrag zur Beleuchtung der Hektokotylisation und ihrer systematischen Bedeutung. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft 24: 561–637
• Arakawa, K.Y. 1964. A study of the radulae of the Japanese Muricidae (2). The genera Vexilla, Nassa, Rapana, Murex, Chicoreus and Homalocantha. Venus 22(4): 355–364, pl. 21
• Araujo, R., Moreno, D. & Ramos, M.A. 1993. The Asiatic clam Corbicula fluminea (Müller, 1774) (Bivalvia: Corbiculidae) in Europe. American Malacological Bulletin 10(1): 39-49
• Araya, H. 1983. Fishery biology and stock assessment of Ommastrephes bartrami in the north Pacific Ocean. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 44: 269–283
• Argenville, A.J.D. d' 1742. L' histoire naturelle éclaircie dans deux de ses parties principales la Lithologie et la Conchyliologie dont l'une traite des Pierres et l'autre des coquillages. ParisVol. 1 491 pp., 33 pls.
• Arkhipkin, A.I. 1997. Age of the micronektonic squid Pterygioteuthis gemmata (Cephalopoda; Pyroteuthidae) from the central-east Atlantic based on statolith growth increments. Journal of Molluscan Studies 63: 287–290
• Arnold, J.M. 1962. Mating behaviour and social structure in Loligo pealei. Biological Bulletin. Marine Biological Laboratory (Woods Hole) 123(1): 53–57
• Arnold, J.M. 1965. Observations on the mating behaviour of the squid Sepioteuthis sepioidea. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 15(1): 216–222
• Arnold, J.M. & Arnold, K.O. 1969. Some aspects of hole-boring predation by Octopus vulgaris. American Naturalist 9: 991–996
• Arnold, J.M. & Williams-Arnold, L.D. 1977. Cephalopoda: Decapoda. pp. 243–290 in Giese, A.C. & Pearse, J.S. (eds). Reproduction of Marine Invertebrates. Vol. IV. Molluscs: Gastropods and Cephalopods. New York, San Francisco, London : Academic Press.
• Arnold, J.M., Singley, C.T. & Williams-Arnold, L.D. 1972. Embryonic development and post hatching survival of the sepiolid squid Euprymna scolopes under laboratory conditions. Veliger 14: 361–364
• Ashby, E. 1900. Definitions of two new species of South Australian Polyplacophora. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 24: 86–88 pl. 1 [Dec. 1900]
• Ashby, E. 1918. Monograph on the genus Stenochiton (Order Polyplacophora), with description of two new species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 42: 65–78 pls 13–14
• Ashby, E. 1918. Notes on South Australian Polyplacophora, with additions to the fauna; together with a list of Australian Polyplacophora, showing their distribution in the Australian states. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 42: 79–87
• Ashby, E. 1919. A review of the genus Loricella (Order Polyplacophora), with notes on features previously unnoted and description of a new species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 43: 59–65 pl. 10
• Ashby, E. 1919. Descriptions of six new species of Australian Polyplacophora (four acanthochitons and two callistochitons), with other notes. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 43: 394–404 pls 41–42
• Ashby, E. 1919. Notes on Australian Polyplacophora, including descriptions of two new genera, a new variety, and the description and proposed recognition of Mr Bednall's Stenochiton pilsbryanus. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 43: 66–73 pl. 11
• Ashby, E. 1920. A review of Chiton crispus, Reeve (Order Polyplacophora) and its allies, with proposed recognition of Blainville's Chiton lineolatus, and description of three new species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 44: 272–282 pls 11–12
• Ashby, E. 1920. Chitons of the D'Entrecasteaux Channel, southern Tasmania, including additions to the Tasmanian fauna, and descriptions of a new species and a new variety. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 44: 263–271 pl. 11
• Ashby, E. 1921. Description of Bracebridge Wilson Collection of Victorian chitons, with description of two new species. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria ns 33: 149–159 pl. 8 [May 1921]
• Ashby, E. 1921. Notes on some Western Australian chitons (Polyplacophora), with additions to the fauna and the description of a new species of Rhyssoplax. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 45: 40–49 pl. 8 [21 Dec. 1921]
• Ashby, E. 1921. The rediscovery of Choriplax (=Microplax) grayi, Adams and Angas (Order Polyplacophora), with notes on its true place in the natural system and the description of a new sub-species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 45: 136–142 [21 Dec. 1921]
• Ashby, E. 1922. Notes on Australian Polyplacophora, with descriptions of three new species and two new varieties. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 46: 9–22 pl. 3 [22 Dec. 1922]
• Ashby, E. 1922. Notes on the Australian representatives of the genus Acanthopleura, Guilding, together with a description of Polyplacophora in the Western Australian Museum. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 8: 29–34
• Ashby, E. 1922. Types of species of Australasian Polyplacophora described by de Blainville, Lamarck, de Rochebrune, and others, now in the Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, in Paris. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 46: 572–582
• Ashby, E. 1923. A new species and subspecies of Acanthochiton. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 10: 13–15 pl. 1
• Ashby, E. 1923. A review of Ischnochiton (Haploplax) smaragdinus, Angas, 1867, and its congeners, together with the description of two new chitons from Papua. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 47: 224–229 pls 16–17 [22 Dec. 1923]
• Ashby, E. 1923. A review of the Australian representatives of the genus Cryptoplax, Order Polyplacophora. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 47: 237–243 pls 16–19
• Ashby, E. 1923. Monograph on the Australian Lepidopleuridae Order Polyplacophora, with a description of a new species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 47: 216–223, 242–243 pls 16–19
• Ashby, E. 1923. Notes on a collection of Polyplacophora from Carnarvon, Western Australia, with definitions of a new genus and two new species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 47: 230–236 pls 16–19 [22 Dec. 1923]
• Ashby, E. 1924. Further notes on Australian Polyplacophora with descriptions of three new species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 48: 323–327 pl. 31
• Ashby, E. 1924. The chiton fauna (Polyplacophora) of Port Stephens, New South Wales. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 48: 313–322 pl. 31
• Ashby, E. 1925. Monograph on Australian fossil Polyplacophora (Chitons). Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 37: 170–205 pls 18–22 [Nov. 1925]
• Ashby, E. 1925. The regional distribution of Australian chitons (Polyplacophora). Report of the Australian and New Zealand Association for the Advancement of Science 17: 366–393
• Ashby, E. 1926. Ecological notes and description of previously unrecorded features of Onithochiton ashbyi, B. and M., Acanthochiton crocodilus, T. and A., together with definitions of a new Callochiton (Polyplacophora). Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 50: 241–244
• Ashby, E. 1926. The acanthoid chitons of New Zealand, with descriptions and figures, including several new species. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 17(1): 5–35
• Ashby, E. 1927. Further notes on Victorian chitons. Victorian Naturalist 63: 356–358 [Apr. 1927]
• Ashby, E. 1927. Notes on, and additions to, the chiton fauna of north-west Tasmania, together with a brief review of the genus Stenochiton. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1926: 92–117 [10 Feb. 1927]
• Ashby, E. 1928. Notes on a collection of chitons (Polyplacophora) from the Capricorn Group, Queensland. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 52: 167–173 pl. 12 [1928]
• Ashby, E. 1929. Contributions to the fauna of Rottnest Island. No. II. Polyplacophora. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western Australia 15: 47–54 [27 Mar. 1929]
• Ashby, E. 1929. Notes on the fauna of Dirk Hartog Island, Western Australia. No. 3. Polyplacophora. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 53: 61–66
• Ashby, E. 1931. Monograph of South African Polyplacophora (chitons). Annals of the South African Museum 30: 1–59 pls 1–7
• Ashby, E. 1939. Fossil chitons from Mornington, Victoria. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London 151: 186–189 pl. 3 [27 Apr. 1939]
• Ashby, E. & Cotton, B.C. 1934. New species of chitons from Broome, Western Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 20: 213–219 [3 Dec. 1934]
• Ashby, E. & Cotton, B.C. 1936. South Australia fossil chitons. Records of the South Australian Museum 5: 509–512
• Ashby, E. & Cotton, B.C. 1937. Description of two new species of Australian chitons with additional notes and records. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 61: 145–148 pl. 8
• Ashby, E. & Cotton, B.C. 1939. New fossil chitons from the Miocene and Pliocene of Victoria. Records of the South Australian Museum 6: 209–242 pls 19–21 [16 Dec. 1939]
• Ashby, E. & Hull, A.F.B. 1923. The Polyplacophora of King Island, Bass Strait, with description of a new subspecies. Australian Zoologist 3: 79–84 pl. 8 [9 Mar. 1923]
• Ashby, E. & Torr, W.G. 1901. Fossil Polyplacophora from Eocene beds of Muddy Creek, Mornington (Schnapper Point) and Moorabool, Victoria, with definitions of nine new species, and notes on others. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 25: 136–144 pl. 4
• Azuma, M. 1961. Descriptions of six new species of Japanese marine Gastropoda. Venus 21(3): 296–303
• Baba, K. 1938. The later development of a solenogastre, Epimenia verrucosa (Nierstrasz). Journal of the Department of Agriculture, Kyushu Imperial University 6: 21–40
• Baba, K. 1940. Epimenia ohshimai a new solenogastre species from Amakusa, Japan. Venus Tokyo 10: 91–96
• Baba, K. 1940. The early development of a solenogastre, Epimenia verrucosa (Nierstr.). Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses 19: 107–113
• Baba, K. 1940. The mechanisms of absorption and excretion in a solenogastre, Epimenia verrucosa (Nierstrasz), studied by means of injection methods. Journal of the Department of Agriculture, Kyushu Imperial University 6: 119–166
• Backeljau, T. & Marquet, R. 1985. An advantageous use of multivariate statistics in a biometrical study on the Arion hortensis complex (Pulmonata: Arionidae) in Belgium. Malacological Review 18: 57–72
• Backeljau, T. & Van Beeck, M. 1986. Epiphallus anatomy in the Arion hortensis species aggregate (Mollusca, Pulmonata). Zoologica Scripta 15(1): 61–68
• Bailey, E.R. 1989. Daily cycles of feeding and locomotion in Helix aspersa. Haliotis 19: 23–31
• Baird, W. 1873. Shells. pp. 431–454 in Brenchley, J.L. (ed.). Jottings during the Cruise of H.M.S. Curacoa amoung the South Sea Islands in 1865. London : Longmans, Green & Co.
• Baker, F. C. 1891. Descriptions of new species of Muricidae, with remarks on the apices of certain forms. Proceeding of the Rochester Academy of Sceince 1: 129–137
• Baker, F. C. 1891. Remarks on the Muricidae with descriptions of new species of shells. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 43: 56–61
• Baker, F.C. 1908. Suggestions for a natural classification of the family Lymnaeidae. Science (Washington, D.C.) ns 27: 942–943
• Baker, F.C. 1945. The Molluscan Family Planorbidae. Urbana : Univ. Illinois Press 530 pp.
• Baker, G.H. 1986. The biology and control of white snails (Mollusca: Helicidae), introduced pests in Australia. CSIRO Aust. Div. Entomol. Tech. Pap. No. 25 31 pp.
• Baker, G.H. 1988. Dispersal of Theba pisana (Mollusca: Helicidae). Journal of Applied Ecology 25(3): 889–900
• Baker, G.H. 1988. The dispersal of Cernuella virgata (Mollusca: Helicidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 36(5): 513–520
• Baker, G.H. 1988. The life history, population dynamics and polymorphism of Cernuella virgata (Mollusca: Helicidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 36(5): 497–512
• Baker, G.H. & Vogelzang, B.K. 1988. Life history, population dynamics and polymorphism of Theba pisana (Mollusca: Helicidae) in Australia. Journal of Applied Ecology 25(3): 867–887
• Baker, H.B. 1922. Notes on the radula of the Helicinidae. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 74: 29–67
• Baker, H.B. 1923. Notes on the radula of the Neritidae. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 75: 117–178
• Baker, H.B. 1929. Minute American Zonitidae. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 80: 1–44
• Baker, H.B. 1930. Pseudohyaline American land snails. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 81: 251–266
• Baker, H.B. 1935. Jamaican land snails, 3. The Nautilus 48: 83–88
• Baker, H.B. 1935. Review of the anatomy of Pupillidae and related groups. pp. 191–209 in Pilsbry, H.A. (ed.). Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Conchology Section, Academy of Natural Sciences Ser. 2 Vol. 28 pp. 226.
• Baker, H.B. 1938. Nomenclature of Onchidiidae. The Nautilus 51(3): 85-88
• Baker, H.B. 1938. Zonitid snails from Pacific Islands. Pt I. Southern genera of Microcystinae. Bulletin of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum 158: 1–102
• Baker, H.B. 1941. Zonitid snails from Pacific Islands. Pt III & IV. Genera other than Microcystinae. Bulletin of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum 166: 205–370
• Baker, H.B. 1964. Type land snails in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Pt. III. Limnophile and Thalassophile Pulmonata. Pt IV. Land and fresh-water Prosobranchia. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 116: 149–193
• Ball, R. 1841. On a species of Loligo found on the shore of Dublin Bay. Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy 1: 362–364
• Bank, R.A. & Menkhorst, H.P.M.G. 1991. Bemerkungen über rezente Arten der Gattung Pleurodiscus (Gastropoda Pulmonata: Pupilloidea). Basteria 55: 61-71
• Barker, G.M. 1999. Naturalised terrestrial Stylommatophora (Mollusca: Gastropoda). Lincoln, Canterbury, New Zealand : Manaaki Whenua Press pp. 5–253.
• Barker, G.M. 2001. The Biology of Terrestrial Molluscs. Wallingford, UK : CABI Publishing pp. 1-558.
• Bastow, R.A. & Gatliff, J.H. 1907. New species of Australian chiton from Queensland, Enoplochiton torri. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 20: 27–30 pls 3–4 [Aug. 1907]
• Bavay, A. 1908. Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles. Nova Guinea (Zoology) 5: 269–292
• Beck, H.H. 1837. Index Molluscorum Praesentis Aevi Musei Principis Augustissimi Christiani Frederici. Hafniae : Beck Vol. 1 pp. 1–100.
• Beck, H.H. 1838. Index Molluscorum Praesentis Aevi Musei Principis Augustissimi Christiani Frederici. Hafniae : [Beck] Pt 2 pp. 101–124.
• Beddome, C. E. 1882. Description of some marine shells of Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1882: 167–170
• Beddome, C.E. 1882. Description of two new marine shells dredged off Three Hut Point, D'Entrecasteaux Channel, Tasmania. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1881: 21-22
• Beddome, C.E. 1883. Description of some new marine shells of Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1882: 167–170
• Beddome, C.E. 1883. Description of some new marine shells of Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1882: 167-170
• Beddome, C.E. 1897. Description of a new species of Pupina from Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 21: 814–815 [31 May 1897]
• Beddome, C.E. 1897. Description of a new species of land shell. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 22: 123 [17 Sept. 1897]
• Beddone, C.E. 1883. Description of some new marine shells of Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1882: 167-170
• Bednall, W.T. 1876. Conchology of Port Darwin. pp. 185–186 in Harcus, W. (ed.). South Australia : its history, resources and productions. Adelaide : Government Printer.
• Bednall, W.T. 1892. Land and freshwater Mollusca. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 16: 62–67 [Dec. 1892]
• Bednall, W.T. 1894. On a new land shell from central Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 18: 190 [Nov. 1894]
• Bednall, W.T. 1897. The Polyplacophora of South Australia. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 2: 139–159 pl. 12 [Apr. 1897]
• Bednall, W.T. & Matthews, E.H.V. 1906. On new species of Polyplacophora from South Australia. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 7: 91–92 pl. 9 [29 June 1906]
• Bednall, W.T. & Pilsbry, H.A. in Pilsbry, H.A. 1894. Notices of new chitons. II. The Nautilus 7: 119–120 [Feb. 1894]
• Bednall, W.T. In Bednall, W.T. & Matthews, E.H.V. 1906. On new species of Polyplacophora from South Australia. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 7: 91–92 pl. 9 [29 June 1906]
• Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds) 1998. Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5, Part A pp. xvi, 1–563.
• Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds) 1998. Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5, Part B pp. viii 565-1234.
• Bell, K.N. 1979. The breeding time and growth rate of Sepia apama (Mollusca: Cephalopoda). Victorian Naturalist 96: 19–20
• Bell, K.N. & Burn, R. 1979. On the identity of Webbinella bassensis Parr. Victorian Naturalist 96: 195–199
• Bellardi, L. 1875. Monografia delle Nuculidi trovante finora nei terreni Terziari del Piemonte e della Liguria. Torinopp. 1–32, 1 plate.
• Belyaev, G.M. 1989. Glubokovodnii Okeanicheskii Zheloba i ikh Fauna. Moscow : 'Nauka'.
• Benham, W.B. 1942. Octopodous mollusca of New Zealand. Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New Zealand 72: 226–236
• Benson, W.H. 1849. Characters of Diplommatina, a new genus of terrestrial mollusks belonging to the family Carychidae, and of a second species contained in it: also of a new species of Carychium inhabiting the Western Himalaya. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2 4: 193–195
• Benson, W.H. 1850. Characters of new species of Helix from India, Mauritius and the Cape of Good Hope; also of a new Mauritian Tornatellina, with remarks on the habits of a Cape Succinea. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2 6: 251–256
• Benson, W.H. 1853. Additional character of the shell of the cyclostomatous genus Alycaeus of Gray, with descriptions of its animal inhabitant, — of a fourth species, — and of the Indian Cyclostomata; also, remarks on an unrecorded character in Diplommatina. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2 11: 283–287 [Apr. 1853]
• Benson, W.H. 1853. Characters of several Helices from West Australia and the Mauritius; with notes on some species of Cyclostoma from Borneo. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2 11: 29–33 [1 Jan. 1853]
• Benson, W.H. 1854. Characters of a new European Pupa, and of a new Australian Bulimus. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2 13: 97–99 [1 Feb. 1854]
• Benson, W.H. 1855. Chusan shells. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 24: 119–140
• Benson, W.H. 1855. Notice on the question of the presence of an operculum in the genus Diplommatina Benson, and description of a new species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2 15: 329–331 [1 May 1855]
• Benthem Jutting, W.S.S. van 1948. Systematic studies on the non-marine Mollusca of the Indo-Australian Archipelago. I. Critical revision of the Javanese operculate land-shells of the families Hydrocenidae, Helicinidae, Cyclophoridae, Pupinidae and Cochlostomatidae. Treubia 19: 539–604
• Benthem Jutting, W.S.S. van 1950. Systematic studies on the non-marine Mollusca of the Indo-Australian Archipelago. II. Critical revision of the Javanese pulmonate land-shells of the families Helicarionidae, Pleurodontidae, Fruiticicolidae and Streptaxidae. Treubia 20: 381–505
• Benthem Jutting, W.S.S. van 1952. Systematic studies on the non-marine Mollusca of the Indo-Australian Archipelago. III Critical revision of the Javanese pulmonate land-snails of the families Ellobiidae to Limacidae, with an appendix on Helicarionidae. Treubia 21: 291–435
• Benthem Jutting, W.S.S. van 1953. Systematic studies on the non-marine Mollusca of the Indo-Australia Archipelago. IV. Critical revision of the freshwater bivalves of Java. Treubia 22: 19–73
• Benthem Jutting, W.S.S. van 1956. Systematic studies on the non-marine Mollusca of the Indo-Australian Archipelago. V. Critical revision of the Javanese freshwater gastropods. Treubia 23: 259–477
• Benthem Jutting, W.S.S. van 1963. Non-marine Mollusca of West New Guinea. Part 1. Mollusca from fresh and brackish waters. Nova Guinea 20: 409–521
• Benthem Jutting, W.S.S. van 1963. Non-marine Mollusca of West New Guinea. Part I. Mollusca from fresh and brackish waters. Nova Guinea (Zoology) 20: 409–521
• Bequaert, J.C. 1950. Studies in the Achatininae, a group of African land snails. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 105: 1–216
• Bergenhayn, J.R.M. 1933. Die Loricaten von Prof. Dr. Sixten Bocks Expedition nach Japan und den Bonin-Inseln 1914. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm 12: 1–58 pls 1–3 [8 Mar. 1933]
• Bergenhayn, J.R.M. 1933. Eine neue Cryptoplax-Art aus dem ostendischen Inselmeer. Zoologischer Anzeiger 104: 147–161
• Bergh, L.S.R. 1884. Report on the Nudibranchiata collected by H.M.S. Challenger diring the years 1873-1876. Report of the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. "Challenger", 1873–1876, Zoology 10(1): 1-154
• Bergmans, W. 1969. Description of a new Pronucula (Bivalvia, Nuculidae) from New South Wales and additional notes on some other species of the same genus. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 12: 61–
• Bergmans, W. 1978. Taxonomic revision of Recent Australian Nuculidae (Mollusca: Bivalvia), except Ennucula Iredale, 1931. Records of the Australian Museum 31: 673–736
• Bergstrom, B. & Summers, W.C. 1983. Sepietta oweniana. pp. 75–91 in Boyle, P.R. (ed.). Cephalopod Life Cycles. Vol. 1 Species Accounts. London : Academic Press.
• Bernard, F. 1896. Diagnoses de Coquilles Nouvelles de Lamellibranches (Genres Hochstetteria et Condylocardia). Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 2(5): 193–197
• Berrie, A.D. 1959. Variation in the radula of the freshwater snail Lymnaea peregra (Müller) from northwestern Europe. Arkiv för Zoologi 2 12(27): 391–404
• Berry S.S. 1952. The flapjack devilfish, Opisthoteuthis in California. California Fisheries and Game 38: 183–188
• Berry, S.S. 1909. Diagnoses of new cephalopods from the Hawaiian Islands. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 37: 407–419
• Berry, S.S. 1911. A new sepiolid from Japan. Zoologischer Anzeiger 37: 39
• Berry, S.S. 1911. Preliminary notices of some new Pacific cephalopods. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 40: 589–592
• Berry, S.S. 1912. A catalogue of Japanese Cephalopoda. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 64: 344–380
• Berry, S.S. 1912. A review of the cephalopods of western North America. Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries (U.S.) 30: 269–336, pl. 32–56
• Berry, S.S. 1916. Cephalopoda of the Kermadec Islands. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 68: 45–66 pls 6–9
• Berry, S.S. 1917. Cephalopoda. Australasian Antarctic Expedition 1911–14. Science Report 4(2): 5–38 pls 10–14
• Berry, S.S. 1918. Report on the Cephalopoda obtained by the F.I.S. Endeavour in the Great Australian Bight and other southern Australian localities. Biological Results of the Fishing Experiments carried on by the F.I.S. Endeavour 1909–14 4: 203–298 pls 59–88
• Berry, S.S. 1919. Preliminary notices of some new west American chitons. Lorquinia 2: 44–47 [1919]
• Berry, S.S. 1920. Light production in cephalopods. 1. An introductory survey. Biological Bulletin. Marine Biological Laboratory (Woods Hole) 38: 141–169
• Berry, S.S. 1920. Preliminary diagnoses of new cephalopods from the Western Atlantic. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 58: 293–300 pl. 16
• Berry, S.S. 1921. A review of the cephalopod genera Sepioloidea, Sepiadarium and Idiosepius. Records of the South Australian Museum 1: 347–364
• Berry, S.S. 1955. On recent Californian occurrences of the rare octopod Ocythoe. California Fisheries and Game 41(2): 177–181
• Beu, A.G. 1967. Notes on New Zealand chitons (Mollusca, Amphineura). New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 1: 475–481 [Dec. 1967]
• Bidder, A.M. 1966. Feeding and digestion in Cephalopods. pp. 97–124 in Wilbur, K.M. & Yonge, C.M. (eds). Physiology of Mollusca. New York and London : Academic Press Vol. 2.
• Bieler, R. & Petit, R.E. 1996. Additional notes on nomina first introduced by Tetsuaki Kira in "Coloured Illustrations of the Shells of Japan". Malacologia 38: 33–34
• Binney, A. 1840. A monograph of the Helices inhabiting the United States. Section II. Lip simple. Boston Journal of Natural History 3: 405–438
• Bishop, M.J. 1977. Terrestrial Mollusca of Queensland: the family Veronicellidae. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 18: 53–59 pl. 18
• Bishop, M.J. 1978. Zonitoides arboreus (Say) (Pulmonata : Zonitidae) introduced into Australia and the identity of Alienator Iredale. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 4: 7–8
• Bishop, M.J. 1978. A revision of the genus Thersites Pfeiffer (Pulmonata : Camaenidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 4: 9–21
• Bishop, M.J. 1978. Anatomical notes on the Australian camaenid land snail Sphaerospira fraseri (Griffith & Pidgeon). Journal of Molluscan Studies 44: 200–208
• Blainviile, H. de. 1826. Poulpe. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles 43: 170–214
• Blainville, H. de 1823. Mémoire sur les espèces du genre Calmar (Loligo, Lamarck). Journal de Physique, de Chimie et d'Histoire Naturelle 96: 116–135
• Blainville, H. de 1826. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles. Tom. 43.
• Blainville, H.M.D de 1825. Oscabrelle. Oscabrion. In, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles. Paris : Levrault Vol. 36 pp. 519–556.
• Blainville, H.M.D. 1819. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles. Strasbourg : Levrault Vol. 14.
• Blainville, H.M.D. 1825. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles. Paris & Strassburg : Levrault Vol. 34 pp. 319.
• Blainville, H.M.D. 1825. Dictionnaires des Sciences Naturelles. Paris & Strassburg : Levrault Vol. 38.
• Blainville, H.M.D. in Burrow, E.I. 1815. Elements of Conchology according to the Linnean System. 248 pp. pls i–xxviii.
• Blainville, H.M.D. de 1818. In, Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles. Paris : Levrault Vol. 12.
• Blainville, H.M.D. de 1824. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles dans lequel on traite méthodiquement des différens êtres de la nature. Strasbourg : Paris & Levrault.
• Blainville, H.M.D. de 1825. Dictionnaires des Sciences Naturelles. Paris & Strassburg : Levrault Vol. 34 pp. 319.
• Blainville, H.M.D. de 1825. Manual de Malacologie et de Conchyliologie. Paris : Norman Fils 664 pp. [28 Dec. 1825]
• Blake, J.A. & Watling, L. 1994. Life history studies of deep-sea benthic infauna: Polychaeta, Aplacophora, and Cumacea from the continental slope off Massachusetts. pp. 244–260 in Young, C.M. & Eckelbarger, K.J. (eds). Reproduction, Larval Biology, and Recruitment of the Deep-Sea Benthos. New York : Columbia University Press.
• Blanford, W.T. 1864. On the classification of the Cyclostomacea of Eastern Asia. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3 13: 441–465
• Boettger, O. 1880. Die Pupa–Arten Oceaniens. in Martens, E. von. Conchologische Mittheilungen, als Fortsetzung der Novitates 1: 45–72 [July 1880]
• Boissevain, M. 1906. The Scaphopoda of the Siboga Expedition treated together with the known Indo-Pacific Scaphopoda. Siboga-Expéditie 54: 1–76
• Boletzky, S.v. 1971. Neorossia n.g. pro Rossia (Allorossia) caroli Joubin, 1902, with remarks on the generic status of Semirossia Steenstrup, 1887 (Mollusca: Cephalopoda). Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 214: 964–969
• Boletzky, S.v. 1977. Post-hatchling behaviour and mode of life in cephalopods. pp. 557–567 in Nixon, M. & Messenger, J.B. (eds) The Biology of Cephalopods. Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond. 38.
• Boletzky, S.v. 1978. Nos connaissances actuelles sur le developement des octopodes. Vie et Milieu 28/29: 85–120
• Boletzky, S.v. 1983. Sepia officinalis. pp. 31–52 in Boyle, P.R. (ed.). Cephalopod Life Cycles. Vol. 1. Species accounts. London : Academic Press.
• Boletzky, S.v. 1983. Sepiola robusta. pp. 53–67 in Boyle, P.R. (ed.). Cephalopod Life Cycles. Vol. 1. Species accounts. London : Academic Press.
• Boletzky, S.v. 1987. Juvenile behaviour. pp. 45–60 in Boyle, P.R. (ed.). Cephalopod Life Cycles. Vol. 2. Comparative reviews. London : Academic Press.
• Boletzky, S.v. & Boletzky, M.V.v. 1973. Observations on the embryonic and early post-embryonic development of Rossia macrosoma (Mollusca, Cephalopoda). Helgoländer Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen 25: 135–161
• Boletzky, S.v. & Boletzky, M.v. 1970. Das Eingraben in Sand bei Sepiola und Sepietta (Mollusca, Cephalopoda). Revue Suisse de Zoologie 77: 536–548
• Boletzky, S.v. & Hanlon, R.T. 1983. A review of the laboratory maintenance, rearing and culture of cephalopod molluscs. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 44: 147–187
• Boletzky, S.v., Boletzky, M.v., Frösch, D. & Gätzi, V. 1971. Laboratory rearing of Sepiolinae (Mollusca: Cephalopoda). Marine Biology, Berlin 8: 82–87
• Bolten, J.F. 1798. Museum Boltenianum sive Catalogus Cimeliorum Etribus Regnis Naturae. Hamburgi : Johan, Christi, Trappii pp. 199. [Sept. 1798]
• Bonham, K. 1994. Identity and distribution of large Roblinella land snails in Tasmania. Tasmanian Naturalist 116: 38-44
• Bonham, K. 1996. Identification and natural history of Discocharopa mimosa, a Tasmanian arboreal charopid snail. Tasmanian Naturalist 117: 15-22
• Bonham, K. & Taylor, R. 1997. Distribution and habitat of the land snail Tasmaphena lamproides (Pulmonata: Rhytididae) in Tasmania. Molluscan Research 18: 1-10
• Bonnet, A. 1864. Description de quelque Mollusques nouveaux ou présumés tels. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie Pure et Appliquée. Paris 2 16: 67-72, pl. 6
• Boray, J.C. 1964. Studies on the ecology of Lymnaea tomentosa, the intermediate host of Fasciola hepatica. 1. History, geographical distribution and environment. Australian Journal of Zoology 12: 217–230
• Boray, J.C. 1964. Studies on the ecology of Lymnaea tomentosa, the intermediate host of Fasciola hepatica. I. History, geographical distribution and environment. Australian Journal of Zoology 12: 217–230
• Boray, J.C. 1978. The potential impact of exotic Lymnaea spp. on fascioliasis in Australasia. Veterinary Parasitology 4: 127–141
• Boray, J.C. 1998. Mollusc and Parasitic diseases. pp. 65-70 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5A pp. 1-563.
• Boray, J.C. & McMichael, D.F. 1961. The identity of the Australian lymnaeid snail host of Fasciola hepatica L. and its response to environment. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 12: 150–162
• Boray, J.C., Fraser, G.C., Williams, J.D. & Wilson, J.M. 1985. The occurrence of the snail Lymnaea columella on grazing areas in New South Wales and studies on its susceptibility to Fasciola hepatica. Australian Veterinary Journal 62: 4–6
• Born, I. von 1778. Index rerum naturalium Musei Caesarei Vindobonensis, pl. 1, Testacea. Vienna : J. P. Krauss pp. XIII + 458.
• Born, I. von 1778. Index rerum naturalium Musei Caesarei Vindobonensis, pl. 1, Testacea. Vienna : J.P. Krauss XIII pp. 458.
• Born, I. von 1778. Index rerum naturalium Musei Caesarei Vindobonensis, pl. 1, Testacea. – Verzeichniss etc. Illust. Vindobonae. Vienna : J.P. Krauss xlii 458 pp.
• Born, I. von 1780. Testacea musei Caesarei Vindobonensis ect. Illust. Vienna. p. 431.
• Born, I. von 1780. Testacea musei Caesarei Vindobonensis quae jussu Mariae Theresia Augustae disposuit et descripsit. Vindobonae : Joannis Pauli Kraus pp. 442.
• Bosc, L. 1802. Histoire naturelle des vers contenant leur description et leurs moeurs: avec figures dessinée après nature. Vol. 1 Paris : Déterville 324 pp.
• Bosc, L.A.G. 1801. Histoire naturelle des coquilles. ParisVol. 1-5.
• Boss, K. 1982. Mollusca. pp. 945–1166 in Parker, S.P. (ed.). Synopsis and Classification of Living Organisms. New York : McGraw-Hill Vol. 1.
• Boss, K.J. 1982. Mollusca. pp. 945–1166 in Parker, S.P. (ed.). Synopsis and Classification of Living Organisms. New York : McGraw-Hill Book Company Vol. 1.
• Boss, K.J. 1982. Mollusca. pp. 1163–1166 in Parker, S.P. (ed.). Synopsis and Classification of Living Organisms. New York : McGraw-Hill.
• Bourguignat, J.R. 1853. Catalogue des espèces du genre Ancylus. Journal de Conchyliologie 4: 169–199 [1 May 1853]
• Bourguignat, J.R. 1853. Notice sur le genre Ancylus, suivie d'un catalogue synonymique des espèces de ce genre. Journal de Conchyliologie 4: 55–66 [15 Feb. 1853]
• Bourguignat, J.R. 1861. Des Limaces Algeriénnes. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie Pure et Appliquée. Paris 2 13: 299–307
• Bourguignat, J.R. 1862. Notices monographiques sur les genres Gundlachia, Poeyie et Brondelia. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie Pure et Appliquée. Paris 2 14: 12–23
• Bourne, G.C. 1911. Contributions to the morphology of the group Neritacea of the aspidobranch gastropods. Part II. The Helicinidae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1911: 759–809
• Bouxin, J. & Legendre, R. 1936. La fauna pelagique de l'Atlantique recueillie dans des estomacs de germon au large du Golfe de Gascogne, II: Céphalopodes. Annales de l'Institut Océanographique 16(1): 1–99
• Bowdich, T.E. 1822. Elements of Conchology, including the fossil genera and animals. Pt 1. Paris : Smith pp. 75.
• Bowdich, T.E. 1822. Elements of Conchology, including the fossil genera and animals. Pt. 2. Paris : Smith pp. illustrated.
• Boyle, P.R. 1986. Report on a specimen of Architeuthis stranded near Aberdeen, Scotland. Journal of Molluscan Studies 52: 81–82
• Boyle, P.R. (ed.) 1983. Cephalopod Life Cycles. Vol. 1. Species Accounts. London : Academic Press pp. xvii 474.
• Boyle, P.R. (ed.) 1987. Cephalopod Life Cycles. Vol. 2. Comparative Reviews. London : Academic Press pp. xxi 441.
• Brancotte, V. & Vincent, T. 2002. The invasion of French hydrographic system by the molluscs Corbicula spp. Details of settlement and main role of ship canals. Bulletin Francais de la Peche et de la Pisciculture 365-366: 325-337
• Brandt, R. 1974. The non-marine aquatic Mollusca of Thailand. Archiv fuer Molluskenkunde 105: 1–423
• Brandt, S.B. 1983. Pelagic squid associations with a warm-core eddy of the East Australian Current. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 34: 573–585
• Brazier, J. 1870. Note sur l'habitat exact de deux espèces de coquilles terrestres et de trois espèces de volutes. Journal de Conchyliologie 18: 84–86 [1 Jan. 1870]
• Brazier, J. 1871. Description of two new species of land shells from Bellenger R. N.S.W. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1871: 321 [16 Aug. 1871]
• Brazier, J. 1871. Descriptions of ten new species of land shells, collected by Mr W.F. Petterd, of Hobart Town, Tasmania. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1870: 659–662 [1 Apr. 1871]
• Brazier, J. 1872. Description of eight new Australian shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1871: 639–642 [2 May 1872]
• Brazier, J. 1872. Descriptions of seven new species of land and marine shells from the Solomon Islands, Western Polynesia and Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1872: 20–23 [1 June 1872]
• Brazier, J. 1872. Descriptions of seven new species of the genus Helix, and of two fluviatile shells from Tasmania. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1871: 696–699 [2 May 1872]
• Brazier, J. 1872. Descriptions of six new species of land shells from Australia and Lord Howe's Island. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1872: 617–619 [3 Nov. 1872]
• Brazier, J. 1875. Description of fourteen new species of terrestrial, fluviatile and marine shells from Australia and the Solomon Islands. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1: 1–9 [Apr. 1875]
• Brazier, J. 1875. Descriptions of eight species of Australian and Tasmanian land and freshwater shells. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1: 17–20 [27 Apr. 1875]
• Brazier, J. 1875. Descriptions of eleven new species of terrestrial and marine shells from north-east Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1874: 668–672 [Apr. 1875]
• Brazier, J. 1875. Descriptions of ten new species of shells from the collection of Mr C. Coxen, of Brisbane, Queensland. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1875: 31–34 [1 June 1875]
• Brazier, J. 1876. Description of a new Pupina collected during the Chevert Expedition. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1: 136–137
• Brazier, J. 1876. Description of two new species of Australian land shells. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1: 97 [July 1876]
• Brazier, J. 1876. Descriptions of thirty-five new species of land shells from New Guinea, Australia, and islands in the Torres Straits, collected during the Chevert Expedition. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1: 98–113 [July 1876]
• Brazier, J. 1876. Descriptions of thirty-five new species of land-shells from New Guinea, Australia, and islands in the Torres Straits, collected during the Chevert Expedition. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1: 98–113 [July 1876]
• Brazier, J. 1876. List of land-shells collected during the Chevert Expedition. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1: 117–133
• Brazier, J. 1877. Continuation of the Mollusca collected during the Chevert Expedition. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2: 55–60
• Brazier, J. 1877. Description of three new species of shells, from Australia and New Guinea. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2: 25–27 [July 1877]
• Brazier, J. 1877. List of marine shells, with descriptions of the new species collected during the 'Chevert' Expedition. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 1(3): 169–181
• Brazier, J. 1877. Synonymy of and remarks upon Tasmanian and other shells, with their geographical distribution. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1876: 168–172 [27 Feb. 1877]
• Brazier, J. 1878. Descriptions of seven new species of terrestrial and marine shells from Australia. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 3: 77–81 [Dec. 1878]
• Brazier, J. 1879. Description of a new species of Vivipara. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 3: 221–222 [Feb. 1879]
• Brazier, J. 1880. List of the land shells found on Thursday Island, with descriptions of the new species. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 4: 392–396 [May 1880]
• Brazier, J. 1881. Notes on a new variety of Helix palmensis. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 5: 458 [Feb. 1881]
• Brazier, J. 1881. Notes on shells from the Solomon Islands and Australia. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 5: 444–447 [Feb. 1881]
• Brazier, J. 1881. Synonymy of and remarks upon two Australian species of Melania. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 6: 551–552 [Dec. 1881]
• Brazier, J. 1886. Description of a new species of Onchidium. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 10: 729
• Brazier, J. 1889. Mollusca. 22–30 in Etheridge, R. The general zoology of Lord Howe Island. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 2: 1–42 [1 May 1889]
• Brazier, J. 1889. Notes and critical remarks on a donation of shells sent to the Museum of the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Journal of Conchology 6: 66–84 [4 May 1889]
• Brazier, J. 1892. Catalogue of the Marine Shells of Australia and Tasmania. Pt I. Cephalopoda; Pt II. Pteropoda. Sydney : Australian Museum Catalogue Vol. 15 pp. 42.
• Brazier, J. 1892. Catalogue of the marine shells of Australia and Tasmania. Pt 1. Cephalopoda. Sydney : Australian Museum Catalogue Vol. 15 pp. 1–19.
• Brazier, J. 1893. Catalogue of the marine shells of Australia and Tasmania. Part III. Gastropoda, Murex. Australian Museum Sydney, Catalogue 15:. 45–74 pp.
• Brazier, J. 1896. On the new genus Petterdiana. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1894–95: 105 [Aug. 1896]
• Brazier, J.W. & Henn, A.U. 1894. Family Fissurellidae. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 19: 177-182
• Bretnall, B.W. 1919. Onchidiidae from Australia and the South-Western Pacific Islands. Records of the Australian Museum 12: 303–328
• Breure, A.S.H. 1978. Notes on descriptions of Bulimulidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda). Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 164: 1–255
• Breure, A.S.H. 1979. Systematics, phylogeny and zoogeography of Bulimulidae (Mollusca). Zoologische Verhandelingen (Leiden) 168: 1–215
• Britton, J.C. & Morton, B. 1993. Corbicula in North America: evidence reviewed and evaluated. Proccedings, First International Corbicula Symposium. 249-287 pp.
• Britton, K.M. 1984. The Onchidiacea (Gastropoda, Pulmonata) of Hong Kong with a worldwide review of the genera. Journal of Molluscan Studies 50: 179–191
• Brix, O. 1983. Giant squid may die when exposed to warm water currents. Nature (London) 303(2): 422–423
• Brocco, S. 1970. Aspects of the biology of the sepiolid squid Rossia pacifica Berry. Unpublished MSc Thesis, University of Victoria, British Columbia, Canada 151 pp.
• Brock, J. 1882. Zur Anatomie und Systematik der Cephalopoden. Zeitschrift für Wissenschaftliche Zoologie 36: 543–610 pls 34–37
• Brock, J. 1887. Zur Systematik der Cephalopoden. Nachrichten von der Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen 11: 317–322
• Broderip, W.J. 1836. British Cyclopaedia N. H. 2(14): 31.
• Broderip, W.J. & Sowerby, G.B. 1832. Specimens of Mollusca and Conchifera collected by Mr H. Cuming. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 2: 25–33
• Brot, A. 1860. Description de nouvelles espèces de Melanies. Revue de Zoologie, Paris 1860: 254–267 [July 1860]
• Brot, A. 1862. Matériaux pour Servir à l'Étude de la famille des Mélaniens. I. Catalogue systématique des espèces qui composent la famille des Mélaniens. Genève : Jules-Guillaume Fick Vol. 1 pp. 72.
• Brot, A. 1874. Die Melaniaceen (Melanidae) in Abbildungen nach der Natur. pp. 1–488, 49 pls in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematiches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 1 Abt. 24.
• Brot, A. 1877. Die Melaniaceen (Melanidae). pp. 193–352 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 1 Abt. 24.
• Brot, A.L. 1870. Catalogue of the resent species of the family Melanidae. American Journal of Conchology 6: 271-325
• Brown, D.S. 1981. Observations on the Planorbinae from Australia and New Guinea. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 5: 67–80
• Brown, D.S. 1998. Freshwater snails of the genus Gyraulus (Planorbidae) in Australia: the taxa of Tasmania. Molluscan Research 19(2): 105-154
• Brown, D.S. 2001. Freshwater snails of the genus Gyraulus (Planorbidae) in Australia: taxa of the mainland. Molluscan Research 21: 17-107
• Bruggen, A.C. van 1967. An introduction to the pulmonate family Streptaxidae. Journal of Conchology 26: 181–188
• Bruggen, A.C. van 1980. Gondwanaland connections in the terrestrial molluscs of Africa and Australia. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 4: 215–222
• Bruguière, J.G. 1789. Histoire Naturelle des Ver. Encyclopédie Méthodique ou par de matieres. Historie Naturelle des Vers et Mollusques 1: 1-150, pls. 1-95
• Bruguière, J.G. 1792. De deux coquilles des genres de l'Oscabrion et de la Pourpe. Journal of Natural History Paris 1: 20–32 pl. 2
• Bruguière, J.G. 1792. Encyclopédie Méthodique ou par ordre de matières. Histoire naturelle des vers, des mollusques. Paris : Panckoucke Vol. 1 758 pp.
• Bruguière, J.G. 1792. Encyclopédie Méthodique ou par ordre de matières. Histoire naturelle des vers, des mollusques. Paris : Panckoucke Vol. 1 pp. i–xviij, 1–758.
• Brunckhorst, D.J. 1998. Family Corbiculidae. pp. 353-355 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part A pp. xvi, 1–563.
• Brunckhorst, D.J. 1998. Family Sphaeriidae. pp. 355 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part A pp. xvi, 1–563.
• Bruun, A. Fr 1943. The biology of Spirula spirula (L). 'Dana' Reports 24: 1–44 2 pls
• Bruun, A. Fr 1955. New light on the biology of Spirula, a mesopelagic cephalopod. pp. 61–72 in, Essays in the Natural Sciences in Honour of Captain Allan Hancock. Los Angeles : University of California Press.
• Buchanan 1800. An account of the Onchidium. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London (Zoology) 5: 132-134
• Buckland-Nicks, J. & Chia, F.-S. 1989. Spermiogenesis in Chaetoderma sp. (Aplacophora). Journal of Experimental Zoology 252: 308–317
• Buckland-Nicks, J. & Scheltema, A.H. 1995. Was internal fertilization an innovation of early Bilateria? Evidence from sperm structure of a mollusc. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London 261: 11–18
• Bullen, R.A. 1904. Descriptions of new species of non-marine shells from Java, and a new species of Corbicula from New South Wales. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 6: 109–111 [23 June 1904]
• Bullock, R.C. 1988. Notes on some Rhyssoplax from the Pacific Ocean (Mollusca: Polyplacophora: Chitonidae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 101: 682–692
• Bullock, R.C. 1988. The genus Chiton in the New World (Polyplacophora: Chitonidae). Veliger 31: 141–191
• Bulman, C.M. & Blaber, S.J.M. 1986. Feeding ecology of Macruronus novaezealandiae (Hector) (Teleostei : Merlucciidae) in south-eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 37: 621–639
• Bunn, S.E. & Stoddart, J.A. 1983. A new species of the prosobranch gastropod Glacidorbis and its implications for the biogeography of South Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 11(1): 49–57
• Bunn, S.E., Davies, P.M. & Edward, D.H. 1989. The association of Glacidorbis occidentalis Bunn and Stoddart, 1983 with intermittently–flowing, forest streams in south Western Australia. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 10: 25–34
• Bunt, J.S. 1987. The Australian marine environment. pp. 17–42 in Dyne, G.R. & Walton, D.W. (eds). Fauna of Australia. Vol. 1A. General Articles. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service.
• Buonanni, P. 1681. Recreatio mentis et ocvli in observatione Animalium Testaceorum curiosis naturae inspectoribus. Romae. 270 + 10pp., 512 figs.
• Burch, J.B. 1968. Tentacle retraction in Tracheopulmonata. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 1(11): 62–67
• Burch, J.B. 1976. Outline of classification of Australian terrestrial Molluscs (native and introduced). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 3: 127–156
• Burch, J.B. 1976. Outline of classification of Australian terrestrial molluscs (native and introduced). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 3: 127–156
• Burch, J.B. 1977. A new freshwater snail (Basommatophora : Planorbidae) form Australia, Plesiophysa (Bayardella) johni. Malacological Review 10: 79–80
• Burch, J.B. & Patterson, C.M. 1969. Systematic position of the Athoracophoridae (Gastropoda : Euthyneura). Malacologia 9: 259–260
• Burgess, L.A. 1982. Four new species of squid (Oegopsida: Enoploteuthis) from the central Pacific and a description of adult Enoploteuthis reticulata. United States Fisheries Bulletin 80: 703–734
• Burton, D.W. 1980. Anatomical studies on Australian, New Zealand and sub-antarctic Athoracophoridae (Gastropoda : Pulmonata). New Zealand Journal of Zoology 7: 173–198
• Byrne, M., Phelps, H., Church, T., Adair, V., Selvakumaraswamy, P. & Potts, J. 2000. Reproduction and development of the freshwater clam Corbicula australis in southeast Australia. Hydrobiologia 418(1-3): 185-197
• Carpenter, P.P. in Thiele, J. 1910. Revisions des Systems der Chitonen. Zoologica (Stuttgart) 22: 71–132 pls 7–10
• Carpenter, P.P. in Adams, A. 1852. Descriptions of new shells, from the Cumingian Collection. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1852: 90–92
• Carpenter, P.P. in Angas, G.F. 1867. A list of species of marine Mollusca found in Port Jackson harbour, New South Wales, and on the adjacent coasts, with notes on their habits, etc. Part I. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1867: 185–233
• Carpenter, P.P. in Ashby, E. 1924. Further notes on Australian Polyplacophora with descriptions of three new species. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 48: 323–327 p. 31
• Carpenter, P.P. in Dall, W.H. 1876. Mollusks. In Kidder, J.H. Contributions to the natural history of Kerguelen Island, made in conjunction with the United States "Transit-of-Venus" Expedition, 1874–5, II. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 3: 42–48
• Carpenter, P.P. in Dall, W.H. 1879. Report on the limpets and chitons of the Alaskan and Arctic regions, with descriptions of genera and species believed to be new. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 1: 281–344
• Carpenter, P.P. in Haddon, A.C. 1886. Report on the Polyplacophora collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873–76. Challenger Reports Zoology 15: 1–50 pls 1–3
• Carpenter, P.P. in Iredale, T. & Hull, A.F.B. 1924. A monograph of the Australian loricates (Phylum Mollusca – Order Loricata). III. Australian Zoologist 3: 277–297 pls 35–37
• Carpenter, P.P. in Paetel, F. 1887. Catalog der Conchylien Sammlung. Berlin pp. 1–639.
• Carpenter, P.P. in Pilsbry, H.A. 1892. Monograph of the Polyplacophora. In Tryon, G.W. Manual of Conchology. Academy of Sciences : Philadelphia Series Vol. 14. i–xxxiv 129–350 pls 31–68 pp.
• Carpenter, P.P. in Pilsbry, H.A. 1893. Monograph of the Polyplacophora. In Tryon, G.W. Manual of Conchology. Academy of Sciences : Philadelphia Series Vol. 14. i–xxxiv 129–350 pls 31–68 pp.
• Carpenter, P.P. in Smith, E.A. 1884. In, Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the voyage of H.M.S. "Alert" 1881–82. London. 34–116, 487–508 pls 4–7 pp.
• Carpenter, P.P. in Dall, W.H. 1882. On the genera of chitons. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 4: 279–291
• Castellanos, Z.J.E. de 1967. Rehabilitacion del genero Martialia Roch. et Mab. 1887 (Mol. Cephalopoda). Neotropica (La Plata) 13: 121–124
• Caton, A. 1981. Hoyo Maru takes good Gould's squid catches in Bass Strait survey. Australian Fisheries 40(12): 22–25
• Caudwell, C.M., Jones, A.M. & Killeen, I. 1995. Three Solenogastres from the Irish Sea, new to the British marine area. Journal of Conchology 35: 257-269
• CephBase 2000. [Internet database of world cephalopods]. www.cephbase.dal.ca/.
• Cernohorsky, W.O. 1972. Marine Shells of the Pacific. Sydney : Pacific Publications Vol. 2 411 pp.
• Cernohorsky, W.O. 1978. Marine Shells of the Pacific. Tropical Pacific Marine Shells. Sydney : Pacific Publications Vol. 3 352 pp.
• Cernohorsky, W.O. 1978. Tropical Pacific marine shells. Sydney : Pacific Publications pp. 1-352, 68 pls.
• Chapman, F. & Gabriel, C.J. 1914. Descriptions of New and Rare fossils obtained by Deep Boring in the Mallee. ii. Mollusca. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria XXVI: 301–330, 5 pl.
• Charpentier, J. de 1837. Catalogue des mollusque terrestres et fluviatiles de la Suisse. Neue Denkschriften der Allgemeinen Schweizerischen Gesellschaft für die Gesammten Naturwissenschaften 1(2): 1–28
• Chavan, A. 1969. Superfamily Carditacea Fleming, 1820. pp. N543–N561 in Moore, R.C. (ed.). Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Part N. Mollusca 6. Bivalvia. Boulder, Colorado & Lawrence, Kansas : Geological Society of America & University of Kansas Press Vol. 2.
• Chemnitz, J.H. 1788. Neues systematiches Conchylien Cabinet. NürnbergVol. 10(1) pp. 1–376, pls 137–173 (figs 1271–1692).
• Chemnitz, J.H. 1795. Neues systematisches Conchylien - Cabinet. Vol. 11 312 + 124 pp., pls 174 –213.
• Chenu, J.C. 1843. Illustrations Conchyliologiques, 1. p. 5 pl. 6 figs 15–15a.
• Cherry, T. 1896. Note on a Victorian host of the larval stages of the Liver Fluke (Distoma hepaticum). Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria ns 8: 183 [Apr. 1896]
• Children, J.G. 1823. Lamarck's genera of shells (with plates), continued. Quarterly Journal of Science, Literature and the Arts 14(28, art 5): 298-322
• Chistikov, S.D. 1975. Some problems in scaphopod taxonomy. pp. 18–21 in Likharev, I.M. (ed.). Molluscs, their Systematics, Evolution and Significance in Nature. Leningrad : Academy of Science. [in Russian]
• Chistikov, S.D. 1975. Some problems in the classification of the order Dentaliida (Mollusca; Scaphopoda). pp. 18–21 in Likharev, I.M. (ed.). [Molluscs, their system, evolution and significance in nature. Theses of communication]. Fifth Meeting on Molluscs, Leningrad. Leningrad : Academy of Sciences USSR, Institute of Zoology. Izdatel'stvo `Nauka'. [in Russian; English abstract printed in Malacological Review 11: 71–73]
• Chistikov, S.D. 1978. Some problems in the classification of the order Dentaliida (Mollusca: Scaphopoda). Malacological Review 11: 71–73
• Chistikov, S.D. 1979. Phylogenetic relations of the Scaphopoda. pp. 20–22 in Likharev, I.M. (ed.). Molluscs, Main Results of their Study. Leningrad : Academy of Science. [in Russian]
• Chistikov, S.D. 1982. Modern molluscs of the family Entalinidae (Scaphopoda, Gadilida). Zoologicheskii Zhurnal 61: 1309–1321 [in Russian]
• Chistikov, S.D. 1982. The modern Entalinidae (Scaphopoda, Gadilida). Zoologicheskii Zhurnal 61: 671–682 [in Russian]
• Choe, S. 1966. On the growth, feeding rates and the efficiency of food conversion for cuttlefishes and squids. Korean Journal of Zoology 9: 12–20 [in Korean]
• Choe, S. & Ohshima, Y. 1961. On the embryonal development and the growth of the squid, Sepioteuthis lessoniana Lesson. Venus 21(2): 462–476 [Japanese Journal of Malacology]
• Choe, S. & Oshima, Y. 1963. Rearing of cuttlefishes and squids. Nature (London) 197: 307
• Christiaens, J. 1975. Revision provisoire des Mollusques marins recents de la famille des Acmaeidae (seconde partie). Informations de la Société Belge de Malacologie 4(4): 91–116
• Christiaens, J. 1975. Revision provisoire des Mollusques marins recents de la famille des Acmaeide. Informations de la Société Belge de Malacologie 4(1): 3–20
• Christiaens, J. 1975. Revision provisoire des mollusques marins récents de la famille des Acmaeidae (seconde partie). Informations de la Société Belge de Malacologie 4: 91–116
• Chun, C. 1900. Aus den Tiefen des Weltmeeres. Jena : Gustav Fischer.
• Chun, C. 1903. Aus den Tiefen des Weltmeeres. Jena : Gustav Fischer pp. 544.
• Chun, C. 1906. System der Cranchien. Zoologischer Anzeiger 31: 82–86
• Chun, C. 1908. Über Cephalopoden der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Zoologischer Anzeiger 33: 86–89
• Chun, C. 1910. Die Cephalopoden 1. Teil: Oegopsida. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer "Valdivia" 1898–1899 18: 1–542
• Chun, C. 1911. Cirrothauma, ein Blinder Cephalopod. 21 pp. Dissertation : Leipzig.
• Chun, C. 1913. Cephalopoda. In, Report on the Scientific Results of the Michael Sars North Atlantic Deep-sea Expedition 1910. 3(1): 1–21.
• Chun, C. 1915. Die Cephalopoden. II. Teil: Myopsida, Octopoda. Jena : Verlag von Gustav Fischer. [English Translation (1975). 436 pp. Roper, C.F.E. & Roper, I.H. (eds). Jerusalem: Israel Program for Scientific Translation English Translation (1975). 436 pp. Roper, C.F.E. & Roper, I.H. (eds). Jerusalem: Israel Program for Scientific Translation CHECK, 1914 IN TEXT]
• Chun. C. 1903. Aus den Tiefen des Weltmeeres. Jena : Gustav Fischer pp. 549.
• Chung, D.T.D. 1987. Courtship and dart shooting behaviour of the land snail Helix aspersa. Venus 30(1): 24–39
• Clark, R.N. 1994. Review of the genus Placiphorella Dall, 1879, ex Carpenter MS (Polyplacophora: Mopaliidae) with description of two new species. Veliger 37(3): 290–311
• Clark, S.A., Miller, A.C. & Ponder, W.F. 2003. Revision of the Snail Genus Austropyrgus (Gastropoda: Hydrobiidae): A Morphostatic Radiation of Freshwater Gastropods in Southeastern Australia. Records of the Australian Museum Suppl. 28: 1-109
• Clarke, M.R. 1964. Young stages of Lepidoteuthis grimaldi (Cephalopoda, Decapoda). Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 36: 69–78
• Clarke, M.R. 1966. A review of the systematics and ecology of oceanic squids. Advances in Marine Biology 4: 91–300
• Clarke, M.R. 1967. A deep sea squid, Taningia danae Joubin, 1931. Symposia of the Zoological Society of London 19: 127–143
• Clarke, M.R. 1969. Cephalopoda collected on the SOND cruise. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 49: 961–976
• Clarke, M.R. 1970. Growth and development of Spirula spirula. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 50: 53–64
• Clarke, M.R. 1980. Cephalopoda in the diet of sperm whales of the southern hemisphere and their bearing on sperm whale ecology. Discovery Reports 37: 1–324
• Clarke, M.R. 1983. Cephalopod biomass — Estimation from predation. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 44: 95–107
• Clarke, M.R. 1986. Cephalopods in the diet of odontocetes. pp. 281–321 in Bryden, M.M. & Harrison, R. (eds). Research on Dolphins. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
• Clarke, M.R. 1988. Classification of the genera of recent cephalopods. pp. 4–7 in Clarke, M.R. & Trueman, E.R. (eds). Paleontology and Neontology of Cephalopods. The Mollusca. Vol. 12. San Diego; London : Academic Press.
• Clarke, M.R. 1988. Evolution of buoyancy and locomotion in recent cephalopods. pp. 203–213 in Clarke, M.R. & Trueman, E.R. (eds). Paleontology and Neontology of Cephalopods. The Mollusca. Vol. 12. London : Academic Press.
• Clarke, M.R. 1996. Cephalopods as prey. III. Cetaceans. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B 351: 1053–1065
• Clarke, M.R. & Lu, C.C. 1974. Vertical distribution of cephalopods at 30°N 23°W in the North Atlantic. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 54: 969–984
• Clarke, M.R. & Lu, C.C. 1975. Vertical distribution of cephalopods at 18°N, 25°W in the North Atlantic. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 55: 165–182
• Clarke, M.R. & MacLeod, N. 1982. Cephalopod remains from the stomachs of sperm whales caught in the Tasman Sea. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 43: 25–42
• Clarke, M.R. & Maul, C.E. 1962. A description of the scaled squid Lepidoteuthis grimaldi Joubin, 1895. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 139: 97–118
• Clarke, M.R. & Pascoe, P.L. 1985. The stomach contents of a Risso's dolphin (Grampus griseus) stranded at Thurlestone, South Devon. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 65: 663–665
• Clarke, M.R. & Stevens, J.D. 1974. Cephalopods, blue sharks and migration. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 54: 949–957
• Clarke, M.R. & Trueman, E.R. 1988. Introduction. pp. 1–10 in Clarke, M.R. & Trueman, E.R. (eds). Palaeontology and Neontology of Cephalopods. The Mollusca. Vol. 12. London : Academic Press.
• Clarke, M.R., Denton, E.J. & Gilpin-Brown, J.B. 1979. On the use of ammonium for buoyancy in squids. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 59: 259–276
• Clarke, S. pers. comm., this work
• Clench, W.J. 1926. A change of names in Physa and Isidora. Journal of Conchology 18: 12 [Mar. 1926]
• Clench, W.J. 1934. A new Hyridella (Mutelidae) from Australia. Journal of Conchology 20: 89–90
• Clench, W.J. & Archer, A.F. 1938. Some new Australian Thersites. Journal of Conchology 21: 20–24
• Clench, W.J. & Turner, R.D. 1962. Monographs of the genera Papustyla, Forcartia and Meliobba (Papuininae : Camaenidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 1(6): 3–33
• Clench, W.J. & Turner, R.D. 1966. Monograph of the genus Rhynchotrochus (Papuininae : Camaenidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 1(9): 59–95
• Clench, W.J. & Turner, T. 1948. A catalogue of the family Truncatellidae with notes and descriptions of new species. Occasional Papers on Mollusks, Harvard 1(13): 157–212
• Clerx, J.P.M. & Gittenberger, E. 1977. Einiger Über Cernuella (Pulmonata : Helicidae). Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 52: 27–56
• Clessin, S. 1877. Die familie der Cycladeen. pp. 57–160 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 9 Tl 3.
• Clessin, S. 1882. Die familie der Ancylinen. pp. 77–316 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 1 Tl 6.
• Clessin, S. 1885. Die familie der Limnaeiden enthaltend die genera Planorbis, Limnaeus, Physa and Amphipeplea. pp. 223–310 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 1 Abt. 17.
• Clessin, S. 1886. Die Familie der Limnaeiden enthaltend die Genera Planorbis, Limnaeus, Physa und Amphipeplea. pp. 311–430 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematiches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 1 Abt. 17.
• Clessin, S. 1896. Die Familie Dentaliidae. pp. 1–48 pls 1–11. in Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds) Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Vol. 6(5). Nuremberg. 1–48 pls 1–11 pp.
• Clessin, S. 1903. Die Familie Chitonidae. Syst. Conch. Cab. 6(Ed. 2): 1–120
• Clessin, S. 1904. Die Familie Chitonidae. Syst. Conch. Cab. Vol. 6 (edn 2) Lief 491 p. 104 pls 1–41.
• Climo, F.M. 1975. XI. The land snail fauna. pp. 459–492 in Kuschel, G. (ed.). Biogeography and Ecology of New Zealand. Hague : Junk.
• Climo, F.M. 1977. A new higher classification of New Zealand Rhytididae ( Mollusca : Pulmonata). Journal of the Royal Society of New Zealand 7: 59–65
• Climo, F.M. 1980. Smeagolida, a new order of gymnomorph molluscs from New Zealand based on a new genus and species. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 5: 275–288
• Climo, F.M. 1981. Classification of New Zealand Arionacea. National Museum of New Zealand, Records 2: 9–15
• Climo, F.M. 1982. The systematic status of Auricula (Alexia) meridionalis Brazier, 1877 and Rangitotoa insularis Powell, 1933 (Mollusca : Pulmonata : Ellobiidae) in Australasia. National Museum of New Zealand, Records 2(6): 43–48
• Cochran, T.G. 1988. A new species of Ischnochiton (Mollusca: Polyplacophora: Ischnochitonidae) from South Australia, with a discussion of the status of Ischnochiton levis, Torr, 1912. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 100: 1–7 [Oct. 1988]
• Cochran, T.G. 1993. A new species of Ischnochiton (Chartoplax) Iredale & Hull, 1924 (Mollusca: Polyplacophora) from South Australia, and the status of Ischnochiton (Stenochiton) pallens Ashby, 1900. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 105(1): 49–56 [31 Mar. 1993]
• Cockerell, T.D.A. 1903. Some homonymous generic names. The Nautilus 16(10): 118
• Cockerell, T.D.A. 1929. A new race of Australian Helicidae. Journal of Conchology 16: 321–322 [July 1929]
• Coleman, N. 1968. A new record for Lord Howe Island. Australian Shell News 16(61): 1–2
• Coleman, N. 1975. What shell is that?. Sydney : Lansdowne Press pp. 298.
• Coleman, N. 1981. What shell is that?. Sydney : Lansdowne Press, Sydney 308 pp.
• Collins, A.C. 1974. Port Phillip survey 1957-63. Foraminifera. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 35: 1–61
• Colman, P.H. 1958. New South Wales Dentaliidae (Phylum Mollusca, Class Scaphopoda). Proceedings of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 1956–7: 140–147
• Colman, P.H. 1977. An introduction of Achatina fulica to Australia. Malacological Review 10: 77–78
• Colman, P.H. 1977. Full alert for the giant African land snail. North Queensland Naturalist 44(140): 8
• Connolly, M. 1925. The non-marine Mollusca of Portuguese East Africa. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa 12: 105–220
• Conrad, R.A. 1850. Descriptions of new species of freshwater shells. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 5: 10–11 [Feb. 1850]
• Conrad, T.A. 1830. On the geology and organic remains of a part of the peninsula of Maryland. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 6: 205–230
• Conrad, T.A. 1850. A synopsis of the family of naiades of North America with notes, etc. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 6: 243–269
• Conrad, T.A. 1862. Descriptions of new genera, subgenera and species of Tertiary and Recent shells. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 1862: 284–291
• Conrad, T.A. 1865. Catalogue of the Eocene and Oligocene Testacea of the United States. American Journal of Conchology 1: 1–35
• Conrad, T.A. 1867. Checklist of the Invertebrate Fossils of North America: Eocene and Oligocene. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections 7(Article 6) [the original reference has not been checked, and the year of publications is questionable]
• Conrad, T.A. 1869. Descriptions of new fossil Mollusca, pricipally Cretaceous. American Journal of Conchology 5(2): 96–103
• Conrad, T.A. 1872. Descriptions and illustrations of genera and shells. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 24: 50–55, pl. II, figs 3, 4
• Conrad, T.A. 1875. Several titles. North Carolina Geological Survey Report, Raleigh. Appendix A [Original reference has not been examined. Appendix A contains 3 titles, and it is not known what pages they have: 1. Description of new genera and species of fossil shells of North Carolina 2. Synopsis of the Cretaceous Mollusca 3. Remarks on some genera of shells]
• Cooke, A.H. 1887. On a new species of sinistral Limnaea, from Central Australia, with some remarks on so-called species of Physa, also from Australia. Journal of Conchology 5: 241–243 [12 Nov. 1887]
• Cooke, A.H. 1889. On the generic position of the so-called Physae of Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1889: 136–142 [Aug. 1889]
• Cooke, C.M. & Kondo, Y. 1960. Revision of Tornatellinidae and Achatinellidae (Gastropoda: Pulmonata). Bulletin of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum 221: 1–303
• Cooper, D. 1841. New species of Auricula. The Microscopical Journal, London 1841: 16
• Cooper, J.E. & Preston, H.B. 1910. Diagnosis of new species of marine and freshwater shells from the Faulkland Islands, including descriptions of two new genera of marine Pelecypoda. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 5: 110–114, plate IV, fig. 1–11
• Cossman, M. & Peyrot, A. 1912. Conchylogie Neogenique de l'Aquitane. Actes de la Société Linnéene de Bordeaux 66: 312
• Cossmann, M. 1887. Catalogue Illustré des Coquilles Fossiles de l'Éolcène des Environs de Paris. Annales de la Socété Malacologie de Belgique 22: 3–198, pls 1–8 [There is a note in the paper, probably by C. Hedley, that the paper was published after Jan. 1888. This will have to to be verified.]
• Cossmann, M. 1888. Catologue illustré des Coquilles fossiles de l'Eocene des environs de Paris. Fasc. 3. Annales de la Socété Malacologie de Belgique 23: 3–328, 11 pls
• Cossmann, M. 1923. Faune Pliocenique de Karikal (Inde Francaise). Journal de Conchyliologie 68(2): 93–94
• Cossmann. M. 1891. Catalogue illustre des coquilles fossiles de l'Eocene des environs de Paris. Bulletin et Annales de la Société Malacologique de Belgique 26: 3-76
• Cotton, B.C. 1929. Contributions to the fauna of Rottnest Island. 4. Western Australian Sepiidae. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 15: 87–94 pls 14–16
• Cotton, B.C. 1930. Fissurellidae from the 'Flindersian' Region, Southern Australia. Records of the South Australian Museum 4(2): 219-236
• Cotton, B.C. 1930. Pelecypoda of the Flindersian Region, southern Australia, No. 1. Records of the South Australian Museum 4(2): 223–240
• Cotton, B.C. 1931. Cuttlebones from Robe, with description of a new species. South Australian Naturalist 12: 39–42
• Cotton, B.C. 1931. Pelecypoda of the Flindersian Region, Southern Australia, No. 2. Records of the South Australian Museum 4(3): 333–354
• Cotton, B.C. 1932. Notes on Australian Mollusca, with descriptions of new genera and new species. Records of the South Australian Museum 4: 537–547
• Cotton, B.C. 1935. Recent Australian Viviparidae and a fossil species. Records of the South Australian Museum 5: 339–344 [30 Sept. 1935]
• Cotton, B.C. 1935. The Australian viviparous river snails. Victorian Naturalist 52: 96–99 [Oct. 1935]
• Cotton, B.C. 1937. Loricata. B.A.N.Z.A.R.E. Rept. B 4: 9–19
• Cotton, B.C. 1938. Mollusca. Pt 2. General Reports of the McCoy Society. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria ns 51: 159–176
• Cotton, B.C. 1938. The spermatophores of Rossia australis Berry. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 50: 338–440, pls 19, 20
• Cotton, B.C. 1939. Land shells from northern Flinders Ra. South Australian Naturalist 20: 3–6
• Cotton, B.C. 1940. The land shells of Kangaroo Island. South Australian Naturalist 20: 40–42
• Cotton, B.C. 1942. Australian Gastropoda of the families Hydrobiidae, Assimineidae and Acmeidae. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 66(2): 124–129
• Cotton, B.C. 1942. Some Australian freshwater Gastropoda. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 66: 75–82 [31 Jul. 1942]
• Cotton, B.C. 1942. Some Australian freshwater Gastropoda. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 66(1): 75–82 [31 Jul. 1942]
• Cotton, B.C. 1943. More Australian freshwater shells. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 67: 143–148
• Cotton, B.C. 1943. More Australian freshwater shells. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 67(1): 143–148
• Cotton, B.C. 1947. Some Tertiary Fossil Molluscs from the Adelaidean Stage (Pliocene) of South Australia. Records of the South Australian Museum 8(4): 653–670
• Cotton, B.C. 1953. New Species and Records of Mollusca from South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 76: 21–26
• Cotton, B.C. 1953. New species and records of Mollusca from South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 76: 21-26
• Cotton, B.C. 1953. New species and records of Mollusca from South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 76: 21–26
• Cotton, B.C. 1953. No. 3. Strombidae. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia Malacological Section.
• Cotton, B.C. 1954. A catalogue of introduced snails and slugs in Australia. Records of the South Australian Museum 11: 177–187 pl. 24
• Cotton, B.C. 1959. South Australian Mollusca. Archaeogastropoda. Adelaide : Govt. Printer pp. 1–449.
• Cotton, B.C. 1959. South Australian Mollusca. Archaeogastropoda. Handbook of the Flora and Fauna of South Australia. Adelaide : South Australian Government Printer 449 pp.
• Cotton, B.C. 1961. South Australian Mollusca. Pelecypoda. Handbook of the Flora and Fauna of South Australia Series. Adelaide : W.L. Hawes, Government Printer pp. 363.
• Cotton, B.C. 1964. South Australian Mollusca. Chitons. Adelaide : S.A. Govt. Printer 150 pp.
• Cotton, B.C. & Beasley, A.K. 1941. Fresh water snails from the River Torrens. South Australian Naturalist 21: 17
• Cotton, B.C. & Gabriel, C.J. 1932. Australian Unionidae. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria ns 44(2): 155–160 pl. 16
• Cotton, B.C. & Godfrey, F.K. 1932. South Australian shells (including descriptions of new genera and species). South Australian Naturalist 13(5): 127–176 [30 Sept. 1932]
• Cotton, B.C. & Godfrey, F.K. 1933. South Australian shells. Part VIII. South Australian Naturalist 14: 135–150 pl. 1 figs 1–4a
• Cotton, B.C. & Godfrey, F.K. 1938. A systematic list of the Gastropoda, the marine freshwater and land univalve Mollusca of South and Central Australia. Malacological Society of South Ausrtralia Publication No. 1. 44 pp. [31 Dec. 1938]
• Cotton, B.C. & Godfrey, F.K. 1938. New species of South Australian Gastropoda. Records of the South Australian Museum 6: 199–206 [24 Dec. 1938]
• Cotton, B.C. & Godfrey, F.K. 1938. The Molluscs of South Australia. Pt 1 The Pelecypoda. Handbooks of the Flora and Fauna of South Australia.. Adelaide: : Government Printer pp. 314.
• Cotton, B.C. & Godfrey, F.K. 1938. The Molluscs of South Australia. Pt 1 The Pelecypoda. Adelaide : Government Printer 314 pp.
• Cotton, B.C. & Godfrey, F.K. 1940. The Molluscs of South Australia. Part 2. Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda, Aplacophora and Crepipoda. Adelaide : Government Printer.
• Cotton, B.C. & Godfrey, F.K. 1940. The Scaphopoda. pp. 317–341 in, The Molluscs of South Australia, Part II, Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda, Aplacophora and Crepipoda. Adelaide : Government Printer.
• Cotton, B.C. & Godfrey, F.K. 1940. The molluscs of South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 62(2): 317–335
• Cotton, B.C. & Ludbrook, N.H. 1938. Recent and fossil species of the scaphopod genus Dentalium in southern Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 62(2): 217–228 pl. 12
• Cotton, B.C. & Weeding, B.J. 1939. Flindersian loricates. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 63: 180–199 pl. 7 [22 Dec. 1939]
• Couturier, M. 1907. Étude sur les mollusques gastéropodes recueillis par L. G. Seurat dans les archipels de Tahiti, Paumotu et Gambier. Journal de Conchyliologie 55: 123–178
• Cowie, R.H. 1984. The life-cycle and productivity of the land snail Theba pisana (Mollusca : Helicidae). Journal of Animal Ecology 53: 311–325
• Cowie, R.H. 1998. Catalog of Nonmarine Snails and Slugs of the Samoan Islands. Bishop Museum Bulletins in Zoology 3: i-viii, 1-122
• Cox, J.C. 1864. Catalogue of Australian Land Shells. Sydney : John Alex Engel 44 pp.
• Cox, J.C. 1864. Catalogue of Australian Land Shells. Sydney : John Alex Engel 44 pp.
• Cox, J.C. 1864. Descriptions of twenty-six new species of Australian land-shells. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3 14: 180–185 [Sept. 1864]
• Cox, J.C. 1864. On a supposed new species of the genus Helix from north-eastern Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1864: 40 [24 June 1864]
• Cox, J.C. 1865. Descriptions of four new species of Australian land shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1864: 594–596 [2 May 1865]
• Cox, J.C. 1865. Descriptions of two new species of Australian land shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1864: 486 [2 May 1865]
• Cox, J.C. 1866. Characters of six new Australian land shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1866: 373–375 [5 Sept. 1866]
• Cox, J.C. 1866. Description d'espèces nouvelles provenant d'Australie et des îles Solomon et Norfolk. Journal de Conchyliologie 14: 45–48 [1 Jan. 1866]
• Cox, J.C. 1866. Description of seven new species of Australian land shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1865: 695–697 [24 Apr. 1866]
• Cox, J.C. 1867. Characters of four new species of Australian land shell. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1867: 39–40 [25 May 1867]
• Cox, J.C. 1868. A Monograph of Australian Land Shells. Sydney : Maddock 111 pp. [May 1868]
• Cox, J.C. 1868. A Monograph of Australian Land Shells. Sydney : Maddock 111 pp. [May 1868]
• Cox, J.C. 1868. On some new species of Australian land shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1867: 722–726 [3 Apr. 1868]
• Cox, J.C. 1870. Descriptions of eight new species of shells from Australia and the Solomon Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1870: 170–172 [Nov. 1870]
• Cox, J.C. 1870. Descriptions of seventeen new species of land shells from the South Sea Islands, in the cabinet of Mr John Brazier of Sydney. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1870: 81–85 [2 June 1870]
• Cox, J.C. 1871. Descriptions of seven new species of Australian land shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1871: 53–55 [12 June 1871]
• Cox, J.C. 1872. Descriptions of a new volute and twelve new species of land-shells from Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1871: 643–647 [2 May 1872]
• Cox, J.C. 1872. Descriptions of new land-shells from Australia and the South-Sea Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1872: 18–20 [1 June 1872]
• Cox, J.C. 1873. Descriptions of new land-shells from Australia and the Solomon Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1873: 146–152 [June 1873]
• Cox, J.C. 1873. Descriptions of new species of land and marine shells from Australia and the Solomon and Louisiade Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1873: 564–569 [Nov. 1873]
• Cox, J.C. 1882. Australian Octopodidae. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 6: 773–789
• Cox, J.C. 1890. Descriptions of two new species of Australian Mollusca. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 4: 658–660 [3 Feb. 1890]
• Cox, J.C. 1892. Descriptions of some new species of pulmonate Mollusca from Australia and the Solomon Islands. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 6: 565–570 [23 May 1892]
• Cox, J.C. 1894. Notes on Thersites pachystyla Pfr. var. subfusco-zonatal, var. nov. from Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 23: 650–652 [May 1894]
• Cox, J.C. 1899. Description of a new species of Liparus from West Australia. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 24: 435–436 [9 Dec. 1899]
• Cox, J.C. 1907. A List of Cyclophoridae found in Australia, New Guinea and Adjacent Groups of Islands. Sydney : J.C. Cox pp. 28.
• Cox, J.C. & Hedley, C. 1912. An index to the land shells of Victoria. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 4: 5–14 pls i–iii [Feb. 1912]
• Creese, R.G. 1980. Reproductive cycles and fecundities of two species of Siphonaria (Mollusca, Pulmonata) in south-eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 31: 37–47
• Crickmay, C.H. 1930. The Jurassic rocks of Ashcroft, British Columbia. University of California Publications, Department of Geological Science Bulletin 19(2): 23–74, pls 2–7, 1 map
• Croft, J.A. & Howden, M.E.H. 1972. Chemistry of maculotoxin: a potent neurotoxin isolated from Hapalochlaena maculosa. Toxicon 10(6): 645–651
• Crosse, H. 1861. Description de deux Murex nouveaux. Journal de Conchyliologie 9: 351–354
• Crosse, H. 1863. Description d'un Helix d'Australie. Journal de Conchyliologie 11: 273–275 [1 July 1863]
• Crosse, H. 1864. Diagnoses de mollusques terrestres nouveaux. Journal de Conchyliologie 12: 282–286 [1 July 1864]
• Crosse, H. 1866. Catalogue of the specimens of the Australian land shells in the collection of (Catalogue des coquilles terrestres d'Australie, qui se trouvent dans la collection de) J.C. Cox. Journal de Conchyliologie 14: 195–197 [1 Apr. 1866]
• Crosse, H. 1867. Diagnoses molluscorum novorum. Journal de Conchyliologie 15: 444–449 [1 Oct. 1867]
• Crosse, H. 1868. Diagnoses molluscorum novorum. Journal de Conchyliologie 16: 174–178 [Apr. 1868]
• Crosse, H. 1872. Descriptions d'un genre nouveau et d'espèces inédites, provenant de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Journal de Conchyliologie 20: 148–154
• Crosse, H. 1872. Diagnoses molluscorum Novae Caledoniae incolarum. Journal de Conchyliologie 20: 69–75
• Crosse, H. 1874. Descriptions d'un Pupina nouveau d'Australie. Journal de Conchyliologie 22: 370–371 [1 Oct. 1874]
• Crosse, H. & Fischer, P. 1864. Diagnoses Mollkuscorum Australiae méridionalis. Journal de Conchyliologie 12: 346-350
• Crosse, H. & P. Fischer 1864. Diagnoses Mollkuscorum Australiae méridionalis. Journal de Conchyliologie 12: 346–350
• Croxall, J.P. & Prince, P.A. 1996. Cephalopods as prey. I. Seabirds. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B 351: 1023–1043
• Cuvier, G. 1804. Memoire sur les genre Onchidium. Annales du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris 5: 38
• Cuvier, G. 1829. Le Regne Animal distribué d'après son organisation pour servir de base à l'histoire naturelle des animaux et d'introduction à l'anatomie comparée. Paris : Deterville (1817–1829) 2 vols.
• D'Atillio, A. & Old, W. E. 1971. A new muricid gastropod from Western Australia. Veliger 13(4): 316–318
• D'Orbigny, A. 1843. Voyage dans Amérique Méridionale. Paris : author Vol. 5(3).
• D'Orbigny, A. in Ferussac, A. de & d'Orbigny, A. 1835. Histoire naturelle générale et particuliere des Céphalopodes Acétabulifères vivants et fossiles. 2 vols. Paris : J.-B. Baillière Libraire de l'Académie Nationale de Médecine 341pp.
• D'Orbigny, A. in Férussac, A. de & d'Orbigny, A. 1839. Histoire naturelle générale et particulière des cephalopodes acetabulifères vivants et fossiles. Paris : Libraire F. Savy.
• D'Orbigny, A. in Férussac, A. de & d'Orbigny, A. 1848. Histoire naturelle générale et particulière des Céphalopodes Acétabulifères vivants et fossiles. 2 vols. Paris : J.-B. Baillière Libraire de l'Académie Nationale de Médecine 341pp.
• Da Costa, E.M. 1778. Historia Naturalis Testaceorum Britanniae or The British Conchology; containing the descriptions and other particulars of natural history of the shells of Great Britain and Ireland. London : E.M. Da Costa pp. xii 254.
• Dall, W. H. 1871. On the Limpets; with special reference to the species of the west coast of America, and to a more natural classification of the group. American Journal of Conchology 6(3): 227–282
• Dall, W. H. 1876. Mollusks. Contributions to the natural history of Kerguelen Island, made in connection with the United States Transit-of-Venus Expedition. 1874-75. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 3: 42–48
• Dall, W.H. 1870. Materials toward a monograph of the Gadiniidae. American Journal of Conchology 6(1): 8-22
• Dall, W.H. 1870. Remarks on the anatomy of the genus Siphonaria with a description of a new species. American Journal of Conchology 6: 30-41
• Dall, W.H. 1876. Mollusks. In Kidder, J.H. Contributions to the natural history of Kerguelen Island, made in conjunction with the United States "Transit-of-Venus" Expedition, 1874–5, II. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 3: 42–48
• Dall, W.H. 1878. Descriptions of new forms of mollusks from Alaska contained in the collections of the National Museum. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 1: 1–3 [1 July 1878]
• Dall, W.H. 1879. Report on the limpets and chitons of the Alaskan and Arctic regions, with descriptions of genera and species believed to be new. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 1: 281–344 [13 Feb. 1879]
• Dall, W.H. 1882. On the genera of chitons. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 4: 279–291 [22 Feb. 1882]
• Dall, W.H. 1898. Contributions to the Tertiary fauna of Florida, with especial reference to the silex beds of Tampa and the Pliocene beds of the Caloosahatchie River, including in many cases a complete revision of the generic groups treated of and thier American Tertiary species. Part IV. I. Prionodesmacea: Nucula to Julia. 2. Teleodesmacea: Teredo to Ervilia. Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia 3(4): 571–947, pls 23–35
• Dall, W.H. 1902. Illustrations and descriptions of new, unfigured, or imperfectly known shells, chiefly American, in the U.S. National Museum. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 24: 499–566 pls 27–40 [31 Mar. 1902]
• Dall, W.H. 1903. Contributions to the Tertiary fauna of Florida, with especial reference to the Silex beds of Tampa and the Pliocene beds of the Caloosahatchie River, including in many cases, a complete revision of the generic groups treated and their American Tertiary species. Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia 3: 1219–1654 [Oct. 1903]
• Dall, W.H. 1907. Descriptions of new species of shells, chiefly Buccinidae, from the dredgings of the U.S.S. "Albatross" during 1906, in the northwestern Pacific, Bering, Okhotsk and Japanese Seas. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections 50(1727): 139–173
• Dall, W.H. 1908. Report on the dredging operations of the west coast of Central America, to the Galapagos, etc … by the U.S. Fish. Comm. Steamer "Albatross", 1891. 37, Reports on the scientific results. etc. 14. The Mollusca and Brachiopoda. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 43: 205–487 pls 1–22
• Dall, W.H. 1908. Reports of the dredging operations off the west coast of central America by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross. Reports on the Mollusca and Brachiopoda. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 43: 205–487 pl. 15 figs 1–22
• Dall, W.H. 1919. Descriptions of new species of chitons from the Pacific Coast of America. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 55: 499–516 [7 June 1919]
• Dall, W.H. 1925. New shells from Japan. The Nautilus 38(3): 95–97 [Jan. 1925]
• Dall, W.H. 1926. New shells from Japan and the Loochoo Islands. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 39: 63–66
• Dall, W.H., Bartsch, P. & Rehder, H.A. 1938. A manual of the recent and fossil marine Pelecypod mollusks of the Hawaiian Island. Bulletin of the Bernice P. Bishop Museum 153: 3–233, pls 1–57
• Dance, S.P. 1962. The authorship of the Portland Catalogue (1786). Journal of the Society for the Bibliography of Natural History 4(1): 30–34
• Daniell, A. 1991. Taxonomy, genetics and ecology of the terrestrial slug family Cystopeltidae (Mollusca: Pulmonata). Unpubl. Ph.D. thesis. Victoria : School of Biological Sciences, Latrobe University.
• Daniell, A. 1994. Genetics and terrestrial mollusc conservation. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 36: 47-53
• Dartnall, A.J. & Dartnall, J.A. 1972. Notes on the reproductive anatomy and cytogenetics of some Australian acavacean molluscs. Australian Journal of Zoology 20: 79–81
• Dartnall, A.J. & Kershaw, R.C. 1978. Description of a new species of Helicarion (Stylommatophora : Helicarionidae) in Tasmania. Records of the Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston 62: 1–18
• Dautzenberg, Ph. & Bouge, J.L. 1933. Les Mollusques Testacés Marins des Établissements Français de L'Océanie. Journal de Conchyliologie 77(3): 351–469
• Davies, O.B. 1912. The anatomy of the slug, Cystopelta petterdi var. purpurea, var. n. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria ns 24: 331–342
• Davies, O.B. 1914. The anatomy of Caryodes dufresnii Leach. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria ns 27: 19–24
• Davis, G.M. 1979. The origin and evolution of the gastropod family Pomatiopsidae, with emphasis on the Mekong River Triculinae. Academy of Natural Sciences Philadadelphia, Monograph 20: 1–120
• Dean, J.C. 1968. A study of the distribution of freshwater mussels (Mollusca : Pelecypoda) in the coastal streams of Victoria. Unpub. B.Sc. Hons Thesis. Monash University, Clayton, Victoria.
• Dell, R.K. 1952. A deep water Molluscan fauna from the Tasman Sea. Dominion Museum Records in Zoology 10: 99–107
• Dell, R.K. 1952. The recent Cephalopoda of New Zealand. Dominion Museum Bulletin 16: 1–157
• Dell, R.K. 1955. A synopsis of the Nuculanidae with check lists of the Australian Tertiary and Recent species. Records of the Dominion Museum 2: 123–134
• Dell, R.K. 1956. The archibenthal Mollusca of New Zealand. Dominion Museum Bulletin 18: 1–235
• Dell, R.K. 1959. Some additional New Zealand cephalopods from Cook Strait. Zoological Publications of the Victoria University, Wellington 25: 1–12
• Delle Chiaje, S. 1830. Memoire sulla storia e notomia degli animali senza vertebre del regno di Napoli. Vol. 1 pls 70–89. Napoli.
• Demond, J. 1957. Micronesian reef associated gastropods. Pacific Science 11(3): 275–341, fig. 2, pl. 1.
• Dennant, J. 1898. Description of a new species of Unio from the River Glenelg. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria ns 10: 112
• Denton, E.J. & Gilpin-Brown, J.B. 1971. Further observations on the bouyancy of Spirula. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 51: 363–373
• Denton, E.J., Gilpin-Brown, J.B. & Howarth, J.V. 1967. On the buoyancy of Spirula spirula. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 47: 181–191
• Deshayes, G.P. 1825. Anatomie et Monographie du Genre Dentale. Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 2: 322–378 pls 15–17
• Deshayes, G.P. 1830. 113 pls in, Guérin-Méneville, F.E. (ed.) Magasin de Zoologie, journal destiné à Établir une correspondance entre les Zoologists de tous les pays, et à leur faciliter les moyens de publierles espèces nouvelles ou peu conneus qu'ils possedent. 2me sect. Mollusques et Zoophytes. Paris : Arthus Bertrand.
• Deshayes, G.P. 1830. Encyclopédie Méthodique. Histoire naturelle des vers. Paris : Agasse Vol. 2 pp. 1-136.
• Deshayes, G.P. 1830. Encyclopédie Méthodique. Histoire naturelle des vers. Paris : Agasse Vol. 2 pp. 1-136.
• Deshayes, G.P. 1832. Mollusques. pp. 401–416 in Bélanger, M.C. (ed.). Voyage aux Indes-Orientales, par le nord de l'Europe, les provinces du Caucase, la Géorgie, l'Armenie et la Perse, suivide details topographiques, statistique et autre sur le Pégon, les Isles de Java, de Maurice et de Bourbon, sur le Cap-de-bonne-Espérance et Sainte Hélène. Paris.
• Deshayes, G.P. 1836. Oscabrion (Chiton). pp. 482–520 in Lamarck, J.B.P.A. (ed.). Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres. Paris : Bailliere Vol. 7.
• Deshayes, G.P. 1838. Les mollusques. pp. 2 vols: text 266 pp, atlas 138 pls in Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. (ed.). Le Regne Animal Distribue d'après son Organisation, pour servir de base à l'histoire naturelle des animaux et d'introduction à l'anatomis comparée. Paris : Masson.
• Deshayes, G.P. 1840. Chironia laperousii, Modiola cultellus, Pholas janelli, Pholas concamerata, Petricola cordieri, Petricola arcuata, Petricola cylindracea, Arca trapezia. Magasin de Zoologie (Paris) pl. 12–20
• Deshayes, G.P. 1844. Genre Melania Cuvier. Magasin de Zoologie (Paris) 2: pl. 83
• Deshayes, G.P. 1850. Histoire Naturelle generale et particulaire Mollusques Terrestes et Fluviatiles. Paris : Publisher unknown Vol. I pp. 203–204.
• Deshayes, G.P. 1855. Catalogue of the Conchifera or Bivalve Shells in the Collection of the British Museum. London : British Museum (Natural History) Vol. 2 pp. 217–292. [12 May 1855]
• Deshayes, G.P. 1856. Description des animaux sans vertèbres découvers dans le Bassin de Paris. Paris : J.-B. Baillière et fils Vol. 1+2 (1) 89 pl., 912 pp., (2) 107 pl., 968 pp.
• Deshayes, G.P. 1863. Catalogue des Mollusques de L'ile de la Reunion. Notes sur L'ile de la Reunion par L. Maillard, Palais-Royal, Galerie D'Orleans 13.
• Deshayes, G.P. & Milne Edwards, H. 1835. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres. Paris : Bailliere Vol. 6 iv 600 pp.
• Deshayes, G.P. 'Rang' 1864. Descr. Anim. s. Vert. Bassin de Paris. Vol. 2. Scaphopoda. pp. 195–220 (text 1864) pls 1–3 (atlas, 1886).
• Deshayes, M.G.P. 1854. Descriptions of new species of shells, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1854: 13–23 [pp. 13–16: 30 Dec. 1854; pp. 17–23: 10 Jan. 1855]
• Deshayes, M.G.P. 1855. Descriptions of new shells from the collection of Hugh Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1854: 317–371 [May 1855]
• Deshayes, M.G.P. 1855. Descriptions of new species of shells, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1854: 13–23
• Dew, B. 1959. Some observations on the development of the Australian squid Sepioloidea lineolata Quoy & Gaimard, 1832. Proceedings of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 1957–58: 53–55
• Dillwyn, L. W. 1817. A descriptive catalogue of Recent shells, arranged according to the Linnaean method; with particular attention to the synonymy. 2 volumes. 1092 + 29 pp.
• Dillwyn, L. W. 1817. A descriptive catalogue of Recent shells, arranged according to the Linnaean method; with particular attention to the synonymy. 2 volumes. 1092 + 29 pp.
• Dillwyn, L.W. 1823. An index to the Historia Conchyliorum of Lister, with the names of the species to which each figure belongs, and occasional remarks. LondonVol. 1.
• Dilly, P.N. & Dixon, M. 1976. The dermal tubercles of Cranchia scabra (Mollusca, Cephalopoda)—surface structure and development. Journal of Zoology, London 179: 291–295
• Dilly, P.N., Nixon, M. & Young, J.Z. 1977. Mastigoteuthis — the whip-lash squid. Journal of Zoology, London 181: 527–559
• Dinamani, P. 1964. Burrowing behavior of Dentalium. Biological Bulletin. Marine Biological Laboratory (Woods Hole) 126: 28–32
• Djanélidzé, A. 1932. Materiaux pour la géologie du Radcha 1. Les ammonites Jurassiques de Tsessi. Bulletin de l'Institut géol. Géorgie (Tifflis) 1(1): 1–34, 10 pls
• Dodge, H. 1946. Notes on Strombus dentatus Linné and the Strombus urceus complex. American Museum Novitates 1314: 1-8, 8 text figs
• Dodge, H. 1955. A historical review of the molluscs of Linnaeus. Part 3. The genus Bulla and Voluta of the Class Gastropoda. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 107: 5–157
• Dodge, H. 1957. A historical review of the molluscs of Linnaeus. Part 5. The genus Murex of the Class Gastropoda. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History 113: 73–224
• Dohrn, H. 1862. Description of new operculated land shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1862: 181–184 [15 Sept. 1862]
• Dohrn, H. 1862. Descriptions of new shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1862: 202–203
• Dohrn, H. von 1863. Ueber Tornatellina. Malakozoologische Blätter 10: 156–162
• Donovan, E. 1803. Natural History of British Shells. Vol. 5. pls 145–180.
• Donovan, E. 1820. In, Rees, A. (ed). Encyclopedia of Conchology. Vol. 2.
• Draparnaud, J.P.R. 1801. Tableau des Mollusques Terrestres et Fluviatiles de la France. Montpellier : F. Bonnarig 116 pp.
• Draparnaud, J.P.R. 1805. Histoire Naturelle des Mollusques Terrestres et Fluviatiles de la France. Paris : L. Colas pp. viii 164.
• Drew, G.A. 1911. Sexual activities of the squid Loligo pealei I. Journal of Morphology 22: 327–360
• Duclos, M. 1844. G. Strombus. In, Chenu, J.C. (ed.). Illustrations Conchyliologiques. Gastropoda. Paris : A. Franck Vol. 4 pp. 17.
• Dufo 1840. Observations sur les Mollusques marins, terrestres et fluviatiles des iles Séchelles et des Amirantes. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Paris 2 14, Zoologie: 45–80 (extrait), 166–221(suite)
• Dufresne-Dube, L., Picheral, B. & Guerrier, P. 1983. An ultrastructural analysis of Dentalium vulgare (Mollusca, Scaphopoda) gametes with special reference to early events at fertilization. Journal of Ultrastructure Research 83: 242–257
• Duivenboden, Y.A. van & Maat, A. ter 1988. Mating behaviour of Lymnaea stagnalis. Malacologia 28(1–2): 53–64
• Dunker, A.G. 1848. Diagnoses specierum novarum generis Planorbis collection is Cumingianae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1848: 40–43 [14 Nov. 1848]
• Dunker, G. 1852. Diagnoses Molluscorum novorum. Malakozoologische Blätter 9(4): 49–62
• Dunker, G. 1852. Diagnoses Molluscorum novorum. Malakozoologische Blätter 9(4): 49–62
• Dunker, W. 1864. Fünf neue mollusken. Malakozoologische Blätter 11: 99–102
• Dunker, W. 1866. Novitates Conchologicae. Mollusca Marina. Beschreibung und Abbildung neuer oder wenig gekannter Meeres-Conchylien. Cassel : T. Fischer Vol. II. A. XX pp. 83–90, pl. 28-30.
• Dunker, W. 1866. Title not found. Verhandlungen der Kaiserlich-Königlichen Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien 941
• Dunker, W. 1867. Novitates Conchologicae. Mollusca Marina. Beschreibung und Abbildung neuer oder wenig gekannter Meeres-Conchylien. Cassel : Theodor Fischer pp. 91–106, pl. 31-36.
• Dunker, W. 1868. Novitates Conchologicae. Mollusca Marina. Beschreibung und Abbildung neuer oder wenig gekannter Meeres-Conchylien. Cassel : T. Fischer pp. 107–120, pl. 37-39.
• Dunning, D., Potter, M. & Machida, S. 1981. Hoyo Maru survey shows oceanic squid could have potential. Australian Fisheries 40(12): 26–29
• Dunning, M. 1982. Squid and cuttlefish resources of Australian waters. FAO Fisheries Report FID/R275: 103–111
• Dunning, M. 1988. Todarodes pacificus pusillus new subspecies (Cephalopoda: Ommastrephidae) from northern Australia. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 49(1): 149–157
• Dunning, M. 1988. Distribution and comparative life history studies of deepwater squid of the family Ommastrephidae in Australasian waters. Unpublished PhD Thesis, University of Queensland 288 pp.
• Dunning, M. 1988. First records of Nototodarus hawaiiensis (Berry, 1912) (Cephalopoda: Ommstrephidae) from northern Australia with a reconsideration of the identity of N. sloani philippinensis Voss, 1962. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 49(1): 159–168
• Dunning, M. & Brandt, S.B. 1985. Distribution and life history of deep-water squid of commercial interest from Australia. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 36: 343–359
• Dunning, M., McKinnon, S., Lu, C.C., Yeatman, J. & Cameron, D. 1994. Demersal cephalopods of the Gulf of Carpentaria. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 45: 351–374
• Dunning, M.C. 1985. General patterns in the summer distribution of early juvenile ommastrephid squid off eastern Australia (Mollusca, Cephalopoda). Vie et Milieu 35: 163–168
• Dunning, M.C. 1993. Summer population of Ommastrephes bartramii (Lesueur, 1821) and Todarodes filippovae Adam, 1975 (Cephalopoda: Ommastrephidae) from the Tasman Sea. pp. 97–118 in Okutani, T., O'Dor, R.K. & Kubodera, T. (eds). Recent Advances in Fisheries Biology. Tokyo : Tokai University Press.
• Dunning, M.C. 1998. A review of the systematics, distribution, and biology of the arrow squid genera Ommastrephes Orbigny, 1835, Sthenoteuthis Verrill, 1880, and Ornithoteuthis Okada, 1927 (Cephalopoda: Ommastrephidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 586: 425–433
• Dunning, M.C. 1998. Zoogeography of arrow squids (Cephalopoda: Ommastrephidae) in the Coral and Tasman Seas, southwest Pacific. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology No. 586: 435–453
• Dunning, M.C. & Förch, E.C. 1998. A review of the systematics, distribution, and biology of arrow squids of the genus Notodarus Pfeffer, 1912 (Cephalopoda: Ommastrephidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 586(II): 393–404
• Dunning, M.C. & Wormuth, J.H. 1998. The ommastrephid squid genus Todarodes: a review of systematics, distribution, and biology (Cephalopoda: Teuthoidea). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 586: 385–391
• Dunning, M.C., Clarke, M.R. & Lu, C.C. 1993. Cephalopods in the diet of oceanic sharks caught off eastern Australia. pp. 119–131 in Okutani, T., O'Dor, R.K. & Kubodera, T. (eds). Recent Advances in Cephalopod Fisheries Biology. Tokyo : Tokai University Press.
• Dupuis, P. 1918. Notes concernant les polyplacophores (suite). Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 24: 525–533
• Ehrenberg, C.G. 1831. Symbolae Physicae Evertebrata. 1. Mollusaca. Berolini ex Officina Academica.
• Emerson, W.K. 1952. Nomenclatural notes on the scaphopod Mollusca: the type species of Fustiaria and Pseudantalis. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 65: 201–208
• Emerson, W.K. 1962. A classification of the scaphopod mollusks. Journal of Paleontology 36: 461–482
• Emerson, W.K. 1978. Two new eastern Pacific species of Cadulus, with remarks on the classification of the scaphopod mollusks. The Nautilus 92: 117–123
• English, S.A. 1981. The biology of two species of estuarine cephalopods from the Sydney region. Unpublished MSc Thesis, University of Sydney, Sydney 125 pp.
• Euthyme (Le Frère) 1889. Description de quelques espèces nouvelles de la fauna marine exotique. Bulletin de la Société Malacologique de France 6: 259–282
• Eydoux, J.F. & Souleyet, F.L. 1852. Voyage autour du Monde exécuté pendent les années 1836 et 1837, sur la corvette la Bonite, commandée par M. Vaillant. Zoologie. 2: 7–36.
• Eydoux, J.F.T. 1838. Mollusques du voyage de la. Favorite. Mag. Zool. Paris 1838: 1–12 pls 114–119
• Fabricius, O. 1823. Fortegnelser over Fabriciussesefterladte Naturalier. Copenhagen.
• Fair, R. H. 1976. The Murex Book: An illustrated catalogue of Recent Muricidae (Muricinae, Muricopsinae, Ocenebrinae). Honolulu : R. Fair pp. 23 pls, 138.
• Falconieri, A. 1994. Pedinogyra cunninghami maricae subspecies nova. World Shells 8: 88-91
• Favanne, J. G. de 1784. Catalogue systématique et raisoné, ou description du magnifique cabinet appartenent ci-devant a M. le C. de ... [ M. le Comte de Latour d'Auvergne]. Paris.
• Fechter, R. & Falkner, G. 1990. Weichtiere. Europäische Meeres-und Binnenmollusken. München : Mosaik Verlag pp. 1-287.
• Ferreira, A.J. 1979. The family Lepidopleuridae (Mollusca: Polyplacophora) in the eastern Pacific. Veliger 22: 145–165
• Ferreira, A.J. 1986. A revision of the genus Acanthopleura Guilding, 1829 (Mollusca: Polyplacophora). Veliger 28: 221–279 [2 Jan. 1986]
• Fields, W.G. 1965. The structure, development, food relations, reproduction, and the life history of the squid Loligo opalescens Berry. Fisheries Bulletin, California Department of Fish and Game 131: 1–108
• Filhol, ? 1880. Title unknown. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles xci: 1095
• Filhol, M. 1880. Mollusques marins vivant sur les côtes de l'île Campbell. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 91: 1094–1095
• Filippova, J.A. 1972. New data on the squids (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida) from the Scotia Sea (Antarctic). Malacologia 11(2): 391–406
• Finlay, H.J. 1926. A further commentary on New Zealand molluscan systematics. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 57: 320–485 pls 18–23 [23 Dec. 1926]
• Finlay, H.J. 1927. A further commentary on New Zealand molluscan systematics. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 57: 320–485
• Finlay, H.J. 1927. A further commentary on New Zealand molluscan systematics. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 57: 320–485, pls 18-23
• Finlay, H.J. 1927. New specific names for Austral Mollusca. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 57: 488–533
• Finlay, H.J. 1927. New specific names for Australian Mollusca. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 57: 488–533 [19 Jan. 1927]
• Finlay, H.J. & Marwick, J. 1937. The Wangaloan and associated molluscan faunas of Kaitangata–Green Island, Subdivision. New Zealand Geological Survey Paleontological Bulletin 15: 1–140
• Fischer 1807. Museum Demidoff. Moscow.
• Fischer, H. 1895. Note préliminaire sur le Pterygioteuthis giardi, Céphalopode nouveau recueilli dans le cours de l'Expedition scientifique du Talisman (1883). Journal of Conchology 43: 205–211
• Fischer, P. 1868. Diagnoses de deux Limaciens de la Nouvelle Calédonie. Journal de Conchyliologie 16: 145–146
• Fischer, P. 1882. Manuel de Conchyliologie et de paléontologie conchyliologique on histoire naturelle des mollusques vivants et fossiles. Paris : Librairie F. Savy pp. 1369.
• Fischer, P. 1884. Manuel de Conchyliologie et de Paléontologie Conchyliologique ou histoire naturelle des mollusques vivant et fossiles. Paris : F. Savy Vol. 7.
• Fischer, P. 1885. Manuel de Conchyliologie et de Paléontologie conchyliologique. Histoire naturelle des Mollusques vivants et fossiles. Librairie F. Savy : Paris. 8 volumes, 1369 pp.
• Fischer, P. 1885. Manuel de Conchyliologie et de Paléontologie Conchyliologique ou histoire naturelle des mollusques vivant et fossiles. Paris : F. Savy Vol. 8 pp. 689–791. [29 Jan. 1885]
• Fischer-Piette, E. 1950. Liste des types décrits dans le Journal de Conchyliologie et conserves dans la collection de ce journal. Journal de Conchyliologie 90: 65–82
• Fitzinger, L.J.F.J. 1833. Systematisches Verzeichniss der im Erzherzogthume Oesterreich vorkommenden Weichthiere, als Prodrom einer Fauna desselben. Beiträge zur Landeskunde Oesterreich's unter der Enns. Wien Ver. Vaterl. Ges. Wein 3: 88–122
• Flecker, H. & Cotton, B.C. 1955. Fatal bite from Octopus. Medical Journal of Australia 2: 329–331
• Fleming, J. 1822. Philosophy of Zoology; or a general view of the structure, functions, and classifications of animals. Edinburgh : Hurst Vol. 2 pp. 618.
• Forbes, E. 1851. On the Mollusca collected by Mr MacGillivray during the voyage of the Rattlesnake. In, MacGillivray, J. (ed.). Narrative of the Voyage of the H.M.S. Rattlesnake, commanded by the late Captain Owen Stanley, during the years 1846–1850. London : T. & W. Boone Vol. 2 pp. 360–386. [Dec. 1851]
• Forbes, E. 1851. On the Mollusca collected by Mr MacGillivray during the voyage of the Rattlesnake. In, MacGillivray, J. (ed.). Narrative of the Voyage of the H.M.S. Rattlesnake, commanded by the late Captain Owen Stanley, during the years 1846–1850. London : T. & W. Boone Vol. 2 pp. 360–386. [Dec. 1851]
• Forcart, L. 1969. Veronicellid land slugs from the New Hebrides, with description of Semperula solemi, new species. Fieldiana Zoology 51: 147–156
• Forch, E.C. & Uozumi, Y. 1990. Discovery of a specimen of Lycoteuthis lorigera (Steenstrup, 1875) (Cephalopoda: Teuthoidea) from New Zealand and additional notes on its morphology. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 24: 251–258
• Ford, J. 1889. Description of Helix (Trachia) dentoni, n. sp. The Nautilus 3: 17–18
• Forsskål, P. 1775. Descriptiones animalium avium, amphibiorum, piscum, insectorum, vermium; quae in itinere orientali observavit Petrus Forskål. Prof. Haun. Post mortem auctoris edidit Carsten Niebuhr. Copenhagen : Møller pp. xxxiv + 140.
• Fraeme, M.E. 1940. Estuarine shell and egg girdle. Victorian Naturalist 56(11): 178
• Franc, A. 1957. Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles de L'Achipel Neo-Calédonien. Mémoires du Muséum Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle Series A (Zoology). 13: 200
• François, P. 1891. Moeurs d'un Murex. Archives de Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale 9(2): 240–242
• Frauenfeld, G. R. 1867. Mollusken. Reise der Österreichischen Freggate Novara um die Erde. Zoologie 2(3): 1-16
• Frauenfeld, G.R. von 1862. Zusammenstellung der Arten der Gattung Vivipara Lmk. in der Kaiserlichen Sammlung. Verhandlungen der Zoologisch-Botanischen Vereins in Wien 12: 1162–1170
• Frauenfeld, G.R. von 1863. Vorläufige aufzählung der Arten der Gattungen Hydrobia Htm. und Amnicola Gld. Hldm. in der Kaiserlichen und in Cuming's Sammlung. Verhandlungen der Zoologisch-Botanischen Vereins in Wien 13: 1017–1032
• Frauenfeld, G.R. von 1864. Verzeichniss der Namen der fossilen und lebenden Arten der Gattung Paludina Lam. nebst. jenen der nachststehenden und einrechung derselben in der verschieden neneren Gattungen. Verhandlungen der Zoologisch-Botanischen Vereins in Wien 14: 561–672
• Fretter, V. & Peake, J. 1978. Pulmonates. Systematics, Evolution and Ecology. London New York San Francisco : Academic Press Vol. 2A pp. 1–540.
• Fretter, V. & Peake, J. (eds.) 1975. Pulmonates. Functional Anatomy and Physiology. London New York San Francisco : Academic Press Vol. 1 pp. 1-417.
• Freyer, H. 1855. Ueber neu entdecte Conchylien aus des Geschlechtern Carychium und Pterocera. Sitzungsberichte der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien. Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Klasse 1 15: 18–23
• Froriep, L.F. 1806. in Duméril, C. Analytische Zoologie. Aus dem Französischen mit Zusatzen von L.F. Froriep. Weimar 344 pp.
• Fujita, K. & Hattori, J. 1976. Stomach content analysis of longnose lancetfish, Alepisaurus ferox, in the eastern Indian Ocean and the Coral Sea. Annales de la Faculté des Sciences de Yaoundé 23(3): 133–142
• Fukuda, H. & Kosuge, T. 2000. Gastropods II — Umi-maimai. pp. 138–147 in Sato, M. (ed.). Life in Ariake Sea; Biodiversity in Tidal Flats and Estuaries. Kaiyusha, Tokyo.
• Fukuda, H. & Ponder, W.F. 2003. Australian freshwater assimineids, with a synopsis of the Recent genus-group of the Assimineidae (Mollusca: Caenogastropoda: Rissooidea). Journal of Natural History 37: 1977-2032
• Fulton, H.C. 1902. Description of Thersites (Rhagada) woodwardi, n. sp. from N.W. Australia. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 5: 33 [Apr. 1902]
• Fulton, H.C. 1904. A critical list of the Sphaerospira section of Thersites. Journal of Malacology 11: 2–10 [25 Apr. 1904]
• Fulton, H.C. 1906. Descriptions of new Australian Pupinae and Pupinellae, with a note on Pupina pineticola Cox. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 17: 243–246 [1 Feb. 1906]
• Fulton, H.C. 1907. Descriptions of new species of Trochomorpha, Cochlostyla, Amphidromus, Bulimulus, Drymaeus, Placostylus, Stenogyra, Leptopoma, Cyclophorus, Cyclotus and Alycaeus. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 19: 149–157
• Fulton, H.C. 1907. Descriptions of new species of Australian Planispira and Chloritis. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 7: 362–363 [Sept. 1907]
• Fulton, H.C. 1914. On Stenopylis, a proposed new genus of Endodontidae. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 14: 163–164
• Fulton, H.C. 1915. Molluscan notes. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 11: 236–241
• Férussac, A. de 1834. Notice sur deux nouvelles espèces de cephalopodes appartenant aux genres calmaret (Loligopsis veranii) et cranchie (Cranchia bonnellii). L'Institut, Section [1], Sciences mathématiques, physiques et naturelles (Paris) 2(77): 355
• Férussac, A. de & d'Orbigny, A. 1839. Histoire naturelle générale et particuliere des Céphalopodes Acétabulifères vivants et fossiles. Paris : Libraire F. Savy.
• Férussac, A. de & d'Orbigny, A. 1841. Histoire naturelle générale et particulière des céphalopodes acetabulifères vivants et fossiles. 2 vols Paris : J.-B. Baillière Libraire de l'Académie Nationale de Médecine 361pp. [1835–1848]
• Férussac, A. de & d'Orbigny, A. 1848. Histoire naturelle générale et particulière des Céphalopodes Acétabulifères vivants et fossiles. 2 vols. Paris : J.-B. Baillière Libraire de l'Académie Nationale de Médecine 341pp. [dates 1835–1848]
• Férussac, A. de & d'Orbigny, A. 1848. [1835–1848]. Histoire naturelle générale et particulière des cephalopodes acetabulifères vivants et fossiles. Paris : Libraire F. Savy.
• Férussac, A.E.J.P.J.F. d'A. de 1819. Histoire Naturelle Générale et Particulière des Mollusques Terrestres et Fluviatiles. Paris Livr. 1–5 pp. 1–96.
• Férussac, A.E.J.P.J.F. d'A. de 1821. Tableaux Systematiques des Animaux Mollusques suivis d'un prodrome général pour tous les mollusques terrestres ou fluviatiles vivantes ou fossiles. Paris : Bertrand xlvii 114 pp. [Jan. 1821]
• Férussac, A.E.J.P.J.F. d'A. de 1823. Histoire Naturelle Générale et Particulière des Mollusques Terrestres et Fluviatiles. (1819–1851). Paris : J.-B. Baillière, Libraire de l'Academie Naturale de Médecine pp. 19–21 plus plates. [27 Sept. 1823]
• Férussac, A.E.J.P.J.F. d'A. de 1832. Histoire Naturelle Générale et Particulière des Mollusques Terrestres et Fluviatiles. Paris livr. 22–28 plus plates. [4 Aug. 1832]
• Férussac, A.E.J.P.J.F. d'A. de 1835. The animal kingdom. Bull. Zool. 1835(2): 73–74
• Férussac, A.E.J.P.J.F. d'A. de 1839. Histoire Naturelle Générale et Particulière des Mollusques Terrestres et Fluviatiles. Paris livr. 29–30 plus plates. [15 June 1839]
• Gabriel, C.J. 1929. Report on land shells from Cann River, Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 46(6): 130–134 [10 Oct. 1929]
• Gabriel, C.J. 1930. Catalogue of the land shells of Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria ns 43: 62–88 [11 Sept. 1930]
• Gabriel, C.J. 1934. Thalassochelix translucens, a new Victorian land shell. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 8: 157
• Gabriel, C.J. 1939. The fresh water Mollusca of Victoria. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 11: 100–139
• Gabriel, C.J. 1947. Additions to and alterations in the catalogue of the land shells of Victoria (including descriptions of new species). Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 15: 109–125
• Gabriel, C.J. 1962. Additions to the marine Molluscan fauna of south eastern Australia. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 25: 177-210, 1 pl.
• Gabriel, C.J. & Macpherson, J.H. 1947. Mollusca. 158–167 in Whincup, S.G., Brazenor, C.W., Gabriel, C.J., Macpherson, J. H. & Burns, A. N. A preliminary report on the biology and ecology of the Snowy River area in north-east Victoria. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 15: 146–171
• Gainey, L.E. 1972. The use of the foot and captacula in the feeding of Dentalium (Mollusca, Scaphopoda). The Veliger 15: 29–34
• Gales, N.J., Klages, N.T.W., Williams, R. & Woehler, E.J. 1990. The diet of the emperor penguin, Aptenodytes forsteri, in Amanda Bay, Princess Elizabeth Land, Antarctica. Antarctic Science 2(1): 23–28
• Gales, R., Pemberton, D., Clarke, M. & Lu, C.C. 1992. Stomach contents of long-finned pilot whales (Globicephala melas) and bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops truncatus) in Tasmania. Marine Mammal Science 8(4): 405–413
• Gales, R., Pemberton, D., Lu, C.C. & Clarke, M. 1994. The cephalopod diet of the Australian fur seal: variation due to location, season and sample type. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 44: 657–671
• Garrard, T. A. 1961. Mollusca collected by M. V. "Challenger" off the east coast of Australia. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 5: 3-38
• Gaskoin, J.S. 1855. Descriptions of two new species of land shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1854: 152 [11 Apr. 1855]
• Gassies, J.B. 1865. Diagnoses d'espèces provenant de la Nouvelle-Caledonie. Journal de Conchyliologie 3 12: 210–212
• Gatliff, J. H. & C. J. Gabriel 1916. Additions to the alterations in the Catalogue of the Marine Shells of Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 29(1): 106–113
• Gatliff, J.H. 1905. Description of two new species of shells of the genus Leuconopsis. Victorian Naturalist 22: 12–13
• Gatliff, J.H. 1907. Additions to the Catalogue of the Marine Shells of Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 20(1): 31–37
• Gatliff, J.H. & Gabriel, C.J. 1908. Additions to and revision of the Catalogue of Victorian Marine Mollusca. Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria 21(1): 368-391
• Gatliff, J.H. & Gabriel, C.J. 1911. On some new species of Victorian Marine Mollusca. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 24(1): 187–192
• Gatliff, J.H. & Gabriel, C.J. 1912. One some new species of Victorian Marine Mollusca. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 25(1): 167–168, pl. 9
• Gatliff, J.H. & Gabriel, C.J. 1913. Additions to the Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 26(1): 71–87
• Gatliff, J.H. & Gabriel, C.J. 1922. Additions to the alterations in the Catalogue of Victorian Marine Mollusca. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 34: 128–161
• Gauldie, R.W., West, I.F. & Forch, E.C. 1994. Statocyst, statolith, and age estimation of the giant squid, Architeuthis kirki. Veliger 37(1): 93–109
• Germain, L. 1919. Contributions à la Faune Malacologique de l'Afrique équatorial. LVII. Sur quelques genres et espèces de pulmonés de l'Afrique oriental. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 25: 258–265
• Ghiretti, F. 1959. Cephalotoxin: the crab-paralysing agent of the posterior salivary glands of cephalopods. Nature (London) 183: 1192–1193
• Ghiretti, F. 1960. Toxicity of octopus saliva against Crustacea. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 90: 726–741
• Gill, T. 1870. On the Pterocerae of Lamarck, and their mutual relationships. American Journal of Conchology 5(3): 120–140
• Gilly, W.F., Horrigan, F. & Fraley, N. 1986. Moroteuthis of Monterey: hatchlings through adults. American Malacological Bulletin 4(2): 241 [abstract only]
• Girard, A.A. 1889. Nota sobre os cephalopodes de Portugal. Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. 2 1: 200–205
• Gistel, J. von N.F.X. 1848. Naturgeschischte des Thierreichs für höhere schulen bearbeitet. Stuttgartpp. i–xvi, 1–216, 32 pls.
• Giusti, F. 1986. Notulae Malacologicae XXXIV. Again on the taxonomic status of Deroceras panormitanum (Lessona & Pollonera, 1882), Deroceras pollonerai (Simroth, 1889) and Deroceras caruanai (Pollonera, 1891) (Gastropoda: Pulmonata). Bollettino Malacologico 22: 57–64
• Giusti, F. & Manganelli, G. 1987. Notulae Malacologicae, XXXVI. On some Hygromiidae (Gastropoda: Helicoidea) living in Sardinia and in Corsica. (Studies on the Sardinian and Corsican Malcofauna VI). Bollettino Malacologico 23: 123-206
• Giusti, F. & Manganelli, G. 1989. Notulae Malacologicae, XLV. A new Hygromiidae from the Tyrrhenian islands of Capraia and Sardinia with notes on the genera Xeromicra and Xerotricha (Gastropoda: Helicoidea). (Studies on the Sardinian and Corsican Malcofauna VIII). Bollettino Malacologico 25: 23-62
• Giusti, F. & Manganelli, G. 1990. Ciliellopsis oglasae, a new hygromiid from the Montecristo Island (Tuscan archipelago, Italy) (Pulmonata: Helicoidea). Journal of Conchology 33: 269-277
• Giusti, F. & Manganelli, G. 1990. A neotype for Agriolimax caruanae Pollonera 1891 (Pulmonata: Agriolimacidae). Archiv fuer Molluskenkunde 119(4–6): 235–240
• Giusti, F., Manganelli, G. & Schembri, P.J. 1995. Monographie XV. The non-marine molluscs of the Maltese Islands. Torino : Museo Regionale di Scienze Naturali 607 pp.
• Giusti, Manganelli, G. & Crisci, J.V. 1992. A new problematic Hygromiidae from the Aeolian Islands (Italy) (Pulmonata: Helicoidea). Malacologia 34: 107-128
• Glaubrecht, M. 1996. Evolutionsökologie und Systematik am Beispiel von Süß- und Brackwasserschnecken (Mollusca: Caenogastropoda: Cerithioidea): Ontogenese-Strategien, paläontologische Befunde und Historische Zoogeographie. Leiden : Backhuys Publishers.
• Glaubrecht, M. 1999. Systematics and evolution of viviparity in tropical freshwater gastropods (Cerithioidea: Thiaridae s.l.). Courier Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg 203: 91-96
• Glaubrecht, M. 2000. A look back in time: toward an historical biogeography as synthesis of systematic and geologic patterns outlined with limnic gastropods. Zoology: Analysis of Complex Systems 102: 127-147
• Glaubrecht, M., this work
• Glaubrecht, M. & Rintelen, T.v. 2003. Systematics, molecular genetics and historical zoogeography of the vivaparous freshwater gastropod Pseudopotamis (Cerithioidea, Pachychilidae): a relic on the Torres Strait Islands, Australia. Zoologica Scripta 32(5): 415-435
• Gmelin, J.F. 1788. In Caroli a Linné, Systema Naturae. Edn 13. Leiden : Delamolliere.
• Gmelin, J.F. 1791. ***. pp. 3021–3910 in Linnaeus, C (ed.). Systema Naturae per Regna Tria Naturae, Secundum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum Characteribus, Differentiis, Synonymis, Locis. Lyon : J.B. Delamolliere Vol. 1(6).
• Gmelin, J.F. 1791. Systema Naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Lipsiae: Emanual Beer 13th edn 3 vols in 7 pts.
• Gmelin, J.F. 1791. in,. pp. 3021–3910 in Linnaeus, C. (ed.). Systema Naturae per Regna Tria Naturae, Secundum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum Characteribus, Differentiis, Synonymis, Locis. Lyon : J.B. Delamolliere Vol. 1(6).
• Gmelin, J.F. 1791. in Linnaeus, C. Systema Naturae per Regna Tria Naturae, Secundum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum Characteribus, Differentiis, Synonymis, Locis. 13th Edn Lyon : J.B. Delamolliere Tom. 1 pars 6, pp. 3021–3910.
• Gmelin, J.F. in Linnaeus, C. 1791. Systema Naturae per Regna Tria Naturae, Secundum Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum Characteribus, Differentiis, Synonymis, Locis. Lyon : J.B. Delamolliere Vol. 1(6) pp. 3021–3910.
• Godwin-Austen, H.H. 1883. Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India, including South Arabia, Baluchistan, Afganistan, Kashmir, Nepal, Burmah, Pegu, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Ceylon, and other islands of the Indian Ocean. London : Taylor & Francis Vol. 1 pp. 257. [Oct. 1883]
• Godwin-Austen, H.H. 1919. On the genus Mysoria, Godwin-Austen. Records of the Indian Museum 16: 431-431
• Godwin-Austen, H.H. 1919. On the supposed occurence of the Miocene genus Fossarulus in India. Records of the Indian Museum 16: 209-213
• Golding, R.E., Ponder, W.F. & Byrne, M. 2007. Taxonomy and anatomy of Amphiboloidea (Gastropoda: Heterobranchia: Archaeopulmonata). Zootaxa 1476: 1–50
• Goodrich, E.S. 1896. Report on a collection of Cephalopoda from the Calcutta Museum. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 2)(Zool. 7: 1–24
• Gould, A. 1843. Monograph of the species of Pupa found in the United States. Boston Journal of Natural History 4: 350–360
• Gould, A. 1846. Descriptions of shells of the Exploring Expedition. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 2: 177–184 [Nov. 1846]
• Gould, A. 1846. Descriptions of the following species of Physa, from the collection of the Exploring Expedition. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 2: 214–215
• Gould, A. 1846. Expedition Shells: Described for the Work of the United States Exploring Expedition Commanded by Charles Wilkis, U.S.N. during the years 1838-1842. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 2: 1-256
• Gould, A. 1846. New species of Helix from the shells of the Exploring Expedition. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 2: 165–167 [Aug. 1846]
• Gould, A. 1850. in Proceedings for May 18th, 1850. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 3: 292–296 [Nov. 1850]
• Gould, A. 1852. Mollusca and Shells. United States Exploring Expedition (Wilkes). Boston : Gould & Lincoln Vol. 12 510 pp.
• Gould, A. 1862. Otia Conchologica, descriptions of shells and mollusks from 1839 to 1862. Boston : Gould & Lincoln 256 pp.
• Gould, A.A. 1846. On the shells collected by the United States Exploring Expedition, commanded by Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 2: 141–145
• Gould, A.A. 1846. Otia Conchologica, descriptions of shells and mollusks from 1839 to 1862. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 2: 1-256
• Gould, A.A. 1846. Otia Conchologica, descriptions of shells and mollusks from 1839 to 1862. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 1846: 1–256
• Gould, A.A. 1847. Descriptions of species of Melania, from the collection of the Exploring Expedition. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 2: 222-225
• Gould, A.A. 1852. Mollusca and shells. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838–42, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. 13: i–xv 1–510 atlas
• Gould, A.A. 1852. Mollusca and shells. United States Exploring Expedition ... under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. 12: 1–507
• Gould, A.A. 1852. Mollusca of the United States Exploring Expedition under Captain Charles Wilkes. Mollusca of the Wilkes Expedition 12: 1–510 pls 1–52
• Gould, A.A. 1859. Description of shells, collected by the North Pacific Exploring Expedition. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 7: 161–165
• Gould, A.A. 1859. Descriptions of shells collected by the North Pacific Exploring Expedition. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 7: 40-166
• Gould, A.A. 1859. Descriptions of shells collected by the North Pacific Exploring Expedition. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History 7: 161–166
• Gould, A.A. 1862. Otia Conchologica: Descriptions of shells and mollusks, from 1839 to 1862. I–IV 1–256 Boston.
• Gowlett-Holmes, K.L. 1987. The suborder Choriplacina Starobogatov & Sirenko, 1975 with a redescription of Choriplax grayi (H. Adams & Angas, 1864) (Mollusca: Polyplacophora). Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 111: 105–110
• Gowlett-Holmes, K.L. 1988. A new species of Notoplax (Mollusca: Polyplacophora: Acanthochitonidae), from New South Wales, Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 112: 169–173 [30 Nov. 1988]
• Gowlett-Holmes, K.L. 1990. A review of the endemic Australian chiton genus Bassethullia Pilsbry, 1928 (Mollusca: Polyplacophora: Acanthochitonidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 11: 9–28
• Gowlett-Holmes, K.L. 1990. On the taxonomic status of the Australian chiton Parachiton verconis Cotton & Weeding, 1939 (Mollusca: Polyplacophora: Leptochitonidae). Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 114: 95–97
• Gowlett-Holmes, K.L. 1991. Redefinition of the genus Notoplax H. Adams, 1861, and recognition of the monotypic New Zealand genus Pseudotonicia Ashby, 1928 (Mollusca: Polyplacophora: Acanthochitonidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 12: 77–88
• Gowlett-Holmes, K.L. 2001. Polypolacophora. pp. 19–84 in Wells, A. & Houston, W.W.K. (eds). Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 17.2 Mollusca: Aplacophora, Polyplacophora, Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing, Australia xii 353 pp.
• Gowlett-Holmes, K.L. & McHenry, B.J. 1988. Fossil mollusc type specimens in the South Australian Museum. 1. Polyplacophora. Records of the South Australian Museum 22: 1–11
• Gowlett-Holmes, K.L. & Zeidler, W. 1987. A new species of Acanthochitona (Mollusca: Polyplacophora: Acanthochitonidae), from South Australia. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 111: 111–114 [29 May 1987]
• Graff, L.v. 1876. Anatomie des Chaetoderma nitidulum. Zeitschrift für Wissenschaftliche Zoologie 26: 166–192
• Grant, R.E. 1833. On a new species of Sepiola (Sep. Stenodactyla) from the Mauritius, presented by C. Telfair Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1833(1): 42–43
• Grateloup, J.P.S. de 1839. Note sur un mémoire relatif à des molluques exotiques nouveaux ou peu connus. Actes de la Société Linnéene de Bordeaux 11: 161-170 [year uncertain]
• Grateloup, J.P.S. de 1840. Note sur un mémoire relatif à des molluques exotiques nouveaux ou peu connus. Actes de la Société Linnéene de Bordeaux 11: 161-170
• Gray, J.E. 1821. A natural arrangement of Mollusca according to their internal structure. London Medical Repository 15: 229–239
• Gray, J.E. 1821. A natural arrangement of Mollusca, according to internal structure. London Medical Repository 15: 229-239
• Gray, J.E. 1824. On Gadinia, a new genus of patelloid shells. Philosophical Magazine London 63(312): 274-277
• Gray, J.E. 1825. A list and description of some species of shells not taken notice of by Lamarck. Annals of Philosophy ns 9(5): 407–415 [May 1825]
• Gray, J.E. 1826. Mollusca. pp. 474-496 in King, P.P. (ed.). Narrative of a Survey of the Intertropical and Western Coasts of Australia, performed between the years 1818 and 1822. London : John Murray Vol. 2.
• Gray, J.E. 1828. Spicilegia Zoologica, or original figures and short systematic descriptions of new and unfigured animals. 7 pp. pls 1–6.
• Gray, J.E. 1833. in Griffith, E. & Pidgeon, E. (1833). The Mollusca and Radiata. in Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. (ed.) The Animal Kingdom. 1st Edn London : Whittaker & Co. Vol.12 601 pp.
• Gray, J.E. 1834. in Proceedings for July 8th 1834. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1834: 57–58
• Gray, J.E. 1834. Characters of new species of land and freshwater shells. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1834: 63–68 [25 Nov. 1834]
• Gray, J.E. 1842. Synopsis of the Contents of the British Museum. London : British Museum 304 pp.
• Gray, J.E. 1842. Synopsis of the Contents of the British Museum. London : British Museum 304 pp.
• Gray, J.E. 1843. Catalogue of the species of Mollusca and their shells, which have hitherto been recorded as found at New Zealand, with the description of some lately discovered species. In, Dieffenbach, E. Travels in New Zealand 2: 228–265.
• Gray, J.E. 1843. Catalogue of the species of Mollusca and their shells, which have hitherto been recorded as found at New Zealand, with the descriptions of some lately discovered species. pp. 228–265 in Dieffenbach, E. Travel in New Zealand 2.
• Gray, J.E. 1844. Catalogue des Mollusques et de leurs coquilles, trouves jusqu's present à la Nouvelle-Zelande, avec la description des espèces recemment decouvertes. Revue de Zoologie, Paris 7: 346–359
• Gray, J.E. 1847. A list of the genera of Recent Mollusca, their synonymy and types. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1847: 129–219
• Gray, J.E. 1847. A list of the genera of recent Mollusca, their synonyma and types. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 15: 129–219
• Gray, J.E. 1847. Additional observations on Chitones. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1847: 126–127 [27 July 1847]
• Gray, J.E. 1847. On the genera of the family Chitonidae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 15: 63–70
• Gray, J.E. 1849. Catalogue of the Mollusca in the Collection of the British Museum. 1. Cephalopoda Antepedia. London : Spottiswoodes & Shaw pp. 164.
• Gray, J.E. 1849. Catalogue of the Mollusca in the Collection of the British Museum. 1. Cephalopoda Antepedia. London : British Museum (Natural History) pp. 164.
• Gray, J.E. 1850. Nomenclature of Molluscous Animals and Shells in the Collection of the British Museum. Pt 1. Cyclophoridae. London : British Museum pp. 69.
• Gray, J.E. 1853. A revision of the genera of some of the families of conchifera or bivalve shells. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2 11: 33–44
• Gray, J.E. 1855. Catalogue of Pulmonate or Air-breathing Mollusca in the Collection of the British Museum. London : British Museum pp. 192.
• Gray, J.E. 1857. Guide to the Systematic Distribution of the Mollusca in the British Museum. Part 1. London : British Museum Trustees pp. 230.
• Gray, J.E. 1857. On some families of bivalve shells. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2 19: 369-371
• Gray, J.E. 1857. On some families of bivalve shells. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia Special Publications 3: 86
• Gray, J.E. in Reeve, L.A. 1847. Monograph of the genus Chiton. In, Conchologica Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 4 pls 1–27.
• Gray, M.E. 1850. Figures of molluscous animals. London : Publisher unknown Vol. 4.
• Gregorio, A. de 1885. Studi su talune conchiglie Mediterranee, viventi e fossili con una revista del gen. Vulsella e del gen. Ficula e con dei reffronti con specie di altre regioni e di altri bacini. Bullettino della Società Malacologica Italiana 10: 247–257
• Griffith, E. & Pidgeon, E. 1833. The Mollusca and Radiata. In, Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. (ed.). The Animal Kingdom. London : Whittaker & Co. Vol. 12 601 pp. 40 pls.
• Griffith, E. & Pidgeon, E. 1834. The Mollusca and Radiata. In, Cuvier, G.L.C.F.D. (ed.). The Animal Kingdom. London : Whittaker & Co. Vol. 12 601 pp. 40 pls.
• Grimpe, G. 1921. Teuthologische mittheilungen VII, Systematische Ubersicht der Nordseecephalopoden. Zoologischer Anzeiger 52: 296–304
• Grimpe, G. 1922. Systematische Übersicht der Europäischen Cephalopoden. Sitzungsberichte der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Leipzig 45–48: 36–52
• Grimpe, G. 1931. Teuthologische Mitteilungen. 13. Über die Cephalopode der Sunda Expedition Rensch. Zoologischer Anzeiger 95: 149–174
• Grimpe, G. & Hoffmann, H. 1924. Diagnosen neuer Athoracophoriden (Gastropod. Pulm.). Zoologischer Anzeiger 58: 171–177 [20 Jan. 1924]
• Gronovius, L.T. 1781. Zoophylacium Gronovianum, exhibens Animalia Quadrupeda, Amphibia, Pisces, Insecta, Vermes, Mollusca, Testaceae et Zoophyta, quae in museo suo adservariat, examini subjecit, systematice disposuit atque descripsit. Batarorum : Lugduni Vol. 3 pp. 1786.
• Grove, S.J., Kershaw, R.C., Smith, B.J. & Turner, E. 2006. A Systematic List of the Marine Molluscs of Tasmania. Launceston, Tasmania : Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery 120 pp.
• Gualtieri, N. 1742. Index testarum conchyliorum quae adservantur in museo Nicolai Gualtieri. Florence xxiii pp., 110 pls.
• Gude, G.K. 1903. Descriptions of some new forms of helicoid land-shells. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 5: 262–266 [Apr. 1903]
• Gude, G.K. 1905. Description of nine new species of helicoid land shells. Journal of Malacology 12: 11–14
• Gude, G.K. 1906. Critical remarks on certain forms of Chloritis with descriptions of twelve new species. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 7: 40–50 [9 Mar. 1906]
• Gude, G.K. 1906. Further remarks on the genus Chloritis, with descriptions of eleven new species. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 7: 105–118
• Gude, G.K. 1907. A further contribution to our knowledge of the genus Chloritis, with descriptions of eleven new species. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 7: 228–233 [3 Apr. 1907]
• Gude, G.K. 1911. Note on some preoccupied molluscan generic names and proposed new genera of the family Zonitidae. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 9: 269–273 [30 Mar. 1911]
• Gude, G.K. 1913. Definitions of further new genera of Zonitidae. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 10: 389–391 [22 Sept. 1913]
• Gude, G.K. 1913. The helicoid land shells of the Fiji Islands, with definitions of three new genera and descriptions of four new species. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 10: 325–330. [25 June 1913]
• Gude, G.K. 1914. Description of a new Helicoid from South Australia. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 11: 166–167
• Gude, G.K. 1916. Descriptions of two new species of Angasella. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 12: 41–42 [20 Mar. 1916]
• Guilding, L. 1829. Observations on the Chitonidae. Zoological Journal London 5: 25–35
• Gulland, J.A. (ed.) 1971. The Fish Resources of the Ocean. West Byfleet : Fishing News Books xi 255 pp.
• Haas, F. 1910. Neue najaden. Nachrichtsblett der Deutschen Malakozooligischen Gesellschaft 42: 97–103
• Haas, F. 1912. Die Unioniden. pp. 113–136 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematiches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 9 Abt. 2.
• Haas, F. 1935. Breschreibung neuer Untergattungen und Arten von Mollusken. Zoologischer Anzeiger 109(7–8): 188–195
• Haas, F. 1939. Malacological notes. Zoological Series of Field Museum of Natural History 24(8): 93-103
• Haas, F. 1945. Malacological notes. IV. The systematic position of Plectopylis coarctata Moellendorff. Fieldiana Zoology 31(2): 3–14
• Haase, M. & Bouchet, P. 1998. Radiation of crenobiontic gastropods on an ancient continental island: The Hemistomia-clade in New Caledonia (Gastropoda: Hydrobiidae). Hydrobiologia 367: 43-129
• Habe, T. 1951. Genera of Japanese Shells; Pelecypoda. Place of publication in Japanese : Publisher in Japanese Vol. 1 pp. 96.
• Habe, T. 1953. Genera of Japanese shells, 4. Scaphopoda, 289–299.
• Habe, T. 1953. Limopsidae, Arcidae. pp. 201–216 in Kuroda, T. (ed.). Illustrated Catalogue of Japanese Shells. Vol. 25.
• Habe, T. 1955. Illustrated Catalogue of Japanese shells, B. numbers 9–11, 23, 24.
• Habe, T. 1957. Report on the Mollusca chiefly collected by the S.S. Soyo Maru of the Imperial Fisheries Experimental Station on the Continental Shelf bordering Japan during the years 1922 1930. Part 2: Scaphopoda. Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory 6: 127–136; 11 txt figs, 1 table.
• Habe, T. 1961. Coloured illustrations of shells of Japan (II). Osaka, Japan : Hoikusha pp. 182, 66 pls.
• Habe, T. 1963. A classification of the scaphopod mollusks found in Japan and its adjacent areas. Bulletin of the National Science Museum, Tokyo 6: 252–281
• Habe, T. 1964. Fauna Japonica. Scaphopoda (Mollusca). Tokyo : Biogeographical Society of Japan 59 pp. 5 pls.
• Habe, T. 1964. Notes on the Genus Cucullaea Lamarck (Mollusca). Bulletin of the National Science Museum, Tokyo 7(3): 259-261
• Habe, T. 1964. Notes on the Strange Ark Shell Trisidos Röding. Bulletin of the National Science Museum 7(3): 255–257, 1 pl.
• Habe, T. 1964. Shells of the Western Pacific in Color. Osaka : Hoikusha Publishing Vol. 2 233 pp. 66 pls.
• Habe, T. 1965. Anadarinae in Japan and its adjacent areas. Bulletin of the National Science Museum 8: 73–84
• Habe, T. 1970. A new subspecies of Fissidentalium formosum (Adams and Reeve) from the South China Sea. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 2(1): 95–96
• Haddon, A.C. 1886. Report on the Polyplacophora collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873–76. Challenger Reports Zoology 15: 1–50 pls 1–3 [9 Aug. 1886]
• Hadfield, M.G. 1979. Aplacophora. pp. 1–25 in Giese, A.C. & Pearse, J.S. (eds). Reproduction of Marine Invertebrates. Vol. 5. Molluscs: Pelecypods and Lower Classes. New York : Academic Press.
• Hale, H.M. & Tindale, N.B. 1930. Human remains in the Murray Valley. Records of the South Australian Museum 4: 145–218
• Hamabe, M. 1973. Egg mass and newborns of Tremoctopus violaceus Delle Chiaje, caught in the Harbour of Kasumi, Hyogo Prefecture. Bulletin of the Tokai Regional Fisheries Research Laboratory 72: 1–5
• Hanley, S. 1858. Descriptions of a new Cyrena from Ceylon, and a new Siphonariae. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 26: 22-28
• Hanley, S. 1858. On Siphonaria. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 26: 151-153
• Hanley, S. 1860. Monograph of the family Nuculidae. In, Sowerby, G.B. (ed.). Thesaurus Concholiorum. London : Sowerby Vol. 3 pp. 1–331, pls 1–291.
• Hanley, S. 1861. Description of a new Leda. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1861: 242
• Hanley, S. in Sowerby, G.B. 1860. Monograph of the genus Dentalium. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, or Monographs of Genera of Shells. London Vol. 3 pp. 97–104 pls 1–3.
• Hardwich, J.E. 1970. A note on the behavior of the octopod Ocythoe tuberculata. California Fisheries and Game 56(1): 68–70
• Harris, G.D. & Palmer, K.V.M. 1946. The Mollusca of the Jackson Eocene of Mississippi embayment. Bulletin of American Paleontology 30(117): 1–206
• Harris, G.F. 1897. Catalogue of Tertiary Mollusca in the Department of Geology, British Museum (Natural History). Part I. The Australasian Tertiary Mollusca. London : British Museum of Natural History 407 pp. 8 pls.
• Hartley, T. 1957. Bothriembryon barretti discards its epiphragm. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 1: 33
• Haszprunar, G. 1985. The Heterobranchia—a new concept of the phylogeny and evolution of the higher Gastropoda. Zeitschrift für Zoologische Systematik und Evolutionsforschung 23: 15–37
• Haszprunar, G. 1990. Towards a phylogenetic system of Gastropoda. Part 1: Traditional methodology — a reply. Malacologia 32: 195–202
• Haszprunar, G. & Huber, G. 1990. On the central nervous system of Smeagolidae and Rhodopidae, two families questionably allied with the Gymnomorpha (Gastropoda: Euthyneura). Journal of Zoology, London 220: 185–199
• Hausdorf, B. 1988. Zur Kenntnis der systematischen Bezeihungen einiger Taxa der Helicellinae Ihering, 1909 (Gastropoda: Hygromiidae). Archiv fuer Molluskenkunde 119: 9-37
• Hausdorf, B. 1990. Die Xeromunda-arten des greichischen Festlandes (Gastropoda: Hygromiidae). Archiv fuer Molluskenkunde 119: 407-432
• Hausdorf, B. 1990. Zur Kenntnis einiger Arten der Gattung Helicopsis Fitzinger aus Greichenland und der Türkei (Gastropoda: Pulmonata: Hygromiidae). Archiv fuer Molluskenkunde 120: 57-71
• Haven, N. 1972. The ecology and behaviour of Nautilus pompilius in the Philippines. Veliger 15: 75–80 2 pls
• Haven, N. 1973. Reproduction, development and feeding of the Australian marine pulmonate, Trimusculus (Gadinia) conica. The Veliger 16: 61–65
• Haven, N. 1977. The reproductive biology and behaviour of Nautilus pompilius in the Philippines. Marine Biology, Berlin 42: 177–184
• Haynes, A. 1988. Notes of the stream neritids (Gastropoda: Prosobranchia) of Oceania. Micronesica 21: 93–102
• Healy, J.M. & Wells, F.E. 1998. Family Thiaridae. pp. 727-729 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. vi–viii, 565–1234.
• Hedley C. 1908. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 33: 456–489
• Hedley, C. 1888. Description of a new slug, with notes on other terrestrial Mollusca. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 5: 150–153
• Hedley, C. 1889. Anatomical notes on the Helicidae. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 6: 62–63
• Hedley, C. 1889. Anatomical notes on the Helicidae. Part III. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 6: 249–252
• Hedley, C. 1889. Notes on Queensland land shells. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 6: 100–103
• Hedley, C. 1889. Notes on the Helicidae. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 6: 120–121
• Hedley, C. 1890. On Parmella etheridgei, Brazier. Records of the Australian Museum 1: 78–80
• Hedley, C. 1890. On the structure and systematic position of Cystopelta. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 5: 44–46, pl 1
• Hedley, C. 1891. On the anatomy of some Tasmanian snails. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 6: 19–26
• Hedley, C. 1891. The land and freshwater shells of Lord Howe Island. Records of the Australian Museum 1: 134–143 [June 1891]
• Hedley, C. 1892. Observations on the Charopidae. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 7: 157–169 [1 Sept. 1892]
• Hedley, C. 1892. On the structure and affinities of Panda atomata Gray. Records of the Australian Museum 2: 26–31 [Aug. 1892]
• Hedley, C. 1893. An enumeration of the Janellidae. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 25: 156–162 [May 1893]
• Hedley, C. 1893. Notes on Papuina. The Nautilus 7: 73–74
• Hedley, C. 1894. A new Papuina. The Nautilus 7: 136 [Apr. 1894]
• Hedley, C. 1895. On a molluscan genus new to, and another forgotten from Australia. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria New series 7: 197-200, pl. 111
• Hedley, C. 1896. Notes on the Mollusca from the alpine zone of Mount Kosciusko. Records of the Australian Museum 2: 101–105 [Jan. 1896]
• Hedley, C. 1897. Descriptions of new land shells. Records of the Australian Museum 3: 44–48 [5 Aug. 1897]
• Hedley, C. 1899. Descriptions of new land shells, with notes on known species. Records of the Australian Museum 3: 151–154 [11 Dec. 1899]
• Hedley, C. 1899. The Mollusca. Part 2. Pelecypoda and Brachiopoda. The atoll of Funafuti, Ellice Group: its zoology, botany, ethnology, and general structure based on collections made by Mr Charles Hedley of the Australian Museum Part 8. Australian Museum Memoirs 3: 491–510
• Hedley, C. 1900. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part I. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 25: 87-100
• Hedley, C. 1900. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part II. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 25: 495-513
• Hedley, C. 1900. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part II. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 25: 495–513 [22 Nov. 1900]
• Hedley, C. 1901. A revision of the types of the marine shells of the "Chevert" Expedition. Records of the Australian Museum 4: 121–130
• Hedley, C. 1901. Some new or unfigured Australian shells. Records of the Australian Museum 4: 22–27
• Hedley, C. 1901. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part III. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 25: 721–732 [20 May 1901]
• Hedley, C. 1902. Mollusca. Part 1. Brachiopoda and Pelecypoda. Scientific results of the trawling expedition of H.M.C.S. Thetis, off the coast of New South Wales, in February and March, 1898. Australian Museum Memoirs 4: 287–324
• Hedley, C. 1902. Scientific results of the trawling expedition of H.M.C.S. "Thetis" off the coast of New South Wales in February and March 1898. Mollusca. Part 1. Brachiopoda and Pelecypoda. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 4: 285–324
• Hedley, C. 1902. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part V. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 26: 700-708
• Hedley, C. 1902. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part VII. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 27: 596–619
• Hedley, C. 1903. Mollusca Part 2. Scaphopoda and Gastropoda. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 4: 327–328, figs 61, 62
• Hedley, C. 1903. Scientific results of the trawling expedition of H.M.C.S "Thetis" off the coast of New South Wales in Febuary and March, 1898. Part 6. Mollusca Part 2. Scaphopoda and Gastropoda. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 4: 327–328, figs 61, 62
• Hedley, C. 1903. Scientific results of the trawling expedition of H.M.C.S. "Thetis" off the coast of New South Wales in February and March, 1898, pt. 6. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 4(1): 326–402
• Hedley, C. 1904. Additions to the Marine Molluscan Fauna of New Zealand. Records of the Australian Museum 5: 86-97
• Hedley, C. 1904. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part VIII. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 28: 182–211
• Hedley, C. 1905. Report on the Mollusca collected by Mr Herbert Basedow on the South Australian government north-west expedition. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 29: 161–165 [Dec. 1905]
• Hedley, C. 1906. Results of Dredging on the Continental Shelf of New Zealand. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute xxxviii: 69–75
• Hedley, C. 1906. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part IX. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 30: 520–546
• Hedley, C. 1906. The Mollusca of Mast Head Reef, Capricorn Group, Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 31(3): 453–479, pls 36–37
• Hedley, C. 1907. Mollusca of Mast Head Reef, Queensland. Part 2. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 32: 476-513, pls 16-21
• Hedley, C. 1907. The results of deepsea investigation in the Tasman Sea. II. The expedition of the "Woy Woy". 2. Mollusca from eight hundred fathoms, thirty-five miles east of Sydney. Records of the Australian Museum 6: 356–364
• Hedley, C. 1908. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part 10. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 33: 456–489
• Hedley, C. 1908. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part 10. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 33: 456–489
• Hedley, C. 1909. Mollusca from the Hope Islands, North Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 34: 420–466
• Hedley, C. 1911. Report on the Mollusca obtained by the F.I.S. 'Endeavour' chiefly off Cape Wiles South Australia. Part 1. Zoological Results of the Fisheries Experiments 'Endeavour' 1: 89-114
• Hedley, C. 1912. Descriptions of some new or noteworthy shells in the Australian Museum. Records of the Australian Museum 8: 131–160 [6 May 1912]
• Hedley, C. 1912. On some land shells collected in Queensland by Mr Sidney W. Jackson. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 37: 253–270 [13 Dec. 1912]
• Hedley, C. 1913. Studies of Australian Mollusca. Part XI. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 38: 258-339
• Hedley, C. 1913. Studies of Australian Mollusca. Part XI. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 38: 258–339
• Hedley, C. 1913. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Pt 11. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 38: 258–339
• Hedley, C. 1914. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part XII. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 39: 695–755
• Hedley, C. 1915. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part 12. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 39: 695–755, plates 77–85
• Hedley, C. 1916. A preliminary index of the Mollusca of Western Australia. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western Australia 1: 152–226
• Hedley, C. 1916. A preliminary index of the Mollusca of Western Australia. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Western Australia 1: 1-77
• Hedley, C. 1917. Notes on the Victorian species of Bullinus. Records of the Australian Museum 12: 1–8 [19 Dec. 1917]
• Hedley, C. 1917. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part XIII. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 41: 680–719
• Hedley, C. 1918. A checklist of the marine fauna of New South Wales. Part 1. Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales 51: M1–M120
• Hedley, C. 1918. Narrative of an expedition of exploration in North Western Australia by Herbert Basedow. Special Report. Mollusca. Transactions of the Royal Geographical Society of Australasia, South Australian Branch 18: 263–283
• Hedley, C. 1923. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part XIV. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 48: 301–309
• Hedley, C. 1924. Some notes on Australian shells. Australian Zoologist 3: 215–222 [9 May 1924]
• Hedley, C. & Hull, A.F.B. 1909. Descriptions of new and notes on other Australian Polyplacophora. Records of the Australian Museum 7: 260–266 pls 73–74 [30 Aug. 1909]
• Hedley, C. & Hull, A.F.B. 1910. Corrections. Records of the Australian Museum 7: [no pagination] [28 Feb. 1910]
• Hedley, C. & Hull, A.F.B. 1912. The Polyplacophora of Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 37: 271–281 pls 11–13 [29 May 1912]
• Hedley, C. & May, W.L. 1908. Mollusca from one hundred fathoms, seven miles east of Cape Pillar, Tasmania. Records of the Australian Museum 7: 108–125 pls 22–25 [11 Sept. 1908]
• Hedley, C. & May, W.L. 1908. Mollusca from one hundred fathoms, seven miles of Cape Pillar, Tasmania. Records of the Australian Museum 7: 108–125
• Hedley, C. & Musson, C.T. 1892. On a collection of land and fresh water shells from Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 6: 551–564 [23 May 1892]
• Hedley, C. & Musson, C.T. 1892. On a collection of land and fresh water shells from Queensland. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 6: 551–564 [23 May 1892]
• Hedley, C. & Petterd, W.P. 1906. Mollusca from three hundred fathoms, off Sydney. Records of the Australian Museum 6: 211-225
• Helbling, G.S. 1779. Beiträge zur Kenntnis neuer seltener Konchylien. In, Abhandlungen einer Privatgesellschaft in Bôhmen, zur aufnabme der Mathematik, der vaterlan, bischen Geschichte, und der Naturgeschichte. Prag : Ignaz Edlen von Born Vol. 4.
• Hemming, F. (ed.) 1955. Opinion 355. Additions to the Official List of Generic Names in Zoology of the names of thirty-four non-marine genera of the phylum Mollusca. Opinions and Declarations rendered by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature 10(2): 45–76
• Hemming, F. (ed.) 1955. Opinion 355. Additons to the Official List of Generic Names in Zoology of the names of thirty-four non-marine genera of the phyllum Mollusca. Opinions and Declarations rendered by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature 10(2): 45–76
• Henn, A. U. & J. W. Brazier 1894. List of Mollusca found at Green Point, Watson's Bay, Sydney. With a few remarks upon some of the most interesting species and descriptions of new species. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 9: 165–182
• Herbst, J.F.W. 1788. Kurze einleitung zur kenntniss der Gewürme. Vol. 9. [title uncertain]
• Herring, P.J. 1988. Luminescent organs. pp. 449–489 in Trueman, E.R. & Clarke, M.R. (eds). The Mollusca. Vol. 11. Form and function. London : Academic Press.
• Herrmannsen, A.N. 1846. Indicis Generum Malacozoorum Primordia. 2. Cassellis : Theodoria Fischeri Vol. 1.
• Herrmannsen, A.N. 1847. Indicis Generum Malacozoorum Primordia. Caselli : Theodoria Fischeri Vol. 1 pp. 233–637.
• Hershler, R. & Ponder, W.F. 1998. A review of Morphological Characters of Hydrobioid Snails. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 600: 1-55
• Hesse, P. 1913. Zur kenntnis der molluskenfauna von Ostrumelien. II. Nachrichtsblett der Deutschen Malakozooligischen Gesellschaft 45: 1–16
• Heukelem, W.F. 1983. Octopus cyanea. pp. 267–276 in Boyle, P.R. (ed.). Cephalopod Life Cycles. Vol. 1. Species accounts. London : Academic Press.
• Heukelem, W.F.v. 1973. Growth and life-span of Octopus cyanea (Mollusca: Cephalopoda). J. Zool. Lond. 169:. Journal of Zoology, London 169: 299–315
• Heynemann, D.F. 1862. Einige mittheilungen über schneckenzungen mit besonderer beachtung der Gattung Limax. Malakozoologische Blätter 10: 200–216
• Heynemann, D.F. 1876. Beschreibung eines neuen Vaginulus. Journal des Museum Godeffroy 12: 159
• Higo, S., Callomon, P. & Goto, Y. 1999. Catalogue and Bibliography of the Marine Shell-bearing Mollusca of Japan. Japan : Elle Scientific Publications pp. 1-749.
• Hilgendorf, F. 1880. Über einen riesigen Dintenfisch aus Japan, Megateuthis Martensii g. n., sp.n. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin 4: 65–67
• Hill, A., Johnson, M.S. & Merrifield, H. 1983. An electrophoretic and morphological examination of Bothriembryon kendricki (Pulmonata : Bulimulidae), a new species previously considered conspecific with B. bulla (Menke). Australian Journal of Zoology 31(2): 227–242
• Hinds, R.B. 1843. Description of a new species of Nucula from the collections of Sir Edward Belcher, C.B., and Hugh Cumming ESQ. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1843: 97-102
• Hiscock, I.D. 1951. A note on the life-history of the Australian freshwater mussel, Hyridella australis Lam. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 74: 146–148
• Hiscock, I.D. 1960. Supplementary data on freshwater mussels (Mollusca:Pelecypoda) of the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 11: 123–126
• Hixon, R.F. 1983. Loligo opalescens. pp. 95–114 in Boyle, P.R. (ed.). Cephalopod Life Cycles. Vol. I. Species accounts. London : Academic Press.
• Hochberg, F.G. Jr & Fields, W.G. 1980. Cephalopoda: The squids and octopuses. pp. 429–444 in Morris, R.H., Abbot, D.P. & Haderlie, E.C. (eds). Intertidal Invertebrates of California. Stanford : Stanford University Press.
• Hochberg, F.G., Nixon, M. & Toll, R.B. 1991. Order Octopoda Leach, 1818. 213–280 in Sweeney, M.J., Roper, C.F.E., Mangold, K.M., Clarke, M.R. & Boletzky, S.V. Larval and Juvenile Cephalopods: A manual for their identification. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections 513: 1–282
• Holten, H.S. 1802. Enumeratio Systematica Conchyliae Beat. J.H. Chemnitz. Copenhagenpp. 1–88.
• Hombron, J.B. & Jacquinot, C.H. 1814. Description de quelques Mollusques provenant de la campagne de l'Astrolabe et de la Zéléc. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Zoologie 2, Zool. 16: 62–64, 190–192
• Hombron, J.B. & Jacquinot, C.H. 1841. Description de quelques Mollusques, provenant de la campagne de l'Astrolabe et de la Zélée. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Paris 2 16: 62–65 [July 1841]
• Hombron, J.B. & Jacquinot, C.H. 1851. Voyage au Pôle Sud et dans l'Océanie sur les corvettes l'Astrolabe et la Zélée, pendant les années 1837–1840 sous les commandement de J. Dumont d'Urville. Zoologie 5, Mollusques et Coquille. Paris : Gide et J. Baudry pp. 1–132.
• Hou, S.T. & Maxwell, W.L. 1991. Ultrastructural studies of spermatogenesis in Antalis entalis (Scaphopoda, Mollusca). Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B 333: 101–110
• Houart, R. 1992. The genus Chicoreus and related genera (Gastropoda: Muricidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Mémoires. Museum Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris A, Zoologie 154: 1–188
• Houart, R. 1992. The genus Chicoreus and related genera (Gastropoda: Muricidae) in the Indo-West Pacific. Mémoires. Museum Nationale d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris A 154: 1–188
• Houart, R. & T. Pain 1982. On the designation of a neotype for Chicoreus (Chicoreus) torrefactus (Sowerby jr., 1841) and description of a new species: Chicoreus (Chicoreus) kilburni sp. nov. (Gastropoda: Muricida: Muricinae). Informations de la Société Belge de Malacologie 10(1-4): 51–56
• Hoyle W.E. 1885. Narrative of the voyage of the Challenger expedition. The Cephalopoda. Report of the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. "Challenger", 1873–1876, Zoology 1: 269–274
• Hoyle, W.E. 1883. On a new species of Octopus (O. maculosus). Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh 7: 319–322 pl. 6
• Hoyle, W.E. 1885. Diagnoses of new species of Cephalopoda collected during the cruise of H.M.S. Challenger. Pt 1. The Octopoda. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 15: 222–236
• Hoyle, W.E. 1885. Diagnoses of new species of Cephalopoda collected during the cruise of H.M.S. Challenger. Part 2. The Decapoda. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 5 16: 181–203
• Hoyle, W.E. 1885. Preliminary report on the Cephalopoda collected during the cruise of H.M.S. Challenger. Pt 1. The Octopoda. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh 13: 94–114
• Hoyle, W.E. 1886. A catalogue of recent Cephalopoda. Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh 9: 205–267
• Hoyle, W.E. 1886. Report on the Cephalopoda collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873–76. Report of the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. "Challenger", 1873–1876, Zoology 16(44): 1–245 pls 1–33
• Hoyle, W.E. 1904. Reports on the Cephalopoda. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 43: 1–71 pls 1–11
• Hoyle, W.E. 1905. On specimens of Tracheloteuthis and Cirroteuthis from deep water off the west coast of Ireland. Annual Report of the Fisheries of Ireland 1902–3(2 app. 3): 93–98
• Hoyle, W.E. 1909. A catalogue of recent Cephalopoda. Second Supplement, 1897–1906. Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh 17: 254–299
• Hoyle, W.E. & Standon, R. 1901. On a new species of Sepia and other shells collected by Dr R. Koettlitz in Somaliland. Memoirs of the Manchester Society 6: 1–6
• Hubendick, B. 1943. Beschreibung neuer Arten innerhalb der Gattung Siphonaria. Arkiv för Zoologi 35: 1-7
• Hubendick, B. 1945. On the family Amphibolidae. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 26: 103–110
• Hubendick, B. 1945. Phylogenie und Tiergeographie der Siphonariidae zur kenntnis der phylogenie in der ordnung Basommatophora und des Ursprungs der Pulmonatengruppe. Zoologiska Bidrag Från Uppsala 24: 1–126
• Hubendick, B. 1946. Systematic monograph of the Patelliformia. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm 23: 1–93
• Hubendick, B. 1948. Studies on Bulinus. Arkiv för Zoologi 40A(16): 1–63
• Hubendick, B. 1951. Recent Lymnaeidae, their variation, morphology, taxonomy, nomenclature and distribution. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm 4 3(1): 1–223
• Hubendick, B. 1952. Proposed addition of the name "Ancylastrum": Bourguignat, 1853 (Class Gastropoda) to the "Official List of Generic Names in Zoology". Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 6: 230–233
• Hubendick, B. 1954. On a small quantity of Siphonaria material from Queensland. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 19: 126–136
• Hubendick, B. 1955. On a small quantity of Siphonaria material from Queensland. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 19: 126-136
• Hubendick, B. 1955. Phylogeny in the Planorbidae. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London 28: 453–542
• Hubendick, B. 1956. A conchological survey of the genus Plecotrema (Gastropoda : Ellobiidae). Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 32: 110–126 [7 Apr. 1905]
• Hubendick, B. 1960. A note on "Pettancylus" australicus (Tate). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 1: 32–38
• Hubendick, B. 1964. Studies on Ancylidae. The subgroups. Göteborgs Kungliga Vetenskaps och Vitterhets Samhälles Handlingar B 9: 1–72
• Hubendick, B. 1967. Studies on Ancylidae. The Australian, Pacific and Neotropical form groups. Acta Zoologica, Göteborg 1: 1–52
• Hubendick, B. 1978. Systematics and comparative morphology of the Basommatophora. pp. 1–47 in Fretter, V. & Peake, J. (eds). Pulmonates. Systematics, Evolution and Ecology. London : Academic Press Vol. 2a.
• Hull, A.F.B. 1912. Description of two new ischnochitons from Western Port, Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria ns 25: 120–121 pl. [Aug. 1912]
• Hull, A.F.B. 1922. A new Rhyssoplax. Australian Zoologist 2: 84–85 pl 24B [10 Feb. 1922]
• Hull, A.F.B. 1923. New Australian Loricata and notes on the distribution of certain species. 1. Australian Zoologist 3: 195–201 pls 27–28 [18 Dec. 1923]
• Hull, A.F.B. 1923. New Australian Polyplacophora, and notes on the distribution of certain species. Australian Zoologist 3: 157–166 pls 24–26 [15 Aug. 1923]
• Hull, A.F.B. 1924. New Queensland loricates. (Phylum Mollusca, Order Loricata). Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland 36: 109–116 pl. 21
• Humbert, A. 1863. Études sur quelques mollusques terrestres nouveaux ou peu connus. Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Genève 17: 109–128
• Hurley, A.C. 1977. Mating behaviour of the squid Loligo opalescens. Marine Behaviour and Physiology 4: 195–203
• Hutton, A. U. 1882. On a new genus of the Rissoinae. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 14: 147
• Hutton, F.W. 1872. On the New Zealand Chitonidae. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 4: 173–183
• Hutton, F.W. 1873. Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca. A Systematic and Descriptive Catalogue of the Marine and land shells, and of the soft Mollusks and Polyzoa of New Zealand and the ajacent Islands. Wellington : James Hughes, Lambton Quay pp. 44.
• Hutton, F.W. 1880. Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca. Wellington : Colonial Museum & Geological Survey Dept. pp. 224.
• Hutton, F.W. 1883. Notes on some New Zealand land shells, with descriptions of new species. New Zealand Journal of Science 1(9): 475-478
• Hutton, F.W. 1884. Notes on some marine Mollusca, with descriptions of new species. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 16: 212–216
• Hutton, F.W. 1885. Description of new Tertiary shells. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 17: 313–332
• Hutton, F.W. 1893. The Pliocene Mollusca of New Zealand. Linnean Society of New South Wales, Macleay Memorial 35-92
• Hutton, T. 1834. On the land shells of India. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal 3: 81–93
• Hyman, I. 1999. A comparison of two onchidiids species (Mollusca: Pulmonata). Molluscan Research 20(1): 61-72
• Hyman, I. 2005. Taxonomy, systematics and evolutionary trends in Helicarionida (Mollusca, Pulmonata). Unpublished PhD thesis, University of Sydney.
• Imber, M.J. 1975. Lycoteuthid squids as prey of petrels in New Zealand seas. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 9: 483–492
• Imber, M.J. 1978. The squid families Cranchiidae and Gonatidae (Cephalopoda: Teuthoidea) in the New Zealand region. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 5: 445–484
• Inaba, A. 1969. Cytotaxonomic studies of lymnaeid snails. Malacologia 7: 143–168
• International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature 1999. International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. London : International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature pp. xxix 306.
• Iredale, T. 1910. Notes on Polyplacophora, chiefly Australian. (Part I). Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 9: 90–105 [30 June 1910]
• Iredale, T. 1912. New generic names and new species of marine Mollusca. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 10: 217-228
• Iredale, T. 1913. The land Mollusca of the Kermadec Islands. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 10: 364–388 [Sept. 1913]
• Iredale, T. 1914. On some invalid molluscan generic names. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 11: 170–178 [Sept. 1914]
• Iredale, T. 1914. Some more notes on Polyplacophora. Part I. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 11: 123–131 [June 1914]
• Iredale, T. 1914. The chiton fauna of the Kermadec Islands. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 11: 25–51 pl. 2 [Mar. 1914]
• Iredale, T. 1915. A Commentary on Suter's "Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca". Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 47: 417–497
• Iredale, T. 1915. A commentary on Suter's "Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca". Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 47: 417–497 [12 July 1915]
• Iredale, T. 1915. A commentary on Suter's "Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca". Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 47: 417–497
• Iredale, T. 1915. A commentary on Suter's "Manual of the New Zealand Mollusca". Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 47: 417–497
• Iredale, T. 1921. Unpublished Plates of Thomas Martyn, Conchologis. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 14: 131-134
• Iredale, T. 1924. Results from Roy Bell's molluscan collection. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 49(3): 179–278
• Iredale, T. 1924. Results from Roy Bell's molluscan collections. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 49: 179–278
• Iredale, T. 1924. Results from Roy Bell's molluscan collections. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 49(3): 179-279, pl. 33-36
• Iredale, T. 1925. Mollusca from the continental shelf of eastern Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 14: 243-270
• Iredale, T. 1925. Mollusca from the continental shelf of eastern Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 14: 243–270
• Iredale, T. 1926. The biology of North-West Islet, Capricorn Group. Marine molluscs. Australian Zoologist 4: 237–240
• Iredale, T. 1926. The cuttlefish 'bones' of the Sydney beaches (Phylum Mollusca–Class Cephalopoda). Australian Zoologist 4: 186–196 pls 22, 23
• Iredale, T. 1926. The last word on Ancylastrum. The Nautilus 39: 114–115
• Iredale, T. 1926. Three Victorian species of Ophicardelus (Class Mollusca). Victorian Naturalist 42: 268–270
• Iredale, T. 1927. Caloundra Shells. Australian Zoologist 4: 331–336, pl. 46
• Iredale, T. 1929. Mollusca from the continental shelf of eastern Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 17(4): 157–189, pls 38–41
• Iredale, T. 1929. Mollusca from the continental shelf of eastern Australia. No. 2. Records of the Australian Museum 17: 157–189
• Iredale, T. 1929. Queensland molluscan notes, No. 1. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 9: 261-297, pls 30-31
• Iredale, T. 1929. Queensland molluscan notes, No. 1. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 9: 261–295 [29 June 1929]
• Iredale, T. 1929. Queensland molluscan notes, No. 1. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 9(3): 261–295 [29 June 1929]
• Iredale, T. 1929. Queensland molluscan notes, No. 1. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 9: 261–297
• Iredale, T. 1930. More notes on the marine Mollusca of New South Wales. Records of the Australian Museum 17: 384–407
• Iredale, T. 1930. Notes on some desert snails. Victorian Naturalist 42: 118–120 [Nov. 1930]
• Iredale, T. 1931. Australian Molluscan Notes No. 1. Records of the Australian Museum 18(4): 201–235, pls xxii–xxv
• Iredale, T. 1931. Australian molluscan notes. No. 1. Records of the Australian Museum 18(4): 201–235, pls xxii-xxv
• Iredale, T. 1933. Systematic notes on Australian land shells. Records of the Australian Museum 19: 37–59
• Iredale, T. 1934. The freshwater mussels of Australia. Australian Zoologist 8: 57–78 pls iii–vi
• Iredale, T. 1936. Australian molluscan notes, No. 2. Records of the Australian Museum 19: 267–340, pls 20–24
• Iredale, T. 1936. Australian molluscan notes. No. 2. Records of the Australian Museum 19: 267–340
• Iredale, T. 1937. A basic list of the land Mollusca of Australia. Australian Zoologist 8: 287-333
• Iredale, T. 1937. A basic list of the land Mollusca of Australia. Australian Zoologist 8: 287–333 [12 Mar. 1937]
• Iredale, T. 1937. A basic list of the land Mollusca of Australia. Part 2. Australian Zoologist 9: 1–39
• Iredale, T. 1937. A basic list of the land Mollusca of Australia. Pt II. Australian Zoologist 9: 1–39 [12 Nov. 1937]
• Iredale, T. 1937. An annotated check list of the land shells of South and Central Australia. South Australian Naturalist 18: 6–59 [30 Sept. 1937]
• Iredale, T. 1937. Mollusca. pp. 232-261, pls. 15-17 in Whitley, G.P. (ed). The Middleton and Elizabeth Reefs South Pacific Ocean. Australian Zoologist 8(4): 232-261
• Iredale, T. 1937. Mollusca. 232-261, pls. 15-17 in Whitley, G.P. The Middleton and Elizabeth Reefs South Pacific Ocean. Australian Zoologist 8: 232-261
• Iredale, T. 1938. A basic list of the land Mollusca of Australia. Part 3. Australian Zoologist 9: 83–124
• Iredale, T. 1938. A basic list of the land Mollusca of Australia. Pt III. Australian Zoologist 9: 83–124 [30 Nov. 1938]
• Iredale, T. 1939. A review of the land Mollusca of Western Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 25: 1–88 [21 Aug. 1939]
• Iredale, T. 1939. A review of the land Mollusca of Western Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 25: 1–88
• Iredale, T. 1939. A review of the land Mollusca of Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum 2(1): 1-88
• Iredale, T. 1939. Mollusca. Part 1. British Museum (Natural History), London. Great Barrier Reef Expedition, 1928–29. Scientific Reports of the Great Barrier Reef Expedition 5: 209–425, pls 1–75
• Iredale, T. 1939. Mollusca. Part I. Science Reports of the Great Barrier Reef Expedition 1928–29 5(6): 209–425
• Iredale, T. 1940. A New Guinea land shell in Queensland. Australian Naturalist 10: 239–240
• Iredale, T. 1940. Guide to the land shells of New South Wales. Australian Naturalist 10: 227–236
• Iredale, T. 1940. Marine molluscs from Lord Howe Island, Norfolk Island, Australia and New Caledonia. Australian Zoologist 9(4): 429-443, pl. 32-34
• Iredale, T. 1940. Marine molluscs from Lord Howe Island, Norfolk Island, Australia and New Caledonia. Australian Zoologist 9: 429–443
• Iredale, T. 1940. Marine molluscs from Lord Howe Island, Norfolk Island, Australia and New Caledonia. Australian Zoologist 9(4): 429–443
• Iredale, T. 1940. Marine molluscs from Lord Howe Island, Norfolk Island, Australia, and New Caledonia. Australian Zoologist 9(4): 429–443
• Iredale, T. 1940. The land-shell Hedleya. North Queensland Naturalist 8(62): 1–2
• Iredale, T. 1941. A basic list of the land Mollusca of Papua. Australian Zoologist 10: 51–94
• Iredale, T. 1941. Guide to the land shells of New South Wales. Pt II. Australian Naturalist 10: 262–269
• Iredale, T. 1941. Guide to the land shells of New South Wales. Pt III. Australian Naturalist 11: 1–8
• Iredale, T. 1942. Guide to the land shells of New South Wales. Pt IV (to be continued). Australian Naturalist 11: 33–40
• Iredale, T. 1943. A basic list of the fresh water Mollusca of Australia. Australian Zoologist 10(2): 188–230
• Iredale, T. 1943. A basic list of the freshwater Mollusca of Australia. Australian Zoologist 10: 188–230 [30 Apr. 1943]
• Iredale, T. 1943. A basic list of the freshwater Mollusca of Australia. Australian Zoologist 10(2): 188-230 [30 Apr. 1943]
• Iredale, T. 1943. Guide to the freshwater shells of New South Wales, Part I. Australian Naturalist 11: 85–95
• Iredale, T. 1943. Guide to the freshwater shells of New South Wales. Australian Naturalist 11: 85–95 [Nov. 1943]
• Iredale, T. 1943. Guide to the land shells of New South Wales. Pt V. Australian Naturalist 11: 61–69 [Apr. 1943]
• Iredale, T. 1944. Australian pearly nautilus. Australian Zoologist 10: 294–298
• Iredale, T. 1944. Guide to the freshwater shells of New South Wales. Pt II. Australian Naturalist 11: 113–127 [Aug. 1944]
• Iredale, T. 1944. The "Gundlachia" puzzle. Australian Zoologist 10: 290
• Iredale, T. 1944. The land Mollusca of Lord Howe Island. Australian Zoologist 10: 299–334 [10 May 1944]
• Iredale, T. 1945. The land Mollusca of Norfolk Island. Australian Zoologist 11: 46–71
• Iredale, T. 1954. Cuttlefish 'bones' again. Australian Zoologist 12: 63–82 pls 4, 5
• Iredale, T. & Hull, A.F.B. 1924. A monograph of the Australian loricates (Phylum Mollusca – Order Loricata). III. Australian Zoologist 3: 277–297 pls 35–37 [7 Oct. 1924]
• Iredale, T. & Hull, A.F.B. 1924. A monograph of the Australian loricates. (Phylum Mollusca – Order Loricata). II. Australian Zoologist 3: 227–238 pls 33–34 [9 May 1924]
• Iredale, T. & Hull, A.F.B. 1925. A monograph of Australian loricates (Phylum Mollusca – Order Loricata). IV. Family Cryptoconchidae. Australian Zoologist 4: 75–111 pls 9–12 [10 Nov. 1925]
• Iredale, T. & Hull, A.F.B. 1925. A monograph of Australian loricates (Phylum Mollusca – Order Loricata). IV. Family Lepidopleuridae. Australian Zoologist 3: 339–362 pls 39–40 [14 Jan. 1925]
• Iredale, T. & Hull, A.F.B. 1925. A monograph of Australian loricates (Phylum Mollusca – Order Loricata). V. Family Cryptoconchidae. Australian Zoologist 4(2): 75–111 pls 9–12
• Iredale, T. & Hull, A.F.B. 1926. A monograph of the Australian loricates (Phylum Mollusca – Order Loricata). VI. Australian Zoologist 4: 164–185 pls 18–20 [22 Feb. 1926]
• Iredale, T. & Hull, A.F.B. 1926. A monograph of the Australian loricates (Phylum Mollusca – Order Loricata). VII. Australian Zoologist 4: 256–276 pls 37–39 [30 Apr. 1926]
• Iredale, T. & Hull, A.F.B. 1929. The loricates of the Neozelanic region. Part I (Continued). Part II. Australian Zoologist 6: 75–95 pls 9–10 [13 Aug. 1929]
• Iredale, T. & Hull, A.F.B. 1932. The loricates of the Neozelanic region. VII. Australian Zoologist 7: 119–164 pls 7–10 [5 Feb. 1932]
• Iredale, T. & May, W.L. 1916. Misnamed Tasmanian chitons. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 12: 94–117 pls 4–5 [Nov. 1916]
• Iredale, T. & McMichael, D.F. 1962. A reference list of the marine Mollusca of New South Wales. Memoirs of the Australian Museum 11: 1–109
• Iredale, T. & Whitley, G.P. 1938. The fluvifaunulae of Australia. South Australian Naturalist 18: 64–68 [30 Apr. 1938]
• Issel, A. & Tapparone Canefri, C. M. 1876. Studio Monografico sopra gli Strombidi del Mar Rosso. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale Genova 8: 337–366
• Issel, R. 1908. Molluschi. 1. Cefalopodi planctonici. Raccolte planctoniche fatte dalla R. Nave Liguria. Pubblicazioni del R. Istituto di Studi Superiori Pratici e di Perfezionamento in Firenze 1: 201–243 56 figs
• Ivanov, D.L. 1979. [Structure and functional morphology of radular system in Chaetoderma (Mollusca, Candofoveata)]. Zoologicheskii Zhurnal 58: 1302–1306 [in Russian]
• Ivanov, D.L. 1981. [Caudofoveatus tetradens gen. et sp.n. and diagnosis of taxa in the subclass Caudofoveata (Mollusca, Aplacophora)]. Zoologicheskii Zhurnal 60: 18–28 [In Russian]
• Ivanov, D.L. 1984. [Caudofoveats (Mollusca, Caudofoveata) in Peter the Great Bay]. pp. 28–41 in Kafanov, A.I. (ed.). [Hydrobiological research of bays and inlets of Primorye]. Vladivostok : Far East Science Center, USSR Acad. Sci. [in Russian]
• Ivanov, D.L. 1990. [Radula in the class of shell-less molluscs (Aplacophora)]. 159–198, 213–222 in Ivanov, D.L. [Evolutionary morphology of molluscs]. Archive of the Zoological Museum of Moscow State University 28 [in Russian]
• Ivanov, D.L. 1996. Origin of Aculifera and problems of monophyly of higher taxa in molluscs. pp. 59–65 in Taylor, J.D. (ed.). Origin and Evolutionary Radiation of the Mollusca. Oxford, New York, Tokyo : Oxford University Press.
• Ivanov, D.L. & Pavlinov, I.Y. 1991. [Analysis of morphological characters of Caudofoveates (Mollusca: Aplacophora) by means of cladistics]. Zhurnal Obschei Biologii, Acadademii Nauk. SSSR 1 52: 27–35 [in Russian, English summary]
• Ivanov, D.L. & Scheltema, A.H. 2000. On the nomenclatural status of the "type series" of Chaetoderma nitidulum Lovén, 1844. Ruthenica 10: 1–4
• Ivanov, D.L. & Scheltema, A.H. 2000. Prochaetodermatidae of the Western Indian Ocean and Arabian Sea. pp. in press in Bouchet, P. & Marshall, B.A. (eds). Rés. Camp. MUSORSTOM. Vol. 22. Paris : Mém. Mus. Nat. Hist. Natl.
• Iverson, I.L.K. 1971. Albacore food habits. Fisheries Bulletin, California Department of Fish and Game 151: 83–105
• Iwai, E. 1956. Description of unidentified species of dibranchiate cephalopods, I–II. Science Reports of the Whales Research Institute 11: 139–161
• Jackson, G.D. 1986. A biological and ecological survey of the planktonic Cephalopoda in the waters of the central Great Barrier Reef Region with emphasis on the biology and ageing of the sepioid Idiosepius pygmaeus. Unpublished BSc (Hons) Thesis, James Cook University of North Queensland, Townsville 87 pp.
• Jackson, G.D. 1988. The use of statolith microstructures to analyze life-history events in the small tropical cephalopod Idisepius pygmaeus. United States Department of Agriculture. Cooperative Economic Insect Report 87: 265–272
• Jackson, G.D. 1990. Age and growth of the tropical nearshore loliginid squid Sepioteuthis lessoniana determined from statolith growth-ring analysis. United States Fisheries Bulletin 88: 113–118
• Jackson, G.D. 1990. The use of tetracycline staining techniques to determine statolith growth ring periodicity in the tropical loliginid squids Loliolus noctiluca and Loligo chinensis. Veliger 33(3): 389–393
• Jackson, G.D. 1992. Seasonal abundance of the small tropical sepioid Idiosepius pygmaeus (Cephalopoda: Idiosepiidae) at two localities off Townsville, north Queensland, Australia. Veliger 35(4): 396–401
• Jackson, G.D. 1993. Seasonal variation in reproductive investment in the tropical loliginid squid Loligo chinensis and the small tropical sepioid Idiosepius pygmaeus. United States Fisheries Bulletin 91: 260–270
• Jackson, G.D. & Choat, J.H. 1992. Growth in tropical cephalopods: an analysis based on statolith microstructure. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 49(2): 218–228
• Jackson, G.D. & Lu, C.C. 1994. Statolith microstructure of seven species of antarctic squid captured in Prydz Bay, Antarctica. Antarctic Science 6(2): 195–200
• Jackson, G.D., Arkhipkin, A.I., Bizikov, V.A. & Hanlon, R.T. 1993. Laboratory and field corrobaroration of age and growth from statoliths and gladii of the loliginid squid Sepioteuthis lessoniana (Mollusca: Cephalopoda). pp. 189–199 in Okutani, T., O'Dor, R.K. & Kubodera, T. (eds). Recent Advances in Cephalopod Fisheries Biology. Tokyo : Tokai University Press.
• Jackson, G.D., Lu, C.C. & Dunning, M. 1991. Growth rings within the statolith microstructure of the giant squid Architeuthis. Veliger 34(4): 331–334
• Jakovleva, A.M. 1952. Shell-bearing mollusks (Loricata) of the seas of the U.S.S.R. Fauna of the USSR. 45: 1–107 pls 1–11
• Jameson, J. 1981. Bass Strait trials show mesh-netting for red ocean squid has potential. Australian Fisheries 40(12): 20–21, 29
• Jatta, G. 1896. I Cefalopodi viventi nel Golfo di Napoli (sistematica). Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel 23: 1–268
• Jeffreys, J.G. 1830. A synopsis of the testaceous pneumonobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London 16: 323–392
• Jeffreys, J.G. 1867. Fourth report on dredging among the Shetland Islands. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 20: 247–254
• Jeffreys, J.G. 1883. On the Mollusca procured during the 'Lightning' and 'Porcupine' Expeditions, 1868–70, Part 5. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1882: 656–687 pls 49, 50
• Jenkins, B.W. 1981. Siphonaria funiculata Reeve (Siphonariidae, Pulmonata): a redescription making S. virgulata Hedley a geographical variant of S. funiculata. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 5: 1–15
• Jenkins, B.W. 1983. Redescriptions and relationship of Siphonaria zelandica Quoy and Gaimard to S. australis Quoy and Gaimard with a description of S. propria sp. nov. (Mollusca: Pulmonata: Siphonariidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 6: 1–35
• Jenkins, B.W. 1984. A new siphonariid (Mollusca: Pulmonata) from south-western Australia. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 6: 113–123
• Johnson, R.I. 1959. The types of Corbiculidae and Sphaeriidae (Mollusca : Pelecypoda) in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, and a bio-graphic sketch of Temple Prime, an early specialist of the group. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard 120: 431–479
• Johnson, R.I. 1964. The Recent Mollusca of Augustus Addison Gould. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 239: 1–181
• Johnson, R.I. 1964. The recent Mollusca of Augustus Addison Gould. Bulletin of the United States National Museum 239: 1–182
• Johnson, R.I. 1969. Pfeiffer's Novitates Conchologicae, Series 1, Land Mollusca, 1854–1879, and Dunker's Novitates Conchologicael, Series II, Marine Mollusca, 1862–1882. A complete collation. Journal of the Society for the Bibliography of Natural History 5: 236–239
• Johnson, R.I. 1974. Lea's Unionid types or recent and fossil taxa of Unionacea and Mutelacea introduced by Isaac Lea, including the location of all the extant types. Spec. Occ. Publ. Dept. Moll. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard 2. 1–159 pp.
• Johnson, R.I. & Baker, H.B. 1973. The types of Unionaceae ( Mollusca : Bivalvia) in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 125: 145–186
• Johnston, R. 1879. 1. Further notes on the fresh-water shells of Tasmania. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1878: 19-29
• Johnston, R.M. 1879. Further notes on the fresh-water shells of Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1878: 19–29 [24 Feb. 1879]
• Johnston, R.M. 1883. Note and description of the first discovered representative of the genus Pupa in Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1882: 144–145
• Johnston, R.M. 1888. Notes with respect to the freshwater fishes, and the land and freshwater molluscs of King's Island. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1887: 74–76 [1888]
• Johnston, R.M. 1891. Provisional aid to the study of the Tasmanian Mollusca. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1890: 57–151
• Joll, L.M. 1977. The predation of pot-caught western rock lobster (Panulirus longipes cygnus) by Octopus. Report of the Department of Fisheries and Wildlife, Western Australia 29: 1–58
• Joll, L.M. 1983. Octopus tetricus. pp. 325–334 in Boyle, P.R. (ed.). Cephalopod Life Cycles. Vol. 1. Species accounts. London : Academic Press.
• Jonas, J.H. 1845. Neue conchylien. Malakozoologische Blätter 1845: 169–173 [Nov. 1845]
• Jones, E.C. 1963. Tremoctopus violaceus uses Physalia tentacles as weapons. Science (Washington, D.C.) 139: 764–766
• Jones, W.G. & Walker, K.F. 1979. Accumulation of iron, mangnese, zinc and cadium by the Australian freshwater mussel Velesunio ambiguus (Philippi) and its potential as a biological monitor. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 30: 741–751
• Joubin, L. 1894. Note sur les céphalopodes recueillis dans l'estomac d'un dauphin de la Mediterranée. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France 19: 61–68
• Joubin, L. 1895. Céphalopodes recueillis dans l'estomac d'un Cachalot capture aux îles Açôres. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 121: 1172–1174
• Joubin, L. 1896. Observations sur divers Céphalopodes. Première note: Abraliopsis Pfefferi (nov. gen. et spec.). Bulletin de la Societé Scientifique Mediterranée Ouest 5: 19–35 10 figs
• Joubin, L. 1898. Note sur une nouvelle famille des céphalopodes. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Paris sér. 8 6: 279–292
• Joubin, L. 1898. Observations sur divers Céphalopodes. Quatrième note: Grimalditeuthis Richardi. Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France 23: 101–113
• Joubin, L. 1900. Céphalopodes provenant des campagnes de la Princesse-Alice (1891–1897). Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques accomplies par le Prince Albert I, Monaco 17: 1–135 15 pls
• Joubin, L. 1902. Revision des sépiolides. Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de France 15: 80–145
• Joubin, L. 1905. Description de deux elédones provenant de l'expédition du Dr Charcot dans l'Antarctique. Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de France 18: 22–31 pl. 3
• Joubin, L. 1912. Etude préliminaires sur les céphalopodes recueillis au cours des croisières de S.A.S. le Prince de Monaco. 1e Note: Melanoteuthis lucens nov. gen. et sp. Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique de Monaco 220: 1–14
• Joubin, L. 1912. Sur les Céphalopodes capturés en 1911 par SAS le Prince de Monaco. Note de M.L. Joubin. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 154: 395–397
• Joubin, L. 1913. Etudes préliminaires sur les Céphalopodes recueillis au cours des croisières de S.A.S. le Prince de Monaco. 3e Note: Mastigoteuthis magna sp. nov. Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique de Monaco 275: 1–10
• Joubin, L. 1916. Etudes préliminaires sur les Céphalopodes recueillis au cours des croisières de S.A.S. le Prince de Monaco. 4e Note: Chiroteuthis portieri. Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique de Monaco 317: 1–10
• Joubin, L. 1918. Etudes préliminaires sur les cephalopodes recueillis au cours des croisières de S.A.S. le Prince de Monaco. 6e Note: Vitreledonella richardi Joubin. Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique de Monaco 340: 1–40
• Joubin, L. 1918. Etudes préliminaires sur les céphalopodes recueillis au cours des croisières de S.A.S. le Prince de Monaco, 6e note. Vitreledonella richardi Joubin. Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique de Monaco 340: 1–40
• Joubin, L. 1919. Etudes préliminaires sur les Céphalopodes recueillis au cours des croisières de S.A.S. le Prince de Monaco. 7e Note: Cycloteuthis sirventi nov. gen. et sp. Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique de Monaco 351: 1–7
• Joubin, L. 1920. Céphalopodes provenant des campagnes de la Princesse-Alice (1898–1910). Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques accomplies par le Prince Albert I, Monaco 54: 1–95 16 pls
• Joubin, L. 1924. Contribution a l'étude des Céphalopodes de l'Atlantique Nord. 4e series. Résultats des Campagnes Scientifiques accomplies par le Prince Albert I, Monaco 67: 1–113 16 pls
• Joubin, L. 1929. Notes préliminaires sur les céphalopodes des croisiéres du Dana (1921–22). Octopodes: 1e partie. Annales de l'Institut Océanographique 6: 363–394
• Joubin, L. 1931. Notes préliminaires sur les Céphalopodes des croisières du Dana (1921–22). 3e Partie. Annales de l'Institut Océanographique de Monaco 10: 169–211
• Joubin, L. 1937. Les octopodes des la croisiére de "Dana" 1921–1922. 'Dana' Reports 11: 1–49
• Jousseaume, F. 1880. Division méthodique de la Famille des Purpuridés. Le Naturaliste 42: 335–336
• Jousseaume, F. 1881. Diagnoses de mollusques nouveaux. Le Naturaliste 44: 349–350
• Jousseaume, F. 1886. Coquilles marines des cotes d'Abyssinie et de Zanzibar, recueilis par M. Raffray en 1873 et en 1874. Le Naturaliste 1 1886: 220–222
• Jousseaume, F. 1888. Description des Mollusques Recueillis par M. Le Dr. Faurot dans la Mer Rouge et le Golfe D'Aden. Mémoires de la Société Zoologique de France 1(42): 166–223
• Jousseaume, F.-P. 1891. Savignyarca savignyarca. Le Naturaliste 2 5: 222
• Jung, P. & Abbott, R.T. 1967. The genus Terebellum (Gastropoda: Strombidae). Indo-Pacific Mollusca 1(7): 445–454
• Kaas, P. 1957. Notes on Loricata. 5. On some preoccupied names. Basteria 21: 83–87 [28 Dec. 1957]
• Kaas, P. 1985. Notes on Loricata (Mollusca) 11–14. Zoologische Mededelingen (Leiden) 59: 299–320
• Kaas, P. 1991. Mollusca Polyplacophora: Deep-water chitons from New Caledonia. In Crosnier, A. & Bouchet, P. (eds) Résultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM, Vol. 7. Mém. Mus. Natl Hist. Nat. Paris (A)150: 9–27.
• Kaas, P. 1993. Particulazona milnei gen. et sp. n., a new genus and species of chiton from Australia, Northern Territory (Polyplacophora, Lepidochitonidae). Basteria 57: 127–130
• Kaas, P. & Van Belle, R.A. 1985. Monograph of Living Chitons (Mollusca: Polyplacophora). Order Neoloricata: Lepidopleurina. Leiden : E.J. Brill/Dr W. Backhuys Vol. 1 pp. 240.
• Kaas, P. & Van Belle, R.A. 1985. Monograph of Living Chitons (Mollusca: Polyplacophora). Vol. 2. Suborder Ischnochitonina. Ischnochitonidae: Schizoplacinae, Callochitoninae & Lepidochitoninae. Leiden : E.J. Brill/Dr W. Backhuys 198 pp.
• Kaas, P. & Van Belle, R.A. 1987. Monograph of Living Chitons (Mollusca: Polyplacophora). Suborder Ischnochitonina. Ischnochitonidae: Chaetopleurinae & Ischnochitoninae (pars). Additions to Vols 1 & 2. Leiden : E.J. Brill/Dr W. Backhuys Vol. 3 pp. 302.
• Kaas, P. & Van Belle, R.A. 1990. Monograph of Living Chitons (Mollusca: Polyplacophora). Vol. 4. Suborder Ischnochitonina. Ischnochitonidae: Ischnochitoninae (continued). Additions to Vols 1, 2 and 3. Leiden : E.J. Brill 298 pp.
• Kaas, P. & Van Belle, R.A. 1994. Monograph of Living Chitons (Mollusca: Polyplacophora). Vol. 5. Suborder Ischnochitonina. Ischnochitonidae: Ischnochitoninae (concluded); Callistoplacinae; Mopaliidae. Additions to Vols 1–4. Leiden : E.J. Brill pp. 402.
• Kaas, P. & Van Belle, R.A. 1998. Catalogue of Living Chitons (Mollusca: Polyplacophora). Leiden : Backhuys pp. 204.
• Kaas, P., Jones, A.M. & Gowlett-Holmes, K.L. 1998. Class Polyplacophora. pp. 161–194 in Beesley, P., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5A pp. 1-563.
• Karpov, K.A. & Cailliet, G.M. 1978. Feeding dynamics of Loligo opalescens. Fisheries Bulletin, California Department of Fish and Game 169: 45–66
• Kay, A.E. 1979. Hawaiian Marine Shells. Reef and shore fauna of Hawaii. Section 4: Mollusca. Bernice P. Bishop Museum Special Publication 64(4): 1–653
• Kay, E. A. 1979. Hawaiian Marine Shells. Reef and Shore Fauna of Hawaii. Section 4: Mollusca. Honolulu : Bishop Museum Press pp. 652.
• Kay, E.A. 1979. Hawaiian marine shells. Reef and shore fauna of Hawaii. Section 4 : Mollusca. Bernice P. Bishop Museum Special Publication 64(4): 1–652
• Keen, A.M. & Casey, R. 1969. Family Corbiculidae Gray, 1947. pp. N665–N669 in Moore, R.C. (ed.). Treatise of Invertebrate Paleontology. Part N2: Mollusca 6 Bivalvia. Kansas : Geol. Soc. Amer. and Univ. Kansas.
• Keferstein, W. 1865. Ueber die zweitentakeligen landschnecken (Janella, Aneita, Triboniophorus). Zeitschrift für Wissenschaftliche Zoologie 15: 76–85
• Kendrick, G.W. & Sedgwick, E.H. 1973. A new introduced land snail for Western Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 12: 146–147
• Kendrick, G.W. & Wilson, B.R. 1975. Nomenclatural notes on the land snail genus Bothriembryon Pilsbry, 1894 (Pulmonata : Bulimulidae), with redescriptions of the type and two other species. Records of the Western Australian Museum 3: 295–325
• Kendrick, G.W., Sedgwick, E.H. & Smith, B.J. 1971. The rediscovery of Helix georgiana Quoy & Gaimard, 1832 (Mollusca : Gastropoda) at Pemberton and the discovery of a related species in the Stirling Ranges, Weatern Australia. Western Australian Naturalist 12: 5–11
• Kennard, A.S. 1941. A list of the British non-marine Mollusca. Journal of Conchology 21: 260–275
• Kennard, A.S. & Woodward, B.B. 1926. Synonymy of the British Non-marine Mollusca (Recent and Post-Tertiary). London : Richard Clay & Sons pp. xxiv 447.
• Kenny, R. & Smith, A. 1987. Distribution of Onchidium damelii Semper (Gastropoda, Onchidiidae). Pacific Science 41: 21–30
• Kent, W. Saville- 1874. Note of a gigantic Cephalopod from Conception Bay, Newfoundland. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1874: 178–182
• Kerney, M.P. & Cameron, R.A.D. 1979. A Field Guide to the Land Snails of Britain and North-West Europe. London : Collins 288 pp.
• Kerr, J.G. 1931. Notes upon the Dana specimens of Spirula and upon certain problems of cephalopod morphology. 'Dana' Reports 8: 1–36
• Kershaw, R.C. 1955. Studies on Australian Charopidae. Part 2. Some genera. Victorian Naturalist 72: 28–30
• Kershaw, R.C. 1956. Studies on Australian Charopidae. Part 3. Planate genera. Victorian Naturalist 72: 137–143
• Kershaw, R.C. 1956. Studies on Australian Charopidae. Part 4. Convex genera. Victorian Naturalist 73: 7–9
• Kershaw, R.C. 1957. Miscellaneous notes on land Mollusca. Victorian Naturalist 74: 97–100
• Kershaw, R.C. 1972. The mollusc Caryodes dufresnii in Tasmania. Victorian Naturalist 89: 111–118
• Kershaw, R.C. 1975. A note on Discocharpoa insularis Cotton, 1938. South Australian Naturalist 49: 65–66
• Kershaw, R.C. 1976. A commentary on Insullaoma Iredale, 1937 (Gastropoda : Pulmonata : Punctidae). South Australian Naturalist 50: 51–53
• Kershaw, R.C. 1979. Redescription of Helicarion cuvieri from southern Tasmania and Helicarion freycineti from New South Wales (Pulmonata : Helicarionidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 4: 145–156
• Kershaw, R.C. 1980. Notes on Helicarion rubicundus (Pulmonata : Helicarionidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 4: 213–214
• Kershaw, R.C. 1981. Redescription of the genus Helicarion and of Helicarion niger (Quoy & Gaimard, 1832) from Victoria (Pulmonata : Helicarionidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 5: 17–31
• Kershaw, R.C. 1981. The validity of the taxon Bothriembryon tasmanica (Pulmonata : Bulimulidae). Records of the Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston 73: 1–8
• Kershaw, R.C. 1983. The identity of Helicarion freycineti Férussac (Mollusca : Pulmonata). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 6(1–2): 59–61
• Kershaw, R.C. 1986. Anatomical notes on the land snail Bothriembryon (Pulmonata : Bulimulidae) from South Australia and Western Australia. Records of the South Australian Museum 19: 327–337
• Kershaw, R.C. 1987. Redescription of Cystopelta petterdi Tate, 1881 and Cystopelta bicolor Petterd and Hedley, 1909 (Pulmonata : Cystopeltidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 8: 51–70
• Kershaw, R.C. 1987. Type localities for six species of Tasmania land molluscs (Pulmonata : Stylommatophora). Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 121: 57–68
• Kershaw, R.C. 1988. A study of the Caryodidae (Pulmonata) Part I. Anoglypta launcestonensis (Reeve, 1853). Records of the Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston 93: 1–24
• Kershaw, R.C. 1988. A study of the Caryodidae (Pulmonata) Part II: Caryodes dufresnii (Leach, 1815). Records of the Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston 94: 1–27
• Kershaw, R.C. 1989. A study of the Caryodidae (Pulmonata) Part III: Subspecies of Caryodes dufresnii (Leach, 1815). Records of the Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston 97: 1–25
• Kershaw, R.C. 1991. Snail and Slug Pests of Tasmania. Launceston : Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery 67 pp.
• Kershaw, R.C. & Smith, B.J. 1986. Description of two punctid snail genera from Tasmania (Mollusca : Pulmonata). Victorian Naturalist 103: 16–18
• Khromov, D.N. 1987. A new species of Sepia (Cephalopoda: Sepiidae) from the north-western South China Sea. Asian Marine Biology 4: 35–40
• Khromov, D.N. 1987. Cuttlefishes of the family Sepiidae (Cephalopoda) in the collection of Zoological USSR Academy of Sciences. Proceedings of the Zoological Institute, Leningrad 171: 174–195 [In Russian]
• Khromov, D.N. 1987. System and phylogeny of the cuttlefish family Sepiidae (Cephalopoda). Zoologicheskii Zhurnal 66: 1164–1176 [In Russian]
• Khromov, D.N. 1990. Cuttlefishes in the systematics and phylogeny of Cephalopoda. Journal of Ichthyology 30(2): 10–19
• Khromov, D.N., Lu, C.C., Guerra, A., Dong, Zh. & Boletzky, S.v. 1998. A synopsis of Sepiidae outside Australian waters (Cephalopoda: Sepioidea). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 586: 77–139
• Kiener L.C. 1843. Spécies général et iconographie des coquilles vivantes comprenant la collection du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris etc. Vol. 4, Ptérocère. Paris.
• Kiener, L.C. 1843. Spécies général et iconographie des coquilles vivantes comprenant la collection du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris etc. Vol 7. Famille des Canalifères, 3. Genre Rocher (Murex, Lin.) (1842-43). 130pp., 47 pls.
• King, H. 1975. The reproductive biology and general ecology of Sphaerospira fraseri (Griffin & Pidgeon) (Pulmonata : Camaenidae). Unpubl. M.Sc. Thesis. Univ. Queensland : St Lucia.
• King, P.P. 1826. Narrative of a Survey of the Intertropical and Western Coasts of Australia, performed between the years 1818 and 1822. London : John Murray Vol. 1 451 pp. [15 Apr. 1926]
• King, P.P. & Broderip, W.J. 1831. Descriptions of the Cirrhipedia (sic), Conchifera and Mollusca, in a collection found by the officers of H.M.S. "Adventure" and "Beagle" employed betwen the years 1826 and 1830 in surveying the southern coasts of S. America, including the Straits of Magellan and the coast of Tierra del Fuego. Zoological Journal London 5: 332–349
• King, P.P. & Broderip, W.J. 1832. Description of the Cirrhipeda, Conchifera and Mollusca in the collection formed by the Officers of H.M.S. Adventure and Beagle employed between the years 1826 and 1830 in surveying the southern coasts of South America, including the Straits of Magellan and the coast of Tierre del Fuego. Zoologische Jahrbücher 5: 332–349
• Kira, T. 1955. Coloured Illustrations of the Shells of Japan. Osaka, Japan : Hoikusha pp. 1–204.
• Kira, T. 1959. Coloured Illustrations of the Shells of Japan. Osaka : Hoikusha Publishing Co. Ltd (revised edn) 240 pp. 72 pls.
• Kira, T. 1959. Coloured Illustrations of the Shells of Japan. Osaka : Hoikusha Vol. 7 pp. 71 pls, 239.
• Kira, T. 1962. Shells of the Western Pacific in colour. Tokyo. 224 pp. 72 pls.
• Kirk, T.W. 1882. Description of a new Cephalopoda. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 14: 283–286 pl. 26
• Klages, N.T.W. 1996. Cephalopods as prey. II. Seals. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B 351: 1045–1052
• Klein, J. T. 1753. Tentamen Methodi Ostracologicae sive dispositio naturalis Conchlidum et concharum in suas classes, genera et species, iconibus fingulorum Generum aeri illustrata etc. Leiden : Wishoff pp. 12 pls + indices + 177 + 44 + 15.
• Kobelt, W. 1871. Catalog der im europäischen Faunengebiet lebenden Binnenconchylien. Mit besonderer berücksichtigung der Rossmässler's Sammlung enthaltenen Arten. Cassell : Theodor Fischer xvi 150 pp.
• Kobelt, W. 1876. Illustrirtes Conchylienbuch. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe, E. Küster xvi 331 pp. (1876-1878).
• Kobelt, W. 1891. Conchylien Cabinet. Vol. 8 (2) pp. 214.
• Kobelt, W. 1898. Die familie Auriculacea. pp. 77–228 in Küster, J.H., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 1 Abt 16.
• Kobelt, W. 1901. Die familie Auriculacea. pp. 269–316 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd1 Abt. 16.
• Kobelt, W. 1901. Die familie Buliminidae. pp. 685–836 in Küster H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Vol. 1(13).
• Kobelt, W. 1902. Die familie Buliminidae. pp. 837–1051 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 1 Abt. 13. [8 Apr. 1902]
• Kobelt, W. 1906. Die gattung Paludina. pp. 97-128 in Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). System Conchylien Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Vol. 1 (21a).
• Koch, H.J. 1949. A review of the South African representatives of the genus Patella Linnaeus. Annals of the Natal Museum 11: 487–517
• Koenen, A. von 1885. Ueber eine Paleocäne Fauna von Kopenhagen. Abhandlungen Gesellschaft Wissenschaften Göttingen Phys. 32: 1–128
• Korniushin, A.V. 2000. Review of the Family Sphaeriidae (Mollusca: Bivalvia) of Australia, with the description of four new species. Records of the Australian Museum 52: 41-102
• Korniushin, A.V. & Glaubrecht, M. 2002. Phylogenetic analysis based on the morphology of viviparous freshwater clams of the family Sphaeriidae (Mollusca, Bivalvia, Veneroida). Zoologica Scripta 31(5): 415-459
• Kosuge, S. 1980. Descriptions of three new species of the family Muricidae (Gatropoda: Muricacea). Bulletin of the Institute of Malacology, Tokyo 1(4): 53–58
• Kosuge, S. 1980. Studies of the collection of Mr Victor Dan (2). Description of a new species of the genus Haustellum (Gastropoda: Muricacea). Bulletin of the Institute of Malacology, Tokyo 1(4): 57–58, pl. 17
• Kowalevsky, A.O. & Marion, A.F. 1887. Contributions à l'histoire des Solenogastres ou Aplacophores. Annales du Musée d'Histoire Naturelle de Marseille, Zoologie Zool. 3, Mem. 1: 1– 77
• Krauss, F. 1848. Die Südafrikanischen Mollusken. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Mollusken des Kap — und Natallandes und zur geographischen Verbreitung derselben. Stuttgart. 140 pp. 4 pls
• Kreipl, K. & Poppe, G.T. 1999. The family Strombidae. pp. 1–59, pls 1–130 in Poppe, G.T. & Groh, K. (eds). Conchological Iconography. Hackenheim, Germany : ConchBooks.
• Kristensen, T.K. 1980. Periodical growth rings in cephalopod statoliths. 'Dana' Reports 1: 39–51
• Kristensen, T.K. & Knudsen, J. 1983. A catalogue of the type specimens of Cephalopoda (Mollusca) in the Zoological Museum, University of Copenhagen. Steenstrupia 9(10): 217–227
• Kruglov, N.D. 1986. Snail (Pulmonata, Lymnaeidae) specificity to infestation by trematode parthenites and the analysis of this specificity for taxonomy and parasitology. Zoologicheskii Zhurnal 65(112): 1799-1807
• Kubodera, T., Piatkowski, U., Okutani, T. & Clarke, M.R. 1998. Taxonomy and zoogeography of the family Onychoteuthidae (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 586: 227–291
• Kubota, T., Iizuka, K. & Okutani, T. 1982. Some biological aspects of Abralia andamanica from Suruga Bay, Japan (Cephalopoda : Enoploteuthidae). Journal of the Faculty of Marine Science and Technology, Tokai University 15: 333–343
• Kubota, T., Koshiga, M. & Okutani, T. 1981. Rare and interesting squid from Japan — VII. Some biological data on Chiroteuthis imperator from Suruga Bay, Japan. Venus 40(3): 150–159
• Kuiper, J.G.J. 1962. Note sur la systematique des Pisidies. Journal de Conchyliologie 102(2): 53–57
• Kuiper, J.G.J. 1983. The Sphaeriidae of Australia. Basteria 47: 3–52
• Kuroda, T & Kawamoto, T. 1961. part not given. pp. 38+? in Habe, T. (ed.). Coloured illustrations of the shells of Japan. Osaka : Hoikusha Vol. 2 pp. ix, 2, 182, 66 pls.
• Kuroda, T. 1941. A catalogue of molluscan shells from Taiwan (Formosa), with descriptions of new species. Memoirs of the Faculty of Science and Agriculture, Taihoku Imperial University 22: 65–216 pls 8–14
• Kuroda, T. 1942. On two Japanese species of Strombus of the group Euprotomus, with descriptions of two new species. Venus 12(1, 2): 1–8
• Kuroda, T. 1942. Two Japanese muricids whose names have been preoccupied. Venus 12(1-2): 80–81
• Kuroda, T. & Habe, T. 1953. Genera of Japanese Shells, Pelecypoda and Scaphopoda. No. 4. pp. 281–326.
• Kuroda, T., Habe, T. & Oyama, K. 1971. The Sea Shells of Sagami Bay. Tokyo : Maruzen Co. Ltd 489 pp.
• Köhler, F. & Glaubrecht, M. 2002. Annotated catalogue of the nominal taxa of Southeast Asian freshwater gastropods, family Pachychilidae Troschel, 1857 (Mollusca, Caenogastropoda, Cerithioidea), with an evaluation of the types. Mitt. Mus. Nat.kd.Berl. Zool. Reihe 78: 121-156
• Köhler, F. & Glaubrecht, M. 2003. Morphology, reproductive biology and molecular genetics of oviviparous freshwater gastropods (Ceithioidea, Pachychilidae) from the Philippines, with the description of a new genus Jagora. Zoologica Scripta 32: 35-59
• Küster, H.C. 1844. Die familie der Limnaeiden enthaltend die genera Planorbis, Limnaeus, Physa und Amphipeplea. pp. 9–20 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 1 Abt. 17.
• Küster, H.C. 1856. Die Flussperlmuscheln, Unio et Hyria. Part 147. pp. 121–136 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 9 Abt. 2.
• Küster, H.C. 1856. Die Flussperlmuscheln, Unio et Hyria. Part 150. pp. 137–160 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 9 Abt. 2.
• Küster, H.C. 1861. Die Flussperlmuscheln, Unio et Hyria. Part 178. pp. 209–256 in Küster, H.C, Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 9 Abt. 2.
• Küster, H.C. 1862. Die Gattungen Limnaeus, Amphipeplea, Chilina, Isidora und Physopsis. pp. 1–48 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 1 Abt. 17b.
• LaRoe, E.T. 1971. The culture and maintenance of the loliginid squids Sepioteuthis sepioidea and Doryteuthis plei. Marine Biology, Berlin 9: 9–25
• Labbe, A. 1934. Les Silicodermes Labbe du Museum d'histoire naturelle de Paris. Premiere partie. Classification, formes nouvelles ou peu connues. Annales de l'Institut Oceanographique 14: 173-246
• Laidlaw, F.F. 1940. Notes on some specimens of the genus Atopos (Mollusca Pulmonata) with microphotographs illustrating points in the anatomy of the genus. Bulletin of the Raffles Museum 16: 121–132
• Laidlaw, F.F. & Solem, A. 1961. The land snail genus Amphidromus, a synoptic catalogue. Fieldiana Zoology 41: 509–677
• Lamarck, J. B. P. A. de M. de 1816. Tableau encyclopédique et méthodique des trois règnes de la nature. Paris : H. Agasse, pls 391–488.
• Lamarck, J.-B.P. 1819. Oscabrelle (Chitonellus). Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres 6: 316–317
• Lamarck, J.B.P. 1799. Prodrome d'une nouvelle classification de coquilles, comprenent une réaction appropiée de charactères génériques, et l'établissement d'un grand nombre de genres nouveaux. Mémoires de la Société d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris 1: 63–91 [May 1799]
• Lamarck, J.B.P. 1818. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertèbres. Vol. 5. Paris. 344 pp.
• Lamarck, J.B.P. 1818. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertèbres. Paris : Deterville & Verdiere Vol. 5 612 pp.
• Lamarck, J.B.P. 1818. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertèbres. Paris : Deterville & Verdiere Vol. 5 612 pp.
• Lamarck, J.B.P. 1822. Suite des Gastéropodes. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertèbres. Paris : J.B.P. Lamarck Vol. 6 pp. (2) 232. [Apr. 1822]
• Lamarck, J.B.P. 1822. Suite des Gastéropodes. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertèbres. Paris : J.B.P. Lamarck Vol. 6 pp. (2) 232. [Apr. 1822]
• Lamarck, J.B.P. de M. 1822. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres. Suite des Gastéropodes. Paris : Verdiere Vol. 6 pp. 1-232.
• Lamarck, J.B.P.A. 1811. Suite de la détermination des espêces de mollusques testacés. Continuation du genre Porcellaine et des genres Ovula, Tarrière, Ancillaire, et Olive. Annales du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris 16: 89–114, 300–328
• Lamarck, J.B.P.A. 1819. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertèbres. Paris : J.B.P. Lamarck Vol. 6 (1) pp. 343. [July 1819]
• Lamarck, J.B.P.A. 1819. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertèbres. Paris : J.B.P. Lamarck Vol. 6 (1) pp. 343. [July 1819]
• Lamarck, J.B.P.A. 1819. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertébrés. Paris : J.B.P Lamarck Vol. 6 Pt 1 343 pp.
• Lamarck, J.B.P.A. de M. de 1798. Extrait d'un mémoire sur le genre de la sèche, du calmar et du poulpe, vulgairement nommés, polypes de mer. Bulletin des Sciences pars la Société Philomathique de Paris 2: 129–131
• Lamarck, J.B.P.A. de M. de 1801. Système des animaux sans vertèbres … précéde des discours d'ouvertre du cours de zoologie, donné dans le Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle 8. Paris. 432 pp.
• Lamarck, J.B.P.A. de M. de 1816. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertèbres. Paris : Verdière Vol. 2. 568 pp.
• Lamarck, J.B.P.A. de Monet de 1799. Prodrome d'une nouvelle classification de coquilles, comprenent une réaction appropiée de charactères génériques, et l'établissement d'un grand nombre de genres nouveaux. Mémoires de la Société d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris 1: 63–91 [May 1799]
• Lamarck, J.B.P.A. de Monet de 1799. Prodrome d'une nouvelle classification des coquilles, comprenent une réaction appropiée de charactères génériques, et l'établissement d'un grand nombre de genres nouveaux. Mémoires de la Société d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris 1: 63–91
• Lamarck, J.B.P.A. de Monet de 1801. Système des animaux sans vertébrés ou tableau général des classes, des ordres et des genres de ces animaux. Paris : *** Vol. 7 vii 432 pp.
• Lamarck, M. de 1822. Histoire naturelle des Animaux sans Vertèbres. Paris : by author Vol. 7 pp. 711.
• Lamarck, M. le C. 1822. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres. Paris : Lamarck Vol. 7 pp. 1–440.
• Lamprell, K. & Healy, J. 1998. Bivalves of Australia. Leiden : Backhuys Publishers pp. 1–288.
• Lamprell, K. & Healy, J. 1998. Bivalves of Australia. Leiden : Backhuys Publishers pp. 1–288.
• Lamprell, K.L. & Healy, J.M. 1998. A revision of the Scaphopoda from Australian waters (Mollusca). Records of the Australian Museum Suppl. 24: 1–189
• Lamprell, K.L. & Healy, J.M. 2001. Scaphopoda. pp. 85–128 in Wells, A. & Houston, W.W.K. (eds). Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 17.2. Mollusca: Aplacophora, Polyplacophora, Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing, Australia xii 353 pp.
• Lamy, A. 1907. Révision des Arca vivants du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris. Journal de Conchyliologie 55: 1–111
• Lamy, E. 1917. Les Arches de la Mer Rouge. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 4 23(2): 106-112
• Lamy, E. 1917. Révision des Crassatellidae vivants du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris. Journal de Conchyliologie 62(4): 197–270
• Landolfa, M.A., Green, D.M. & Chase, R. 2001. Dart shooting influences paternal reproductive success in the snail Helix aspersa (Pulmonata, Stylommatophora). Behavioral Ecology 12: 773-777
• Lane, F.W. 1957. Kingdom of the Octopus. London : Jarrolds pp. 287 pls 1–48.
• Lankester, E.R. 1884. On Procalistes, a young cephalopod with pedunculate eyes, taken by the Challenger Expedition. Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science 24: 311–318 2 figs
• Larcombe, M.F. & Russell, B.C. 1971. Egg laying behaviour of the broad squid, Sepioteuthis bilineata. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 5(1): 3–11
• Laseron, C.F. 1950. Review of the Rissoidae of New South Wales. Records of the Australian Museum 22: 257–287
• Laseron, C.F. 1953. Minute bivalves from New South Wales. Records of the Australian Museum 23: 33–53
• Laseron, C.F. 1956. The families Rissoinidae and Rissoidae (Mollusca) from the Solanderian and Damperian zoogeographical provinces. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 7: 384–484
• Laws, H.M. 1950. Additional Lower Pliocene Mollusca from Otahuhu, Auckland. Paleont. Bull. Wellington 17: 1-35, 5 pls.
• Laws, H.M. 1966. The cytology and anatomy of Oxychilus alliarius (Miller) (Mollusca : Zonitidae), a new introduction to South Australia. Records of the South Australian Museum 15: 257–260
• Laws, H.M. 1967. The cytology of Salinator solida (von Martens) (Mollusca : Amphibolidae). Records of the South Australian Museum 15: 495–496
• Laws, H.M. 1971. The chromosomes of some Australasian Paryphantidae. Malacologia 11: 217–224
• Laws, H.M. 1973. The chromosomes of Succinea australis (Férussac). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 2: 389–392
• Le Guillou, E. 1842. Description de vingt-sept espèces d'Helices nouvelles. Revue Zoologique par la Société Cuvierienne 5: 136–141 [June 1842]
• Le Guillou, E. 1845. Description de six Helices nouvelles. Revue Zoologique par la Société Cuvierienne 8: 187–188 [June 1845]
• Lea, I. 1840. Descriptions of new freshwater and land shells. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society 1: 284–286
• Lea, I. 1843. Description of twelve new species of Uniones. Transactions of the Australian Entomological Society ns 9: 275–282 [19 Aug. 1843]
• Lea, I. 1856. Descriptions of twenty-five new species of exotic uniones. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 8: 92–95
• Lea, I. 1859. Descriptions of twenty one new species of exotic Unionidae. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 11: 151–154
• Lea, I. 1862. Descriptions of two new species of exotic Uniones and one Monocondyloea. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 14: 176
• Lea, I. 1871. Descriptions of three new species of exotic Unionidae. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 23: 188 [Oct. 1871]
• Lea, I. & Lea, H.C. 1850. Description of a new genus of the family Melaniana and many new species of the genus Melania chiefly collected by Hugh Cuming Esq., during his zoological voyage in the east and now first described. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1850: 179-197
• Lea, I. & Lea, H.C. 1851. Description of a new genus of the family Melaniana and of many new species of the genus Melania chiefly collected by Hugh Cuming Esq. during his zoological voyage in the east, and now first described. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1850: 179–197 [28 Feb. 1851]
• Leach, W.E. 1815. Zoological Miscellany; being descriptions of new or interesting animals. London : E. Nodder & Son Vol. 2 pp. 154.
• Leach, W.E. 1817. Synopsis of the orders, families and genera of the class Cephalopod. Zoological Miscellany 3: 137–141
• Leach, W.E. 1828. in Fleming, J. (1828) A History of British Animals, exhibiting the descriptive characters and systematical arrangments of the genera and species of quadrupeds, birds, reptiles, fishes, mollusca and radiata of the United Kingdom. Edinburgh & London : Bell & Bradfute and James Duncan xxiii 563 pp.
• Leach, W.E. 1842. ***. pp. 170 in Sowerby. G.B. (ed.). Conchological Manual. London : Henry G. Bohn pp. 313.
• Leach, W.E. in Jenyns, L. 1831. A monograph on the British species of Cyclas and Pisidium. Transactions of the Cambridge Philiosophical Society 4: 289–311
• Legrand, W. 1871. Collections for a Monograph of Tasmanian Land Shells. Hobart : W. Legrand (without page numbers). [Sept. 1871]
• Legrand, W. 1872. On a new genus of freshwater mollusks. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1871: 27–28 [1872]
• Lehmann, R. 1862. Ueber eine neve Heliceen-Gattung. Malakozoologische Blätter 9: 111–112
• Lehmann, R. 1864. Neue Nachtschnecke aus Australien. Malakozoologische Blätter 11: 145–149
• Leloup, E. 1937. Diagnoses de six nouvelles espèces d'amphineures polyplacophores de la region Indo-Pacifique. Bulletin du Musée Royal d'Histoire Naturelle du Belgique 13(38): 1–3 [Sept. 1937]
• Leloup, E. 1939. Caractères anatomiques de certains amphineures du genre Squamopleura. Bulletin du Musée Royal d'Histoire Naturelle du Belgique 15: 1–12 [June 1939]
• Leloup, E. 1940. Deux nouvelles espèces de polyplacophores, Cryptoconchus ashbyi et Cryptoconchus roseus. Bulletin du Musée Royal d'Histoire Naturelle du Belgique 16(15): 1–8
• Leloup, E. 1973. Quelques espèces du genre Tonicia Gray, 1847. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique 49(6): 1–19
• Leloup, E. 1981. Chitons de Papua New Guinea. Bulletin de l'Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique 53(15): 1–4 [15 Oct. 1981]
• Lesson, R. P. 1830. ***. In, Duperry, L.J. (ed.). Voyage autour du monde, exécuté par ordre du Roi, sur la corvette de S. M. La Coquille, pendant les années 1822-25. Parispp. 1828.
• Lesson, R.P. 1830. Zoologie du voyage autour du Monde, exécuté par ordre du Roi, sur la corvette de sa Majesté, la Coquille, pendant les anées 1822–1825, par M.L.I. Duperry. Zoologie 2, Pt 1. Paris pp. 1–24 and atlas of plates (1826).
• Lesson, R.P. 1831. Chap. XI. Mollusques, Annelides et Vers. pp. 239–471 in Duperrey, L.-I. (ed.). Voyage Autour du Monde Executé par Ordre du Roi, sur la Corvette de Sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825. V. Zoologie. Paris : Bertrand.
• Lesson, R.P. 1831. Chap. XI. Mollusques, Annelides et Vers. pp. 239–471in, Voyage Autour du Monde Executé par Ordre du Roi, sur la Corvette de Sa Majesté, La Coquille, pendant les années 1822, 1823, 1824 et 1825. Zoologie. Paris : Bertrand Vol. 2(1).
• Lessona, M. & Pollonera, C. 1882. Monografia dei Limacidi Italiani. Torino. 73 pp. Preprint of. Memorie della Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino 2 35: 49–128 (1884)
• Lesueur, C.A. 1821. Descriptions of several new species of cuttlefish. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 2: 86–101
• Lewis, A.R. & Choat, J.H. 1993. Spawning mode and reproductive output of the tropical cephalopod Idiosepius pygmaeus. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences 50(1): 20–28
• Lichtenstein, H. 1818. Das Zoologische Museum der Universität zu Berlin. Berlinpp. 120.
• Lichtenstein, K.M.H. 1818. Onychoteuthis sepien mit krallen. Isis 1818: 1591–1592
• Lichtenstein, K.M.H. 1820. Von den Sepien mit Krallen. Abhandlungen der Akadamie der Wissenschaften Berlin 1818–1819: 211–226
• Lichtenstein, M.H.C. 1837. Verzeichniss einer Sammlung neuholländische Naturalien. Berlin.
• Lightfoot, J. 1786. A Catalogue of the Portland Museum. 194 pp.
• Lightfoot, J. 1786. A catalogue of the Portland Museum, lately the property of the Duchess Dowager of Portland, deceased: which will be sold by auction etc. Londonpp. vii, 1–194.
• Likharev, I.M. & Wiktor, A. 1979. Parallelism in the structure of slugs of the Superorder Stylommatophora and their systematic position. Trudy Zoologicheskogo Instituta Akademiya Nauk SSSR 80: 70-86
• Likharev, I.M. & Wiktor, A. 1980. The fauna of slugs of the USSR and adjacent countries (Gastropoda terrestria nuda). Fauna SSSR, Molljuski III (5). Leningrad : Akademia Nauk SSSR 437 pp., 1 pl.
• Lindberg, D.R. 1986. Name changes in the "Acmaeidae". The Veliger 29(2): 142–148
• Link, H. F. 1807. Beschreibung der Naturalien Sammlung der Universität zu Rostock. RostockVol. 3 pp. 1–160.
• Linnaeus, C. 1758. System Naturae. Regnum Animale. Cura Societatis Zoologicae Germanicae. 10th Edition. 824 pp.
• Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae per Regna tria Naturae, secundem Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum Characteribus, Differentis, Synonymis, Locis. Tom.1, Editio decima, reformata. Holmiae : Laurentii Salvii 824 pp.
• Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae per Regna tria Naturae, secundem Classes, Ordines, Genera, Species, cum Characteribus, Differentis, Synonymis, Locis. Tom.1, Editio decima, reformata. Holmiae : Laurentii Salvii 823 pp.
• Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Holmiae (Stockholm) : L. Salvii pp. 1-824.
• Linnaeus, C. 1767. Systema Naturae, seu per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Holmiae : Laurentii Salvii Part 2 pp. 533–1327.
• Linnaeus, C. 1767. Systema Naturae, per regna tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Editio decima, reformata. Holmiae : Laurentii Salvii Vol. 2 pp. 533–1327.
• Lister, M. 1685. Historiae sive synopsis methodicae conchyliorum. 2 volumes. London. (1685-1682).
• Locard, A. 1898. Expéditions scientifiques du Travailleur et du Talisman pendant les années 1880, 1881, 1882, 1883. Mollusques testacés. Vol. 2. Paris 4to. 515 pp. xviii pls
• Loch, I. 1981. A slug with an angle. Australian Shell News 33: 6
• Loennberg, E. 1898. On the cephalopods collected by the Swedish Expedition to Tierra del Fuego 1895–1896. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Schwedischen Expedition in die Magellanregion oder nach den Magellansländern 1895-1897 2: 49–64
• Long, D.C. 1970. Arion intermedius (Normand) an introduced slug in Victoria. Victorian Naturalist 87: 170–172
• Long, D.C. 1972. Zonitid snails (Gastropoda : Pulmonata) introduced into Victoria. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 33: 115–120
• Lovén, S. 1844. Chaetoderma n.g. Öfversigt af Kongelige Vetenskaps-Akademiens Förhandlingar, Stockholm 1: 116
• Lowe, R.T. 1832. On the genera Melampus, Pedipes and Truncatella: with experiments tending to demonstrate the real nature of the respiratory organs in these Mollusca. Zoologische Jahrbücher 5: 280–305
• Lowe, R.T. 1852. Brief diagnostic notices of new Maderan land shells. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 2 9: 112-120
• Lu, C.C. 1982. First record of Todaropsis eblanae (Ball, 1841) (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida) in the Pacific Ocean. Venus 4: 67–70
• Lu, C.C. 1986. Smallest of the largest — first record of giant squid larval specimen. Australian Shell News (53): 9
• Lu, C.C. 1998. A synopsis of Sepiidae in Australian waters (Sepioidea: Cephalopoda). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 586: 159–190
• Lu, C.C. 1998. The use of sepion in the taxonomy of Sepiidae (Cephalopoda: Sepioidea) with an emphasis on the Australian fauna. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology (586): 207–222
• Lu, C.C. 2001. Cephalopoda. pp. 129–308 in Wells, A. & Houston, W.W.K (eds). Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 17.2. Mollusca: Aplacophora, Polyplacophora, Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing, Australia pp. xii 353.
• Lu, C.C. & Clarke, M.R. 1974. Two new species of cranchid cephalopod from the North Atlantic, Uranoteuthis bilucifer n. gen. s. sp. and Galiteuthis triluminosa n. sp. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 54: 985–994
• Lu, C.C. & Clarke, M.R. 1975. Vertical distribution of cephalopods at 11°N, 20°W in the North Atlantic. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 55: 369–389
• Lu, C.C. & Clarke, M.R. 1975. Vertical distribution of cephalopods at 40°N, 53°N and 60°N at 20°W in the North Atlantic. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 55: 143–163
• Lu, C.C. & Dunning, M. 1982. Identification guide to Australian arrow squid (Family Ommastrephidae). Victorian Institute of Marine Science, Technical Report 2: 1–30
• Lu, C.C. & Dunning, M.C. 1998. Subclass Coleoidea Bather, 1888. pp. 499–563 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5. Part A. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing pp. xvi 563.
• Lu, C.C. & Mangold, K. 1978. Cephalopods of the Kerguelenian province of the Indian Ocean. Proc. Int. Symp. Mar. Biogeogr. Evol. Southern Hemisphere, 2. 567–573 pp.
• Lu, C.C. & Phillips, J.U. 1985. An annotated checklist of Cephalopoda from Australian waters. Occasional Papers of the Museum of Victoria 2: 21–36
• Lu, C.C. & Reid, A.L. 1997. Two new species of cuttlefish from northwestern Australian waters with a redescription of Sepia sulcata Hoyle, 1885 (Sepiidae: Cephalopoda). Records of the Western Australian Museum 18(3): 277–310
• Lu, C.C. & Stranks, T.N. 1991. Eledone palari, a new species of octopus (Cephalopoda: Octopodidae) from Australia. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 49(1/2): 73–87
• Lu, C.C. & Stranks, T.N. 1991. Eledone palari, a new species of octopus (Cephalopoda: Octopodidae) from Australia. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 1–2: 73–87
• Lu, C.C. & Stranks, T.N. 1994. Synopsis of Pareledone species, with description of two new species from Antarctica (Cephalopoda: Octopodidae). Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 54: 221–242
• Lu, C.C. & Tait, R.W. 1983. Taxonomic studies on Sepioteuthis Blainville (Cephalopoda: Loliginidae) from the Australian region. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 95: 181–204
• Lu, C.C. & Williams, R. 1994. Kondakovia longimana Filippova, 1972 (Cephalopoda: Onychoteuthidae) from the Indian Ocean sector of the Southern Ocean. Antarctic Science 6(2): 231–234
• Lu, C.C. & Williams, R. 1994. Contribution to the biology of squid in the Prydz Bay region, Antarctica. Antarctic Science 6(2): 223–229
• Lu, C.C., Boucher-Rodoni, R. & Tillier, A. 1995. Catalogue of types of recent of Cephalopoda in the Muséum national d'histoire naturelle (France). Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 17 4(sec. A, (3–4)): 307–343
• Lu, C.C., Guerra, A., Palumbo, F. & Summers, W.C. 1992. Order Sepioidea Naef, 1916. pp. 21–36 in Sweeney, M.J., Roper, C.F.E., Mangold, K.M., Clarke, M.R. & Boletzky, S.v. (eds) Larval and Juvenile Cephalopods: A manual for their identification. Smithsonian Cont. Zool. No. 513.
• Lu, C.C., Roper, C.F.E. & Tait, R.W. 1985. A revision of Loliolus (Cephalopoda; Loliginidae), including L. noctiluca, a new species of squid from Australian waters. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 97: 59–85
• Ludbrook, N. H. 1956. The molluscan fauna of the Pliocene strata underlying the Adelaide Plains. Part 3. Scaphopoda, Polyplacophora, Gastropoda (Haliotidae to Tornidae). Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 79: 1–36
• Ludbrook, N.H. 1954. The John Murray Expedition 1933–34. Scientific Reports. 10(2): 91–120 pl. 1.
• Ludbrook, N.H. 1955. The molluscan fauna of the Pliocene strata underlying the Adelaide plains. Part II. Pelecypoda. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 78: 18–87
• Ludbrook, N.H. 1956. The molluscan fauna of the Pliocene strata underlying the Adelaide Plains. Part III — Scaphopoda, Polyplacophora, Gastropoda (Haliotidae to Tornidae). Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 79: 1–36 pls 1–2
• Ludbrook, N.H. 1959. Revision of the Tate molluscan types—Scaphopoda. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 82: 141–149 pls 1–2
• Ludbrook, N.H. 1960. Scaphopoda. pp. I37–I41 in Moore, R.C. (ed.). Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Part I. Mollusca 1. Boulder, Colorado and Lawrence, Kansas : Geological Society of America and University of Kansas Press.
• Ludbrook, N.H. 1966. Cretaceous biostratigraphy of the Great Artesian Basin in South Australia. Bulletin of the Geological Survey of South Australia 30: 1–223 28 pls
• Ludbrook, N.H. 1978. Quaternary molluscs of the western part of the Eucla Basin. Bulletin of the Geological Survey of Western Australia 125: 1–286
• Ludbrook, N.H. 1984. Quaternary molluscs of South Australia. South Australian Department of Mines and Energy, Handbook 9: 1–327
• Lydeard, C., Holznagel, W.E., Glaubrecht, M. & Ponder, W.F. 2002. Molecular phylogeny of a circum-global, diverse gastropod superfamily (Cerithioidea: Mollusca: Caenogastropoda); pushing the deepest phylogenetic limits of mitochondrial LSU rDNA sequences. Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution 22: 399-406
• Löbbecke, T. & Kobelt, W. 1879. Diagnoses neuer Murices. Jahrbücher der Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 6: 78–79
• Löbbecke, T. & Kobelt, W. 1880. Museum Loebbeckeanum. Jahrbücher der Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 7: 81–82
• M. Glaubrecht, this work
• Mackay, J.S. 1929. A new loricate from Queensland. Australian Zoologist 6: 102–103 pl. 11 [13 Aug. 1929]
• Mackay, J.S. 1933. A new loricate from north Queensland. Australian Zoologist 7: 345–348 pl. 18 [10 Mar. 1933]
• Macpherson, J. H. 1955. Preliminary revision of the families Patellidae and Acmaeidae. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 67(2): 229–256
• Macpherson, J.H. 1951. Land Mollusca of the Russell Grimwade Expedition. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 17: 29–31
• Macpherson, J.H. 1954. Molluscs (sea shells and snails). in Willis, J.H. (ed.) The Archipelago of the Recherche. Aust. Geogr. Soc. Rep. 1: 55–63.
• Macpherson, J.H. 1954. Molluscs (sea shells and snails). in Willis, J.H. (ed.) The Archipelago of the Recherche. Aust. Geogr. Soc. Rep. 1: 55–63.
• Macpherson, J.H. 1955. Preliminary revision of the families Patellidae and Acmaeidae in Australia. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 67: 229–256
• Macpherson, J.H. 1957. A review of the genus Coxiella Smith, 1894, sensu lato. Western Australian Naturalist 5: 191–204
• Macpherson, J.H. 1959. New gastropods from North Australia. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 24: 51–57, 1 pl.
• Macpherson, J.H. 1962. New name for Murex espinosus Macp. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 25: 176
• Macpherson, J.H. 1966. Port Philip Survey 1957-1963. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 27: 201-288
• Macpherson, J.H. & Chapple, E.H. 1951. A systematic list of the marine and estuarine Mollusca of Victoria. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 17: 107–185
• Macpherson, J.H. & Gabriel, C.J. 1962. Marine Molluscs of Victoria. Melbourne : Melbourne University Press 475 pp.
• Maes, V.O. 1967. The littoral marine mollusks of Cocos-Keeling Islands (Indian Ocean). Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 119: 93–217
• Makiyama, J. 1931. Stratigraphy of the Kakegawa Pliocene in Totomi. Memoirs of the College of Science, Kyoto Imperial University B 7(1): 1–53 pls 1–3
• Maltzan, H. von. 1881. Description de deux espèces nouvelle. Journal of Conchology 29: 162–163
• Man in 't Veld, L. & Visser, G.J. 1993. Contribututions to the knowledge of Strombacea 1: A revision of the subgenus Doxander Iredale, 1931, including a nomen novum for Strombus turritus and the description of a new subspecies from the Philippines. Vita Marina 42(1): 11–32
• Manganelli, G. & Giusti, F. 1987. Notulae Malacologicae. XXXVIII. A new Hygromiidae from the Italian Apennines and notes on the genus Cernuella and related taxa (Pulmonata: Helicoidea). Bollettino Malacologico 23: 327-380, 3 pls.
• Mangold, K. 1983. Octopus vulgaris. pp. 335–364 in Boyle, P.R. (ed.). Cephalopod Life Cycles. Vol. 1. Species accounts. London : Academic Press.
• Mangold, K. 1983. Food, feeding and growth in cephalopods. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 44: 81–93
• Mangold-Wirz, K. 1963. Biologie des céphalopodes benthiques et nektoniques de la Mer Catalane. Vie et Milieu Suppl. 13: 1–285 pls 1–4
• Marcus, Er. 1965. Some Opisthobranchia from Micronesia. Malacologia 3: 263–286
• Marcus, Ev. & Marcus, Er. 1965. On two Ellobiidae from southern Brazil. Boletim de Zoologia, Universidade de São Paulo 25: 425–453
• Marcus, Ev. du B.-R. & Marcus, Er. 1970. Some gastropods from Madagascar and west Mexico. Malacologia 10: 181–223
• Marion, A.F. & Kowalevsky, A.O. 1886. Organisation du Lepidomenia hystrix, nouveau type de Solenogastre. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 103: 757–759
• Marshall, B.A. 1981. The genus Williamia in the western Pacific (Mollusca: Siphonariidae). New Zealand Journal of Zoology 8: 487-492
• Marshall, B.A. 1985. Recent and Tertiary deep-sea limpets of the genus Pectinodonta (Mollusca: Gastropoda) from New Zealand and New South Wales. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 12: 273-282
• Marshall, W.B. 1927. The Australian land shell Thersites bipartita and its allies. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 72(15): 1–16
• Martens, E. von 1881. Mehrere neue Arten von Conchylien … von der Sammlungen S.M. Schiff 'Gazelle'. Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin 4: 63–66
• Martens, E.C. von 1858. Ueber einige Brakwasserbe wohner aus den Umgebungen Venedigs. Archiv für Naturgeschichte. Berlin 24: 152–208
• Martens, E.C. von 1860. Nachträge. pp. 359 in Albers, J.C. (ed.). Die Heliceen, nach natürlicher Verwandtschaft systematisch geordnet. 2. Ausgabe herausgegeben von E. von Martens. Leipzig : Wilhelm Engelman.
• Martens, E.C. von 1860. On the Mollusca of Siam. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1860(28): 17
• Martens, E.C. von 1865. On the Australian species of Paludina. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 3 16: 255–256 [1 Oct. 1865]
• Martens, E.C. von 1865. Ueber ostasiatische und neuhollandische Paludinen. Malakozoologische Blätter 12: 144–151 [Aug. 1865]
• Martens, E.C. von 1867. Die Preussische Expedition nach Ost-Asien. Nach amtlichen Quellen. Zool. Theil, Die Landschnecken. Bearb. von E.v. Martens Vol. 2. xii 447 pp. 22 tables
• Martens, E.C. von 1869. West afrikanische conchylien von G. Rohlf. Malakozoologische Blätter 16: 72–88
• Martens, E.C. von 1878. in Schacko, G. Die zungenbewaffnung der Gattung Amphibola. Jahrbücher der Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 5: 1–9
• Martens, E.C. von 1878. Übersicht der während der Reise um die Erde in den Jahren 1874-1876 auf. S.M. Schiff Gazelle gesammelten Land und süsswasser Mollusken. Monatsberichte der Königlichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1877: 261–291 [dated 1877]
• Martens, E.C. von 1879. Die gattungen Neritina. pp. 209–303 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 2 Abt. 10.
• Martens, E.C. von 1880. Mollusken. pp. 181–346 in Mobius, K. (ed.). Beitrage zur Meeresfauna der Insel Mauritius und der Seychellen. Berlin : Otto Enslin pp. 352.
• Martens, E.C. von 1894. in Semon, R.W. Zoologische Forschungsreisen in Australien und dem Malayischen Archipel mit unterstützung des Herrn Dr Paul von Ritter ausgeführt in der Jahren 1891–1893. Medizinisch-naturwissenschaft-lichen Gesellschaft zu Jena 8: 85–96
• Martin, A.R. & Clarke, M.R. 1986. The diet of sperm whales (Physeter macrocephalus) captured between Iceland and Greenland. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 66: 779–790
• Martin, P.R. & Estebenet, A.L. 2002. Spread of the Asiatic clam Corbicula fluminea in southern Pampas and northern Patagonia, Argentina. Journal of Freshwater Ecology 17(2): 331-333
• Martini, F.H.W. 1843. Strombus. In, Kiener, L.C. (ed.). Species general et Iconographie des coquilles vivantes, comprenant la collection du Muséum d'histoire Naturelle de Paris, la collection de Lamarck, celle du Prince Massena (appartenant maintenant a M. le Baron B. Delessert) et les découvertes récentes des voyageurs. Vol. 4 pp. not given.
• Martins, A.M. d. F. 1995. Systematic revision of Allochroa Ancey, 1887 (Pulmonata: Ellobiidae), with an account of the anatomy of Allochroa layardi (H. and A. Adams) and the description of two new species. The Nautilus 109(1): 1-13
• Martins, A.M. d. F. 1996. Anatomy and systematics of the western Atlantic Ellobiidae (Gastropoda: Pulmonata). Malacologia 37(2): 163-332
• Martins, A.M. d. F. 1996. Relationships within the Ellobiidae. Origin and evolutionary radiation of the Mollusca. J. Taylor, Oxford University Press.
• Martins, A.M. d. F. 2001. Ellobiidae-lost between land and sea. Journal of Shellfish Research 20(1): 441-446
• Marwick, J. 1928. The Tertiary Mollusca of the Chatman Islands, including a generic revision of the New Zealand Pectinidae. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 58(4): 432–506, figs 1–148
• Marwick, J. 1931. Title unknown. New Zealand Geological Survey Paleontological Bulletin 13: 51
• Massy, A.L. 1907. Preliminary notice of new and remarkable cephalopods from the south west coast of Ireland. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 7 20: 377–384
• Massy, A.L. 1909. The Cephalopoda Dibranchiata of the coasts of Ireland. Sci. Invest. Fish. Branch Ireland 1907 1: 3–39 pls 1–3
• Massy, A.L. 1916. The Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. Records of the Indian Museum 12: 185–247, pls 23–24
• Matthews, E.H. 1897. Exhibits. Journal of Conchology 8: 378
• Maughan, M.M. 1900. Definition of a new species of South Australian Polyplacophora. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia 24: 89 pl. 1
• Maury, C.J. 1917. Santo Domingo type sections and fossils. Part I. Bulletin of American Paleontology 5: 165–415, pls xxviii – lxv
• Maxwell 1969. Middle tertiary Mollusca from North Otago and South Canterbury, New Zealand. Transactions of the Royal Society of New Zealand, Geology 6(13): 155–185
• Maxwell, J.G.H. & Cresswell, G.R. 1981. Dispersal of tropical marine fauna to the Great Australian Bight by the Leeuwin Current. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 32: 493–500
• Maxwell, P.A. 1988. Comments on "A reclassification of the recent genera of the subclass Protobranchia (Mollusca: Bivalvia)" by J.A. Allen and F.J. Hannah (1986). Journal of Conchology 33: 85–96
• May, W. L. 1912. Further additions to the Tasmanian Mollusca. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1912: 41–48
• May, W. L. 1919. New species of Tasmanian Mollusca, with critical remarks on several described species, and additions to the list. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1919: 55–69
• May, W. L. 1920. New species of Tasmanian Mollusca, with critical remarks on several described species, and additions to the list. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1919: 55–69
• May, W.L. 1915. Additions to the Tasmanian Mollusca, with descriptions of new species. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1915: 75–99
• May, W.L. 1919. New species of Tasmanian Mollusca, with critical remarks on several described species, and additions to the list. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1919: 55–69 pls 14–17 [10 Oct. 1919]
• May, W.L. 1921. A Check-list of the Mollusca of Tasmania. Tasmania : Government Printer 114 pp.
• May, W.L. 1921. Revised census of the Tasmanian fluviatile Mollusca. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1920: 65–75 [16 Feb. 1921]
• May, W.L. 1923. An Illustrated Index of Tasmanian Shells. Hobart : Government Printer pp. 100.
• May, W.L. 1923. Illustrated Index of Tasmanian shells. Supplementary to the check list issued in 1921. Hobart : Government Printer 100 pp.
• May, W.L. & Macpherson, J.H. 1958. An Illustrated Index of Tasmanian Shells revised by J. Hope Macpherson. Hobart : Government Printer 54 pp.
• May, W.L. & Torr, W.G. 1913. The Polyplacophora of Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1912: 25–40 pl. 1
• McAlpine, D. 1952. Notes on some Siphonariidae. Proceedings of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 52: 40–42
• McCoy, F. 1882. Natural History of Victoria — Argonauta oryzata (Meusch.). Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria. Decade VII. pp. 7–10, pl. 61–62.
• McCoy, F. 1888. Ommastrephes gouldi (McCoy). Gould's Squid. Prodromus of the zoology of Victoria, or figures and descriptions of the living species of the Victorian indigenous animals 2. Decade 17: 255–257 pls 169, 170
• McLauchlan, C.F. 1951. Basic work on the life cycle of some Australian snails. Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales 1949–50: 26–36 [2 Apr. 1951]
• McLauchlan, C.F. 1954. Land shells originally introduced. Australian Zoologist 12: 40
• McLauchlan, C.F. 1954. Three new land shells from New South Wales. Australian Zoologist 12: 39 [24 Mar. 1954]
• McMichael, D.F. 1955. The identity and validity of Hyridella australis Lamarck, 1819. The Nautilus 69: 6–13
• McMichael, D.F. 1958. A new tree-snail from Queensland. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 1(2): 41–43
• McMichael, D.F. 1959. A new genus and species of land snail from Nth. Queensland. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 1: 31–32 [13 Nov. 1959]
• McMichael, D.F. 1960. Shells of the Australian Sea-Shore. Brisbane : Jacaranda Press pp. 1–127, 287 figs.
• McMichael, D.F. 1967. Australian freshwater Mollusca and their probable evolutionary relationships: a summary of present knowledge. pp. 123–149 in Weatherley, A.H. (ed.). Australian Inland Waters and their Fauna: Eleven Studies. Canberra : A.N.U. Press.
• McMichael, D.F. & Hiscock, I.D. 1958. A monograph of the freshwater mussels (Mollusca : Pelecypoda) of the Australian region. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 9: 372–508
• McPherson, J. H. 1947. Records of Onchidiidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda) from Victoria. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 15: 172-173
• McSweeny, E.S. 1970. Description of the juvenile form of the Antarctic squid Mesonychoteuthis hamiltoni Robson. Malacologia 10(2): 323–332
• McSweeny, E.S. 1978. Systematics and morphology of the Antarctic squid Galiteuthis glacialis (Chun). Antarctic Research Series 27: 1–39
• Mead, A.R. 1961. The Giant African Snail: A problem in economic malacology. Chicago : Univ. Chicago Press 257 pp.
• Mead, A.R., Fretter, V. & Peake, J. (eds) 1979. Pulmonates. Economic Malacology. London, New York, San Francisco : Academic Press Vol. 2B pp. 150.
• Meek, F.B. & Hayden, F.V. 1858. Systematic catalogue with synonyma, of Jurassic, Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils collected in Nebraska, etc. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 2 4: 417–432
• Meier-Brook, C. & Smith, B.J. 1975. Glacidorbis Iredale, 1943, a genus of freshwater prosobranch with a Tasmanian-Southeast Australian-South Andean distribution. Archiv fuer Molluskenkunde 106: 191–198
• Melvill, J. C. & Standen, R. 1899. Report on the marine Mollusca obtained during the first expedition of Prof. A. C. Haddon to the Torres Straits in 1888-89. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 27: 150–206, pls 1–2
• Melville, J.C. 1897. Descriptions of thirty four species of marine Mollusca from the Arabian Sea, Persian Gulf and Gulf of Oman (mostly collected by F.W. Townsend Esq.). Memoirs and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society 41(7): 1
• Menke, C.T. 1828. Verzeichniss Conchyl. Samml. Malsburg. Pyrmont.
• Menke, C.T. 1843. Molluscorum Novae Hollandiae Specimen in Libraria Aulica Hahniana. Hannoverae : Hahniana pp. 1-46. [Apr. 1843]
• Menke, C.T. 1843. Molluscorum Novae Hollandiae Specimen in Libraria Aulica Hahniana. Hannoverae : Hahniana pp. 1-46. [Apr. 1843]
• Menke, C.T. 1843. Molluscorum Novae Hollandiae Specimen in Libraria Aulica Hahniana. Hannover : Hahniana 46 pp.
• Menke, C.T. 1843. Molluscorum Novae Hollandiae specimen in Libraria Aulica Hahniana. Hannover : Hahniana pp. 46.
• Menke, K.T. 1843. Molluscorum Novae Hollandiae Specimen. Hannoverae : in Libraria Aulica Hahniana pp. 46. [Apr. 1843]
• Menke, K.T. 1844. Molluscorum Novae Hollandiae specimen. Malakozoologische Blätter 1: 52–64 [Mar. 1844]
• Meuschen, F.C. 1787. Museum Geversium, sive index rerum naturalium …comparavit A. Gevers publice distrahendum. Rotterdam.
• Meyer, W. Th. 1906. Die Anatomie von Opisthoteuthis depressa (Ijima and Ikeda). Forest Research 85: 183–269, 6 pls
• Meyer, W. Th. 1909. Cephalopoda. pp. 329–335 in Michaelsen, W. & Hartmeyer, R. (eds). Die Fauna Südwest-Australiens. Jena : G. Fischer Vol. 2.
• Middelfart, P. 1992. Early life stages of the muricid gastropods Chicoreus ramosus, C. torrefactus, and C. brunneus from Phuket Island, Thailand. Phuket Marine Biological Center Special Publication 10: 113–122
• Middelfart, P. 1992. Morphology and anatomy of Chicoreus brunneus (Link, 1807): description of shell and soft part. Phuket Marine Biological Center Special Publication 11: 54–60
• Middendorff, A.T. von 1847. Beitrgäge zu einer Malakozoologia Rossica. Mém. Sci. Nat. Acad. Imp. St Pétersb. 6: 1–151 pls 1–14
• Middendorff, A.T. von 1847. Beiträge zu einer Malacozoologia Rossica. Mém. Sci. Nat. Acad. Imp. St Pétersb. 6: 1–151 pls 1–14
• Miller, A.C., Ponder, W.F. & Clark, S.A. 1999. Freshwater snails of the genera Fluvidona and Austropyrgus (Gastropoda, Hydrobiidae) from northern New South Wales and southern Queensland, Australia. Invertebrate Taxonomy 13: 461-493
• Miller, J.S. 1822. A list of the freshwater and landshells occurring in the environs of Bristol, with observations. Annals of Philosophy ns 3: 376–381
• Millington, P.J. & Walker, K.F. 1983. The Australian freshwater mussel Velesunio ambiguus (Philippi) and its potential as a biomonitor for zinc. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 34: 873–892
• Milne, K.L. 1958. Descriptions of new species of chitons (Mollusca, Loricata). Proceedings of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 1958: 152–155 figs 1–8 [27 June 1958]
• Milne, K.L. 1963. A new deep-water chiton (Polyplacophora: Chitonidae) from eastern Australia. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 1: 25–27 [6 Dec. 1963]
• Misaki, H. & Okutani, T. 1976. Studies on early life history of decapodan mollusca — VI. An evidence of spawning of an oceanic squid, Thysanoteuthis rhombus Troschel, in the Japanese waters. Venus 35(4): 211–213
• Mitchell, T.L. 1838. Three Expeditions into the Interior of Eastern Australia; with descriptions of the recently explored region of Australia Felix, and of the present colony of New South Wales. London : T. & W. Boone Vol. 2 pp. 415.
• Moellendorff, O.F. von 1888. Von den Philippinen. Nachrichtsblett der Deutschen Malakozooligischen Gesellschaft 20: 65–90
• Moellendorff, O.F. von 1890. Die Landschnecken-Fauna der Insel Cebu. Bericht über die Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft 1890: 189-292
• Moellendorff, O.F. von 1893. Materialien zur Fauna der Philippinen. I. Die Insel Leyte. Bericht über die Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft 1893: 51–154
• Moellendorff, O.F. von 1894. in Quadras, J.F. & Moellendorff, O.F. von (1894). Diagnoses specierum novarum ex insulis Philippinis. Nachrichtsblett der Deutschen Malakozooligischen Gesellschaft 26(7–8): 113-130 [Aug. 1894]
• Moellendorff, O.F. von 1895. On a collection of land shells made by Mr I. Kubary in German New Guinea. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 1: 234–240 [Mar. 1895]
• Moellendorff, O.F. von 1897. Diagnosen neuer und kritischer Landdeckelschnecken. Nachrichtsblett der Deutschen Malakozooligischen Gesellschaft 29: 31–45 [7 May 1897]
• Moellendorff, O.F. von 1898. Verzeichniss der auf den Philippened letrenden Landmollusken. Abhandlungen und Berichte des Naturkundemuseums Görlitz 22: 26–208
• Molina, G.I. 1782. Saggio sulla storia naturale del Chile. Libro 4. Bologna : S. Tommaso d'Aquino pp. 367.
• Monterosato, T.A. 1884. Nomenclatura generica e specifica di alcune conchiglie Mediterranee. Palermo. 152 pp.
• Monterosato, T.A. di 1875. Poche note sulla Conchiologia mediterranea. Atti Accademia di Scienze, Lettere, e Arti di Palermo N.S. 5: 12
• Monterosato, T.A. di 1877. Notizie sulle conchiglie della radi di Civitavecchia. Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale Genova 9: 407-428
• Monterosato, T.A. di 1883. Conchiglie Littorali Mediterranee. Naturalista Sicil. Palermo 3: 103–111
• Monterosato, T.A. di 1884. Nomenclatura generica e specifica di alcune conchiglie Mediterranee. Palermo : Stabilamento tipigrafico Verzi pp. 1-152.
• Monterosato, T.A. di 1892. Molluschi terrestri delle isole adiacenti alla Sicilia. Atti Accademia di Scienze, Lettere, e Arti di Palermo 3 2(Parte Prima Scienze): 1–33
• Monterosato, T.M.A. 1872. Notizie intorno alle conchiglie fossili di Monte Pellegrino e Ficarazzi. Palermo pp. 1–44.
• Montfort, P.D. de 1810. Conchyliogie Systematique et Classification Methodique de Coquilles. Paris : F. Schoell Vol. 2 pp. 1-679.
• Montfort, P.D. de 1810. Conchyliogie Systematique et Classification Methodique de Coquilles. Paris : F. Schoell Vol. 2 pp. 1–679.
• Montrouzier, R.P. 1859. Description d'especes novelles (1). Journal de Conchyliologie 7: 286-289
• Moore, R.C. 1969. Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Part N. Mollusca 6. Bivalvia. Boulder, Colorado & Lawrence, Kansas : Geological Society of America & University of Kansas Press Vol. 1 & 2 xxxviii, 1–952 pp.
• Moquin-Tandon, A. 1855. Histoire Naturelle des Mollusques Terrestres et Fluviatiles de France contenant des études générales sur leur anatomie et leur physiologie et la description particulière des genres, des espèces et des varieties. Paris : Baillière Vol. 2 pp. 646.
• Morch, O.A.L. 1877. Observations sur l'Ancylus gussoni, Costa et le nouveau sous-genre Allerya. Journal de Conchyliologie 25: 209-211
• Mordan, P.B. 1984. Taxonomy and biogeography of southern Arabian Enidae (sensu lato) (Pulmonata : Pupillacea). pp. 124–133 in Solem, A. & Van Bruggen, A.C. (eds). World-Wide Snails; Biogeographical Studies on Non-Marine Mollusca. Leiden : Brill.
• More, A.G. 1875. Notice of a gigantic cephalopod (Dinoteuthis proboscideus) which was stranded at Dingle, in Kerry, two hundred years ago. Zoologist 1875: 4526–4532
• Morejohn, G.V., Harvey, J.T. & Krasnow, L.T. 1978. The importance of Loligo opalescens in the food web of marine vertebrates in Monterey Bay, California. Fisheries Bulletin, California Department of Fish and Game 169: 67–98
• Morelet, A. 1853. Description de coquilles nouvelles de l'Australie. Journal de Conchyliologie 4: 369–374 [1 Nov. 1853]
• Morelet, A. 1864. Description de coquilles inédites. Journal de Conchyliologie 12: 286–290 [1 July 1864]
• Morelet, A. 1866. Diagnoses de coquilles nouvelles de l'Indo-Chine. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie Pure et Appliquée. Paris 1866: 165–168 [May 1866]
• Morrison, J.P.E. 1954. The Relationship of Old and New World Melanians. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 103: 357–394
• Morton, B. 1981. The mode of life and function of the shell buttress in Cucullaea concamerata (Martini) (Bivalvia: Arcacea). Journal of Conchology 30: 295–301
• Morton, B. 1984. A review of Polymesoda (Geloina) Gray 1842 (Bivalvia: Corbiculacea) from Indo-Pacific mangroves. Asian Marine Biology 1: 77–86
• Morton, B. 1989. The functional morphology of the organs of the mantle cavity of Batissa violacea (Lamarck, 1797) (Bivalvia: Corbiculacea). American Malacological Bulletin 7(1): 73–79
• Morton, J.E. 1955. The evolution of the Ellobiidae with a discussion on the origin of Pulmonata. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 125: 127–168
• Morton, J.E. 1959. The habits and feeding organs of Dentalium entalis. Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 38: 225–238
• Mousson, A. 1849. Land und Süsswasser Mollusken von Java. Zürich : Druck & Verl. von Friedrich Schulthes pp. 126.
• Mousson, A. 1865. Coquilles terrestres et fluviatiles de quelques Çles de l'Ocean Pacifique, recueillies par M. le Dr E. Graeffe. Journal de Conchyliologie 13: 164–209
• Mousson, A. 1869. Description de quelques nouvelles espèces terrestres de divers points de l'Océan Pacifique et de l'Australie. Journal de Conchyliologie 17: 55–68
• Mousson, A. 1873. Faune malacologique de quelques îles de l'océan Pacifique occidental. II. îles de Norfolk et de Kermadec. Journal de Conchyliologie 21: 109–116 [Apr. 1873]
• Murata, M. 1982. Some information on copulation of the oceanic squid Onychoteuthis borealijaponica Okada. Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Scientific Fisheries 48(3): 351–354
• Murray, F. V. & Goldsmith, M. V. 1963. Some observations on the egg capsules and embryos of Torvamurex territus (Reeve, 1845). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 7: 21–25
• Musson, C.T. 1891. On the naturalised forms of land and freshwater Mollusca in Australia. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 2 5: 883–896
• Möbius, K. 1874. Die Expedition zur physikalisch-chemischen und biologischen Untersuchung der Nordsee im Sommer 1872. Zoologische Ergebnisse der Nordseefahrt vom 21 Juli bis 9 September 1872. V. Vermes. Jahresbericht der Commission zur Wissenchaftlichen Untersuchung der Deutschen Meere in Kiel 2 3: 157–158
• Möller, H.P.C. 1842. Index Molluscorum Groenlandiae. Hafniaepp. 1–24.
• Mörch, O.A.L. 1850. Catalogue Conchyliorum quae Reliquit C.P. Kierulf. Copenhagen : Hafinae pp. 1–34.
• Mörch, O.A.L. 1852. Catalogus Conchyliorum quae reliquit d. Alphonso d'Aguirra & Gadea Comes de Yoldi, regis daniae cubiculariorum princeps, ordinis dannebrogici in prima classe & ordinis caroli Tertii eques. Part 1. Cephalophora. Copenhagen : Hafinae Vol. 1 pp. 1–170.
• Mörch, O.A.L. 1853. Catalogus conchyliorum quae reliquit D. Alphonso d'Aguirra et Gadea, Comes de Yoldi, regis Daniae cubiculariorum princeps, ordinis Danebrogici in prima classe et ordinis tertii eques. Acephala. Hafniae : Ludovici Kleini Vol. 2 pp. 74.
• Mörch, O.A.L. 1860. Beiträge zur Molluskenfauna Central-Amerika's. Malakozoologische Blätter 7: 170–213
• Mörch, O.A.L. 1865. Quelques mots sur un arrangement des mollusques pulmonés terrestres (Géophiles, Fér.) basé sur le système naturelle. Journal de Conchyliologie 13: 376–396
• Mörch, O.A.L. 1867. Abrégé de l'histoire de la classification moderne des mollusques basée principalement sur l'armature linguale. Journal de Conchyliologie 15: 232–258 [1 July 1867]
• Mörch, O.A.L. 1872. Descriptions d'espèces nouvelles. Journal de Conchyliologie 20: 129–133
• Mühlfeld, J.C.M. von 1818. Beschreibung einiger neuen Conchylien. Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin 7: 3–11
• Mühlfeld, J.K.M. von 1811. Entwurf eines neuen system's der schaltiergehäse. Magazin. Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin 5: 38–72
• Müller, O.F. 1774. Vermium Terrestrium et Fluviatilium, seu Animalium Infusorium, Helminthicorum, et Testaceorum, non marinorum, Succincta Historia. Havniae & Lipsiae : Heineck & Faber Vol. 2 xxvi 214 pp.
• Naef, A. 1912. Teuthologische Notizen: (1) Die familien der Myopsiden. (2) Die Gattungen der Sepioliden. Zoologischer Anzeiger 39: 241–248
• Naef, A. 1921. Die Cephalopoden. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel 35(1): 1–148
• Naef, A. 1922. Die Fossilen Tintenfische. Jena : Verlag von Gustav Fischer pp. 322.
• Naef, A. 1923. Die Cephalopoden, Systematik. Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel 35 1: 1–863
• Naggs, F. 1989. Gulella bicolor (Hutton) and its implications for the taxonomy of streptaxids. Journal of Conchology 33(3): 165–168
• Natsukari, Y. 1970. Egg-laying behaviour, embryonic development and hatched larva of the pygmy cuttlefish, Idiosepius pygmaeus paradoxus Ortmann. Bulletin of the Faculty of Fisheries, Nagasaki University 30: 15–29
• Natsukuri, Y. & Okutani, T. 1975. Taxonomic and morphological studies on the loliginid squids. 1. Identity of Loligo chinensis Gray, 1849. Redescription of the type specimen and taxonomic review. Venus 34: 83–91
• Nelson, W.M. & Taylor, J.W. 1879. Contributions to a better knowledge of the freshwater shells of Queensland. No. 1. Descriptions of three new Physa. Journal of Conchology 2: 288–289 [Oct. 1879]
• Nesis, K.N. 1965. The distribution and nutrition of the young of the squid Gonatus fabricii (Licht.) in the N.W. Atlantic and the Norwegian Sea. Okeanologiya 5: 134–141
• Nesis, K.N. 1974. A revision of the squid genera Corynoma, Megalocranchia, Sandalvps and Liyuriella (Oegopsida, Cranchiidae). Trudy Instituta Okeanologii. Akademiya Nauk SSSR. Moskva 96: 5–22
• Nesis, K.N. 1977. Mastigoteuthis psychrophila n. sp. from the Southern Ocean. Zoologicheskii Zhurnal 56(6): 835–841
• Nesis, K.N. 1977. The biology of paper nautiluses, Argonauta boettgeri and A. hians (Cephalopoda, Octopoda), in the western Pacific and the seas of the East Indian Archipelago. Zoologicheskii Zhurnal 56: 1004–1014 [in Russian, translated by M.J. Grygier]
• Nesis, K.N. 1979. A brief zoogeographic survey of the pelagic zone around Australia and New Zealand (Cephalopods). Trudy Instituta Okeanologii. Akademiya Nauk SSSR. Moskva 106: 125–139 [in Russian]
• Nesis, K.N. 1979. Squids of the family Ommastrephidae in the Australian-New Zealand region. Trudy Instituta Okeanologii. Akademiya Nauk SSSR. Moskva 106: 140–146
• Nesis, K.N. 1979. Squids of the family Ommastrephidae in the Australian-New Zealand region. pp. 140–146 in, Nekton and Ichthyoplankton of the Australian-New Zealand Region. Moscow : Nauka.
• Nesis, K.N. 1982. Cephalopods of the World. English Translation from Russian. Levitov, B.S. (Transl.), Burgess, L.A. (ed.) (1987) Neptune City : T.F.H. Publications, Inc. 351 pp. [English Translation from Russian]
• Nesis, K.N. 1987. Cephalopods of the World. Neptune City, N.J. : T.F.H. Publications, Inc., Ltd pp. 351.
• Nesis, K.N. & Nikitina, I.V. 1989. Revision of the squid family Lepidoteuthidae. Zoologicheskii Zhurnal 69: 39–49
• Nicol, D. 1950. Recent species of the lucinoid pelecypod Fimbria. Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences 40: 82–87
• Nicol, D. 1950. Recent species of the prionodont pelecypod Cucullaea. Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences 40(10): 338–343
• Nicol, D. 1954. Nomenclatural Review of Genera and Subgenera of Cucullaeidae. Journal of Paleontology 28: 96–101
• Nicolay, K. 1976. Family Muricidae. La Conchiglia 8(93-94): 16–18
• Nierstrasz, H. 1905. Bemerkungen ueber di Chitonen-Sammlung im Zoologischen Museum zu Leiden. Notes from the Leyden Museum 25: 141–159 pls 9–10
• Nierstrasz, H.F. 1902. The Solenogastres of the Siboga-Expedition. Siboga-Exped. 47. Leyden : E.J. Brill pp. 46.
• Nierstrasz, H.F. 1905. Die Chitonen der Siboga-Expedition. Siboga-Expéditie 48: 1–112 pls 1–8 [Jan. 1905]
• Nierstrasz, H.F. 1908. Mollusca. VII. Solenogastres. Natl Antarctic Exped. 1901–1904 4(7): 1–13
• Nierstrasz, H.F. 1909. Die Amphineuren. I. Die Solenogastren. Ergebnisse des Forschungsunternehmens Nepal Himalaya. Khumbu Himal 1: 239–306 [?1908]
• Nishimura, S. 1966. Notes on the occurrence and biology of the oceanic squid, Thysanoteuthis rhombus Troschel, in Japan. Publications of the Seto Marine Biological Laboratory 14(4): 327–349
• Nixon, M. 1980. The salivary papilla of Octopus as an accessory radula for drilling shells. Journal of Zoology, London 190: 53–57
• Nixon, M. 1983. Teuthowenia megalops. pp. 233–247 in Boyle, P.R. (ed.). Cephalopod Life Cycles. Vol. 1. Species accounts. London : Academic Press.
• Nixon, M. 1987. Cephalopod diets. pp. 201–219 in Boyle, P.R. (ed.). Cephalopod Life Cycles. Vol. 2. Comparative reviews. London : Academic Press.
• Nobre, A. 1886. Faune malacologique des bassins du Tage et du Sade (Portugal). Journal de Conchyliologie 34: 5-78
• Noetling, F. 1901. Fauna of the Miocene Beds of Burma. Memoirs. Geological Survey India, Palaeontologia Indica 1(3): 1–378, pls 1–25
• Nomura, S. & Jinbo, N. 1934. Marine shells from the "Ryukyu limestome" of Kikai-zima, Ryukyu Group. Science Reports of the Tôhoku University 2 (Geology) Special Vol. 16: 109–164
• Nordsieck, H. 1986. Das system der tertiären Helicoidea (Gastropoda: Stylommatophora). Heldia 4: 109-120, 3 pls
• Nordsieck, H. 1987. Revision des Systems der Helicoidea (Gastropoda: Stylommatophora). Archiv fuer Molluskenkunde 118: 9-50
• Nordsieck, H. 1993. Das System der paläarktischen Hygromiidae (Gastropoda: Stylommatophora: Helicoidea). Archiv fuer Molluskenkunde 122: 1-23
• Norman, M.D. 1991. Octopus cyanea Gray, 1849 (Mollusca: Cephalopoda) in Australian waters: description, distribution and taxonomy. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 49(1–2): 20–38
• Norman, M.D. 1992. Ameloctopus litoralis, gen. et sp. nov. (Cephalopoda: Octopodidae), a new shallow-water octopus from tropical Australian waters. Invertebrate Taxonomy 6: 567–582
• Norman, M.D. 1992. Octoopus cyanea Gray, 1849 (Mollusca: Cephalopoda) in Australian waters: description, distribution and taxonomy. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 49(1–2): 20–38
• Norman, M.D. 1992. Systematics and biogeography of the shallow-water octopuses (Cephalopoda: Octopodidae) of the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Unpublished PhD Thesis, University of Melbourne, Melbourne 281 pp. pls & figs.
• Norman, M.D. 1993. Octopus ornatus Gould, 1852 (Cephalopoda: Octopodidae) in Australian waters: morphology, distribution, and life history. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 106(4): 645–660
• Norman, M.D. 1993. Four new octopus species of the Octopus macropus group (Cephalopoda: Octopodidae) from the Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 53(2): 267–308
• Norman, M.D. 1993. Ocellate octopuses (Cephalopoda: Octopodidae) of the Great Barrier Reef, Australia: description of two new species and redescription of Octopus polyzenia Gray, 1849. Memoirs of the Museum of Victoria 53(2): 309–344
• Norman, M.D. & Lu, C.C. 1997. Redescription of the southern dumpling squid Euprymna tasmanica and a revision of the genus Euprymna (Cephalopoda: Sepiolidae). Journal of the Marine Biological Association, United Kingdom 77: 1109–1137
• Norman, M.D. & Lu, C.C. 1997. Sex in giant squid. Nature (London) 389: 683–684
• Norman, M.D. & Reid, A.L. 2000. A Guide to Squid, Cuttlefish and Octopus of Australasia. Collingwood : CSIRO Publishing pp. 96.
• Normand, N.A.J. 1852. Description de six Limaces Nouvelles observées aux environs de Valenciennes. Valenciennes : E. Prignet pp. 8.
• Nyst, P.H. 1848. Tableau synoptique et synonymique des espèces vivantes et fossiles de la famille des Arcacées. pt. 1, Genre Arca. Mémoires de l'Académie Royal de Belgique, Classe des Sciences 22: 1–79
• O'Sullivan, D. & Cullen, J.M. 1983. Food of the squid Nototodarus gouldi in Bass Strait. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 34: 261–285
• O'Sullivan, D. & Cullen, J.M. 1983. Food of the squid Nototodarus gouldi in the Bass Strait. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 34: 261–285
• O'Sullivan, D.B., Johnstone, G.W., Kerry, K.W. & Imber, M.J. 1983. A mass stranding of squid Martialia hyadesi Rochebrune and Mabille (Teuthoidea: Ommastrephidae) at Macquarie Island. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 117: 161–163
• Ockelmann, K. & Warén, A. 1998. Taxonomy of and biological notes on the bivalve genus Microgloma, with comments on protobranch nomenclature. Ophelia 48(1): 1–24
• Odhner 1923. Die Cephalopoden. Swedish Antarctic Expedition 1: 1–7
• Odhner, N. 1917. Results of Dr E Mjöberg's Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia 1910–1913. XVII. Mollusca. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm 52: 1–115
• Odhner, N.H. 1917. Results of Dr E. Mjöbergs Swedish scientific expeditions to Australia. 1910–1913. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm 52(16): 1–115 pls 1–3 [19 Sept. 1917]
• Odhner, N.H. 1919. Contribution à la faune malacologique de Madagascar. Arkiv för Zoologi 12(6): 1–52
• Odhner, N.H.J. 1917. Results of Dr. E. Mjöbergs Swedish scientific Expeditions to Australia, 1910–1913. Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Nya Handlingar, Stockholm 52: 1–115
• Okada, Y.K. 1927. IV. Ommastrephes volatilis Sasaki est une forme lumineuse; establissiment d'un nouveau genre: Ornithoteuthis. Bulletin de l'Institut Océanographique de Monaco 494: 13–16
• Oken, L. 1815. Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte. Place unknown : Publisher unknown Vol. III, (i) pp. pages unknown.
• Okutani, T. 1960. Argonauta boettgeri preys on Cavolinia tridentata. Venus 21(1): 39–41
• Okutani, T. 1980. Useful and Latent Cuttlefish and Squids of the World. Tokyo : National Cooperative Association of Squid Processors pp. 66.
• Okutani, T. 1982. A remarkable tusk shell, Fissidentalium horikoshii n. sp. trawled from the deepsea shelf off Sanriku, Pacific coast of northeast Honshu, Japan. Venus 41(1): 1–4
• Okutani, T. & Clarke, M.R. 1992. Gonatidae. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology No. 513: 139–156
• Okutani, T. & Kubota, T. 1972. Rare and interesting squid from Japan. 1. Joubiniteuthis portieri (Joubin, 1912), the first occurrence from the Pacific (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida). Venus 31: 35–40
• Okutani, T. & Murata, M. 1983. A review of the biology of the oceanic squid Onychoteuthis borealijaponica. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 44: 189–195
• Okutani, T. & Suzuki, K. 1975. Concurrence of bathypelagic Spirula spirula and epipelagic Argonauta boettgeri in stomach contents of a yellowfin tuna from the Indian Ocean. Venus 34(1): 49–51
• Okutani, T. & Tung, I.-H. 1978. Reviews of 'Cephalopoda: biology of commercially important squids in Japanese and adjacent waters'. Veliger 21: 87–94
• Oliver, P.G. & von Cosel, R. 1992. Taxonomy of Tropical West African Bivalves IV. Arcidae. Bulletin du Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris 4 14(section A, 2): 293–381
• Oliver, W. R. B. 1915. The Mollusca of the Kermadec Islands. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 47: 509–568
• Oliver, W. R. B. 1926. Australasian Patelloididae. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 56: 547–582
• Oliver, W.R.B. 1924. The Australian Eight-rayed Limpet (Scutellastra chapmani Tenison-Woods). New Zealand Journal of Science and Technology 7(4): 244
• Oliver, W.R.B. 1926. Australasian Patelloididae. Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute 56: 547–582
• Olivier, G.A. 1804. Voyage dans l'Empire Othoman, l'Égypte et la Perse, fait par ordre du gouvernement pendant les six premières années de la République. Paris : Henri Agasse Tom 2 (avec Atlas) pp. 462.
• Olsson, A.A. 1961. Mollusks of the tropical eastern Pacific. Panamic - Pacific Pelecypoda: Paleont. Res. Inst. New York : Ithaca pp. 1–574, 86 pls.
• Oostingh, C.H. 1925. Report on a collection of recent shells from Obi and Halmahera, Molluccas. Mededeelingen van de Landbouwhoogeschool te Wageningen 29(1): 1–362
• Oostingh, C.H. 1935. Die mollusken des Pliozäns von Boeniajoe (Java). Wettenschappelijke Mededeling 26: 1–247
• Ortiz de Zarate, A. 1950. Observaciones anatomicas y posicion sistematica de varios helicidos espanoles. III. Boletín de la Real Sociedad Española de Historia Natural 48: 21–85
• Ortmann, A. 1888. Japanische Cephalopoden. Zoologische Jahrbucher. Abteilung für Systematik 3: 639–670
• Ortmann, A. 1891. Cephalopoden von Ceylon. Zoologische Jahrbucher. Abteilung für Systematik 5: 669–679
• Otter, G.W. 1937. Rock destroying organisms in relation to coral reefs. Science Reports of the Great Barrier Reef Expedition 1928–29 1: 323–352
• Outeiro, A., Mato, S., Riballo, I. & Rodriguez, T. 1990. On Cochlicopa lubrica (Muller, 1774) and Cochlicopa lubricella (Porro, 1837) (Gastropoda: Pulmonata: Cochlicopidae) in the Sierra de O Courel (Lugo, NW Spain). Veliger 33(4): 408–415
• Overath, H. & Boletzky, S. von 1974. Laboratory observations on spawning and embryonic development of a blue-ringed octopus. Marine Biology, Berlin 27: 333–377
• Owen, R. 1836. Descriptions of some new or rare Cephalopoda, collected by Mr George Bennett, Corr. Memb. Z.S. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1835: 19–23
• Owen, R. 1880. On the external and structural characters of the male Spirula australis, Lam. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1880: 352–354
• Owen, R. 1881. Descriptions of some new and rare Cephalopoda. Pt 2. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London 11: 131–170 pls 23–35
• Owen, R. 1935. J. Ross Appendix to the narrative of a second voyage in search of a North-West Passage, and of a residence in the Arctic regions during the years 1829–1833. London : Webster.
• Oyama, K. 1950. Studies of fossil molluscan biocoenosis, no. 1. Descriptions of new species from the Yatuo Group. Reports of the Geological Survey, Japan 132: 1–14
• Pace, G.L. 1973. Freshwater snails of Taiwan (Formosa). Malacological Review Supplement 1: 1-117
• Pallary, P. 1912. Catalogue des Mollusques du littoral méditerranè de l'Egypte. Mémoires de l'Institut d'Egypte 7(3): 1-138, 4 pls
• Pallary, P. 1920. Récoltes Malacologiques du cap. Paul Martel dans la partie septent. de Maroc. Arch. Sci. Prot. Franc. Expl. Sci. Maroc. 2: 1–389, pls 1–5
• Palmer, C.P. 1974. A supraspecific classification of the scaphopod Mollusca. The Veliger 17: 115–123
• Palmer, C.P. 1974. Rectification of nomenclature in the molluscan class Scaphopoda. The Veliger 17(2): 124–125
• Parodiz, J.J. & Bonetto, A.A. 1963. Taxonomy and zoogeographic relationships of the South American naiades (Pelecypoda : Unionacea and Mutelacea). Malacologia 1: 179–214
• Parr, W.J. 1945. Recent Foraminifera from Barwon Heads, Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria ns 56: 189–218
• Pascual, E. 1978. Crecimiento y alimentacion de tres generaciones de Sepia officinalis en cultivo. Investigacion Pesquera 42: 421–442
• Patterson, C.M. 1971. Taxonomic studies of the land snail family Succineidae. Malacological Review 4: 131–202
• Pawson, P.A. & Chase, R. 1984. The life-cycle and reproductive activity of Achatina fulica (Bowdich) in laboratory culture. Journal of Molluscan Studies 50: 85–91
• Pease, W.H. 1861. Descriptions of new species of Mollusca from the Pacific Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1861: 242-247
• Pease, W.H. 1863. Description of new species of marine shells from the Pacific Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1862: 240–243
• Peile, A.J. 1929. Notes on some snails from Lord Howe Island with description of a new species. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 18: 265–267 [15 Nov. 1929]
• Peile, A.J. 1936. Helix minuscula Binney. Journal of Conchology 20(9): 281–282
• Pereyra, W.T. 1965. New records and observations on the flapjack devilfish, Opisthoteuthis californiana Berry. Pacific Science 19(4): 427–441
• Peron, F. 1804. Voyage de decouvertes sux Terres Australes ... sur les corvettes le G30ographe, le Naturaliste et la goelette le Casuarina. Pendant les an30es 1800, 1801, 1802, 1803, et 1804…. Paris : l'Imprimeri Imperiale pp. Atlas pl. 30, fig. 4.
• Perry, G. 1810. Arcana, or the Museum of Natural History; containing the most recent discovered objects. London : George Smeeton pp. 84 pls, 251 (unnumbered).
• Perry, G. 1811. Conchology, or the natural history of shells: containing a new arrangement of the genera and species, illustrated by coloured engravings executed from natural specimens and including the latest discoveries. London : Blumer & Co. pp. 1–4, 61 pls.
• Petit, de la S.M. 1841. Description de quelques Helices nouvelles (Helix reclusiana, H. souleyetiana, H. peroteti, et H. aberrata). Revue de Zoologie, Paris 4: 98–101
• Petit, de la S.M. 1843. Descriptions of a new species of shells belonging to the genus Auricula, collected by H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1842: 201–202 [Feb. 1843]
• Petterd, W.F. 1879. A Monograph of the Land Shells of Tasmania. Launceston : privately published vi 55 pp. [Apr. 1879]
• Petterd, W.F. 1879. Colonising land shells. Journal of Conchology 2: 96–98
• Petterd, W.F. 1879. Descriptions of some new Tasmanian Helices. Journal of Conchology 2: 210–217 [Apr. 1879]
• Petterd, W.F. 1879. Descriptions of three new Helices from Australia. Journal of Conchology 2: 355–356 [Dec. 1879]
• Petterd, W.F. 1879. List of the freshwater shells of Tasmania. Journal of Conchology 2: 81-88
• Petterd, W.F. 1884. New species of fresh-water shells from Australia. Journal of Conchology 4: 159–160 [Jan. 1884]
• Petterd, W.F. 1888. Descriptions of two new species of Tasmanian fresh-water shells. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1887: 40–41 [1888]
• Petterd, W.F. 1889. Contributions for a systematic catalogue of the aquatic shells of Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1888: 60–82 pls 1–4 [1889]
• Petterd, W.F. 1902. On some land and aquatic shells from Maria Island. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 1900–1901: 1–2 [June 1902]
• Petterd, W.F. & Hedley, C. 1909. A revised census of the terrestrial Mollusca of Tasmania. Records of the Australian Museum 7: 283–304
• Pfeffer, G. 1884. Die Cephalopoden des Hamburger Naturhistorischen Museums. Abhandlungen Herausgegeben vom Naturwissenschaftlichen Verein zu Bremen 8: 63–90 3 pls
• Pfeffer, G. 1886. Polyplacophora. In von Martens, E. & Pfeffer, G. Die Mullusken von Süd-Georgien. Jahrbuch der Hamburgischen Wissenschaftlichen Anstalten 3: 103–109 pl. 3
• Pfeffer, G. 1900. Synopsis der Oegopsiden Cephalopoden. Jahrbuch der Hamburgischen Wissenschaftlichen Anstalten 17: 145–198
• Pfeffer, G. 1908. Die Gattungen Abralia, Abraliopsis und Asteroteuthis. Teuthologische Bemerkungen. Mitteilungen aus dem Naturhistorischen Museum Hamburg 25: 287–295
• Pfeffer, G. 1912. Die Cephalopoden der Plankton-Expedition. Zugleich eine monographische Ubersicht der Oegopsiden Cephalopoden. Ergebnisse der Plankton-Expedition der Humbolt Stiftung 2: 1–815 pls 1–48
• Pfeiffer, L. 1840. Kritches Register Martini Chemnitz Konch.-Kab. Kassel.
• Pfeiffer, L. 1842. Symbolae ad Historiam Heliceorum. Cassellis : Th. Fishcheri Vol. 2.
• Pfeiffer, L. 1845. Descriptions of twenty-two new species of Helix, from the collections of Miss Saul, Mr. Walton Esq., and H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1845: 71–75 [Oct. 1845]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1846. Descriptions of nine new species of Helicea, collected by H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 14: 41–43
• Pfeiffer, L. 1846. Descriptions of thirty new species of Helicea, belonging to the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1846: 28–34 [May 1846]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1846. Descriptions of thirty-six new species of Helix, belonging to the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1845: 126–133 [Feb. 1846]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1846. Diagnosen einiger neuer Heliceen. Malakozoologische Blätter 2: 152–158 [Nov. 1846]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1846. Symbolae ad Historiam Heliceorum. Cassellis : Fischer Vol. 3 pp. 100.
• Pfeiffer, L. 1847. Descriptions of thirty eight new species of land-shells, in the collection of Hugh Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1846: 109–116 [26 Jan. 1847]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1847. Diagnosen neuer Landschnecken. Malakozoologische Blätter 4: 145–151 [Oct. 1847]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1847. Monographia Heliceorum Viventirum. Lipsae : F.A. Brockhaus pp. 484.
• Pfeiffer, L. 1847. Ueber die entheilung der Cyclostomaceen. Malakozoologische Blätter 4: 45–48 [Mar. 1847]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1849. Description of a new Helix and Streptaxis, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1848: 108–109 [25 Apr. 1849]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1849. Descriptions of twenty-four new species of Helicea, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1848: 126–131 [25 Apr. 1849]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1849. Nachträge zu L. Pfeiffer Monograph Heliceorum Viventium. Malakozoologische Blätter 5: 89–94 [Jan. 1849]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1849. Nachträge zu L. Pfeiffer Monograph Heliceorum. Malakozoologische Blätter 6: 66–79 [Nov. 1849]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1850. Descriptions of twelve new species of Vitrina and Succinea from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1849: 132–134 [June 1850]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1850. Nachträge zu L. Pfeiffer Monographiae Heliceorum. Malakozoologische Blätter 1849: 106–112 [Apr. 1850]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1851. Beschreibung neuer landschnecken. Malakozoologische Blätter 8: 25–29 [June 1851]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1851. Description of a new Pupina and two new Helicinas, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1850: 97–98 [24 Feb. 1851]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1851. Die schnirkel-schnecken (Gattung Helix). pp. 33–56 in Küster, H.C., Martini, F.W. & Chemnitz, J.H. (eds). Systematische Conchylien-Cabinet. Nürnberg : Bauer & Raspe Bd 1 Abt. 12.
• Pfeiffer, L. 1851. Neue Heliceen. Malakozoologische Blätter 8: 127–182
• Pfeiffer, L. 1852. Bemerkungen über Deshayes's bearbeitung des Ferussacschen werkes. Malakozoologische Blätter 12: 97–112 [July 1852]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1853. Descriptions Systematicas et Criticas Omnium huius Familae Generum et Specierum Hodie Cognitarum. Monographie Heliceorum Viventium. Lipsiae : F.A. Brockhaus Vol. 3 pp. 711. [May 1853]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1853. Descriptions of fifty-four new species of Helicea, from the collection of Hugh Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1851: 252–263 [pp. 252–256: 26 July 1853; pp. 257–263: 7 Dec. 1853]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1853. Diagnosen neuer Heliceen. Malakozoologische Blätter 10: 51–58 [Mar. 1853]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1854. Descriptions of eighteen new species of land-shells, from the collection of Hugh Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1852: 156–160 [27 June 1854]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1854. Descriptions of sixty-six new land shells, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1852: 56–70 [pp. 56–64: 22 Mar. 1854; pp. 65–70: 23 May 1854]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1854. Nachträge zur Monographie Pneumonopomorum. Malakozoologische Blätter 1: 80–111 [Apr. 1854]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1854. Zur Gattung Amphipeplea Nilss. Malakozoologische Blätter 1: 63–64 [Apr. 1854]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1854. Zur Molluskenfauna der Insel Cuba. Malakozoologische Blätter 1: 170–213
• Pfeiffer, L. 1855. A monograph of the genera Realia and Hydrocena. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1854: 304–309 [8 May 1855]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1855. Descriptions of eighteen new species of Cyclostomacea, from Mr Cuming's collections. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1854: 299–303 [8 May 1855]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1855. Descriptions of fifty-seven new species of Helicea, from Mr Cuming's collection. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1854: 286–298 [8 May 1855]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1855. Descriptions of six new species of Auriculacea, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1854: 121–122 [7 Apr. 1855]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1855. Descriptions of sixteen new species of Helicea from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1854: 122–126 [7 Apr. 1855]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1855. Descriptions of thirty-eight new species of land shells from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1855: 111–119 [13 Aug. 1855]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1855. Versuch einer Anordnung der Helicean mach naturlichen Gruppen. Malakozoologische Blätter 2: 112–144
• Pfeiffer, L. 1856. Monographia Auriculaceorum Viventium. Sistens descriptiones systematicas et criticas omnium huius familiae generum et specierum hodie cognitarum, nec non fossilium enumeratione. Accedente Proserpinaceorum nec non generis truncatellae historia. Cassellis : Theodori Fischer xiii 209 pp.
• Pfeiffer, L. 1856. Novitates Conchologicae. Series prima, Mollusca Extramarina. Beschreibung und Abbildung Neuer oder Kritischer land- und Süsswasser Mollusken. (Mit. Eischluss der Auriculaceen). Cassel : Verl. Theordor Fischer Abt. Vol. 1 98 pp. (1854–1860). [pp. 49–56: Mar. 1856; pp. 57–68: May 1856; pp. 69–78: Aug. 1856; pp. 79–90: Dec. 1856]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1856. Versuch einer Anordnung der Heliceen nach natürlichen Gruppen. Malakozoologische Blätter 2: 145–185
• Pfeiffer, L. 1857. Descriptions of fifty-seven new species of Helicea from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1856: 324–336 [10 Mar. 1857]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1857. Descriptions of sixteen new species of Pneumonopoma, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1856: 336–339 [p. 336: 10 Mar. 1857; pp. 337–339: 8 May 1857]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1857. Descriptions of thirty-one new species of land-shells, from Mr Cuming's collection. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1857: 107–113 [pp. 107–112: 15 Aug. 1857; p. 113: 28 Sept. 1857]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1857. Descriptions of thirty-three new species of land-shells, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1856: 385–392 [8 May 1857]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1857. Descriptions of two new species of Melampus, from Mr Cuming's collection. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1856: 393 [8 May 1857]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1859. Descriptions of twenty-seven new species of land-shells from the collection of H. Cuming. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1859: 23–29 [Feb.- June 1859]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1859. Monographia Heliceorum Viventum. Sistens descriptiones systematicas et criticas omnium huius familiae generum et specierum hodie cognitarum. Lipsiae : F.A. Brockhaus Vol. 4 920 pp.
• Pfeiffer, L. 1860. Descriptions of thirty-six new species of land-shells from Mr H. Cuming's collection. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1860: 133–141 [Feb.—May 1860]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1861. Descriptions of forty-seven new species of land shells, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1861: 20–29 [1 May 1861]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1862. Diagnoses de quatre espèces nouvelles de mollusques terrestres. Journal de Conchyliologie 10: 227–231 [1 July 1862]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1863. Descriptions of thirty-six new land-shells, from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1862: 268–278 [Apr. 1863]
• Pfeiffer, L. 1864. Descriptions of ten new species of land-shells from the collection of George French Angas, Esq. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1863: 526–529 [20 Apr. 1864]
• Pfeiffer, L.G.C. 1853. Neue Auriculaceen. Malakozoologische Blätter 10: 124–127
• Pfeiffer, L.G.C. 1853. Neue Pythia - Arten. Malakozoologische Blätter 10: 189–192
• Pfeiffer, W. 1900. Die Gattung Triboniophorus. Zoologische Jahrbücher (Abt. f. Anat.) 13: 293–358
• Pfenninger, M., Reinhardt, F. & Streit, B. 2002. Evidence for cryptic hybridization between different evolutionary lineages of the invasive clam genus Corbicula (Veneroida, Bivalvia). Journal of Evolutionary Biology 15(5): 818-829
• Philippi, A. 1842. Abbildungen und Beschriebungen neuer oder wenig gekannter Conchylien. Cassel : Theodor Fischer Vol. 1(1).
• Philippi, A. 1846. Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig gekannter Conchylien, unter Mithulfe mehrer deutscher Conchyliologen, herausgegeben von. R.A. Philippi mit beitragen der Herren Anton ... Dr vondem Busch, Dr Dunker, Dr Jones, Bergrath Koch, Dr Pfeiffer, Dr Troschell. 2. Cassell : Theodor Fischer 232 pp. [Feb. 1846]
• Philippi, A. 1846. Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig gekannter Conchylien, unter Mithulfe mehrer deutscher Conchyliologen, herausgegeben von. R.A. Philippi mit beitragen der Herren Anton … Dr vondem Busch, Dr Dunker, Dr Jones, Bergrath Koch, Dr Pfeiffer, Dr Troschell. 2. Cassell : Theodor Fischer 232 pp. [Feb. 1846]
• Philippi, A. 1846. Diagnoses testaceorum quorundam novarum. Malakozoologische Blätter 1846: 97–106
• Philippi, R.A. 1844. Enumeratio Molluscorum Siciliae. Fauna Molluscorum viventium et in tellure tertiaria fossilium regni utriusque. Cont. addenda et emendenda, nec non compar. faunae recenti Siciliae cum faunis aliarum terrarum et cum fauna periodi tertiaiae. Vol. 2. Halle pp. 207–233.
• Philippi, R.A. 1847. Abbildungen und Beschriebungen neuer oder wenig gekannter Conchylien. Cassel : Theodor Fischer Vol. 3 pp. 1–50.
• Philippi, R.A. 1848. Centuria tertia testaceorum novorum. Zeitschrift für Malakozoologie 5(II): 161-176
• Philippi, R.A. 1849. Arca Tab. V. pp. 85–88 in Philippi, R.A. (ed.). Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig gekannter conchylien. Cassel : Theodor Fischer.
• Philippi, R.A. 1887. Los fosiles Terciarios y Curartarios de Chile. Santiagopp. 1–258, 58 pls.
• Phillips, D.A.B., Handreck, C.P., Bock, P.E., Burn, R., Smith, B.J., & Staples, D.A. 1984. Coastal Invertebrates of Victoria. An Atlas of Selected Species. Melbourne, Victoria : Marine Research Group of Victoria in association with the Museum of Victoria pp. 169.
• Piatokowski, U., While, M. & Dimmler, W. 1990. Micronekton of the Weddell Sea: distribution and abundance. 73–81 in Arntz, W., Ernst, W. & Hempel, I. The expedition ANTARKTIS VII/4 (Epos leg 3) and VII/5 of RV "Polarstern" in 1989. Berichte zur Polarforschung 68
• Pickford, G.E. 1939. On "Melanoteuthis beebei" Robson and the Vampyromorph of the M.Y. Rosaura Collections. Annals and Magazine of Natural History II 4: 338–348
• Pickford, G.E. 1939. The Vampyromorpha. A new order of dibranchiate Cephalopoda. Vestník Ceskoslovenské Zoologické Spolecnosti 6–7: 346–358
• Pickford, G.E. 1940. The Vampyromorpha, living-fossil Cephalopoda. Transactions of the New York Academy of Science II 2: 169–181
• Pickford, G.E. 1946. Vampyroteuthis infernalis Chun, an archaic dibranchiate cephalopod. 1. Natural history and distribution. 'Dana' Reports 29: 1–40
• Pickford, G.E. 1949. Vampyroteuthis infernalis Chun, an archaic dibranchiate cephalopod. 2. External anatomy. 'Dana' Reports 32: 1–132
• Pickford, G.E. 1949. The distribution of the eggs of Vampyroteuthis infernalis Chun. Journal of Marine Research 8: 73–83
• Pickford, G.E. 1950. The Vampyromorpha (Cephalopoda) of the Bermuda Oceanographic Expeditions. Zoologica (New York) 35: 87–95
• Pickford, G.E. 1952. The Vampyromorpha of the Discovery expeditions. Discovery Reports 26: 197–210
• Pickford, G.E. 1959. Vampyromorpha. Galathea Report 1: 243–253
• Pilsbry, H. 1891. Acmaeidae, Lepetidae, Patellidae, Titiscaniidae. Manual of Conchology 13: 1–195, 74 plates
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1890. in Tryon, G.W. & Pilsbry, H.A. Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences Ser. 2 Vol. 6 324 pp.
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1891. Acmaeidae, Lepetidae, Patellidae, Titiscaniidae. Parts 49–52. pp. xiii 195 pp. in Tyron, G.W. (ed.). Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1892. Monograph of the Polyplacophora. In Tryon, G.W. Manual of Conchology. Academy of Sciences : Philadelphia Series Vol. 14. i–xxxiv 129–350 pls 31–68 pp.
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1893. in Tryon, G.W. & Pilsbry, H.A. Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences Ser. 2 Vol. 8 314 pp. [1 July 1893]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1893. Monograph of the Polyplacophora. In Tryon, G.W. Manual of Conchology. Academy of Sciences : Philadelphia Series. Vol. 14. i–xxxiv 129–350 pls 31–68 pp. [June 1893]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1893. On Acanthopleura and its subgenera. The Nautilus 6: 104–105 [Jan. 1893]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1894. in Tryon, G.W. & Pilsbry, H.A. Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences Ser. 2 Vol. 9 366 pp.
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1894. Descriptive notices of new chitons, V. The Nautilus 8: 53–56 [Sept. 1894]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1894. List of Port Jackson chitons collected by Dr J.C. Cox, with a revision of Australian Acanthochitidae. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 46: 69–88 pls 2–4 [29 May 1894]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1894. Note on Liparus. The Nautilus 8: 35–36 [July 1894]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1894. Notices of new chitons III. The Nautilus 7: 138–139 [Apr. 1894]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1894. Notices of new chitons. I. The Nautilus 7: 107–108 [Jan. 1894]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1894. Notices of new chitons. II. The Nautilus 7: 119–120 [Feb. 1894]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1895. Description of a new Australian chiton. The Nautilus 9: 90 [Dec. 1895]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1895. Note on Tasmanian Acmaea and Ischnochiton. The Nautilus 8: 127–129 [Mar. 1895]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1897. New Australian mollusks. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 1897: 360–367 [23 Nov. 1897]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1900. in Tryon, G.W. & Pilsbry, H.A. Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences Ser. 2 Vol. 13 253 pp. [23 Apr. 1900]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1900. A new N.-E. Australian amnicoloid. The Nautilus 13: 144 [Apr. 1900]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1900. A new species of Thersites. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 1899: 473–474 [11 Jan. 1900; presented 16 Jan. 1900]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1900. Note on the Australian Pupidae. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 1900: 426–430
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1900. Notes on Polynesian and East Indian Pupidae. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 1900: 431–433
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1904. Manuall of Conchology. Series 2. Philadelphia : Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences Vol. 16 329 pp. 37 pls. [8 Jan 1904]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1905. New Japanese marine Mollusca. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 57: 101–122 pls 2–5
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1906. in Tryon, G.W. & Pilsbry, H.A. (eds) Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Conchology Dept. Academy Natural Sciences Ser 2 Vol. 18. 357 pp. 51 pls [10 Apr. 1906]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1910. Notes on the classification of the Tornatellinidae. The Nautilus 23: 122–124 [Mar. 1910]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1911. Non-marine Mollusca of Patagonia. pp. 513–633 in Scott, W.B. (ed.). Princeton N.Y. Report Princetown University Expeditions to Patagonia 1896–1899. No 3. Princetown : Princetown University.
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1916. in Tryon, G.W. & Pilsbry, H.A. Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Conchological Department, Academy of Natural Sciences Ser. 2 Vol. 24 Pt 93 pp.1–112. [18 Dec. 1916]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1917. in Tryon, G.W. & Pilsbry, H.A. Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Conchological Department, Academy of Natural Sciences Ser. 2 Vol. 24. [Pt 94 pp. 113–176 18 July 1917; Pt 95 pp. 177–256 9 Nov. 1917; Pt 96 pp. 257–380]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1920. [title unknown]. In, Tryon, G.W. & Pilsbry, H.A. (eds). Manual of Conchology. Series 2. Philadelphia : Academy of Natural Sciences Vol. 26 254 pp.
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1926. in Tryon, G.W. & Pilsbry, H.A. Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Conchological Department, Academy of Natural Sciences Ser. 2 Vol. 27 369 pp. [Mar. 1926]
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1928. Book review – "A Monograph of Australian Loricates (Chitons)". The Nautilus 41: 104–106
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1931. [Gyliotrachela]. Manual of Conchology 28: 73
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1944. Western American field slug (Deroceras). The Nautilus 58: 15–16
• Pilsbry, H.A. 1948. Land Mollusca of North America (North of Mexico). Academy of Natural Sciences Philadadelphia, Monograph 2(2): 521–1113
• Pilsbry, H.A. & Cooke, C.M. 1915. in Tryon, G.W. & Pilsbry, H.A. Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Conchological Department, Academy of Natural Sciences Ser. 2 Vol. 23 302 pp. [1 Dec. 1915]
• Pilsbry, H.A. & Cooke, C.M. 1915. Pulmonata, Achatinellidae. pp. 1–128 in Tryon, G.W. & Pilsbry, H.A. (eds). Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Conchological Department, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia Vol. 21.
• Pilsbry, H.A. & Cooke, C.M. 1920. Pupillidae (Gastrocoptinae, Vertigininae). Ser. 2 Vol. 25 Pt 100 (April 1920). pp. 225–404 in Tryon, G.W. & Pilsbry, H.A. (eds). Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Conchological Department, Academy of Natural Sciences.
• Pilsbry, H.A. & Sharp, B. 1897. Scaphopoda. pp. 1–144 pls 1–26 in Tryon, G.W. Jr (ed.). Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Academy of Sciences Vol. 17. [1897: 1–144 pls 1–26; 1898: i–xxxii + 145–280 pls 27–37 Vanatta, E.G. 1927. Dates of publication of the parts of the Manual of Conchology, First Series (Cephalopoda, Marine Gastropoda, Polyplacophora, Scaphopoda). Nautilus 40: 96–99]
• Pilsbry, H.A. & Sharp, B. 1898. Scaphopoda. pp. i–xxxii 145–280 pls 27–37 in Tryon, G.W. Jr (ed.). Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Academy of Sciences Vol. 17. [1897: 1–144 pls 1–26; 1898: i–xxxii + 145–280 pls 27–37 Vanatta, E.G. 1927. Dates of publication of the parts of the Manual of Conchology, First Series (Cephalopoda, Marine Gastropoda, Polyplacophora, Scaphopoda). Nautilus 40: 96–99]
• Pilsbry, H.A. & Sharp, B. 1898. [1897–1898]. Scaphopoda. pp. i–xxxii 1–280 pls 1–39 in Tryon, G.W. Jr (ed.). Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Academy of Sciences Vol. 17. [1897: 1–144 pls 1–26; 1898: i–xxxii + 145–280 pls 27–37 Vanatta, E.G. 1927. Dates of publication of the parts of the Manual of Conchology, First Series (Cephalopoda, Marine Gastropoda, Polyplacophora, Scaphopoda). Nautilus 40: 96–99]
• Pilsbury, H.A. 1894. Notices of new Japanese mollusks, 1. The Nautilus 7: 143–144
• Pinkas, L. 1971. Bluefin tuna food habits. Fisheries Bulletin, California Department of Fish and Game 152: 47–63
• Plate, L. 1893. Studien uber opisthopneumone Lungenschnecken II. Die Oncidiiden. Zoologische Jahrbücher. Abteilung für Systematik, Ökologie und Geographie der Tiere 7: 93-234
• Plate, L.H. 1899. Die Anatomie und Phylogenie der Chitonen. Fauna Chilensis. Zoologische Jahrbucher. Abteilung für Systematik 2(Suppl.): 15–216 pls 2–11
• Poiret, J.L.M. 1801. Coquilles fluviatiles et terrestres observees dans le Department de l'Aisne et aux environs de Paris. Paris : Barrois 119 pp.
• Poirier, J. 1883. Révision des Murex de Muséum. Nouvelles Archives du Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle. Paris 2 5: 13–128
• Pojeta, J. Jr & Runnegar, B. 1979. Rhytiodentalium kentuckyensis, a new genus and new species of Ordovician scaphopod, and the early history of scaphopod mollusks. Journal of Paleontology 53: 530–541
• Pokryszko, B.M. 1996. The Gastrocoptinae of Australia (Gastropoda: Pulmonata: Pupilloidea): systematics, distribution and origin. Invertebrate Taxonomy 10: 1085–1150
• Poli, G.S. 1791. Testacea utriusque Siciliae, eorumque historie et anatome tabulis aeneis illustrata. Parmae : Ex Regio Typegrapheio. Vol. 1 pp. i–x (Preface), 1–90 (Introduction), 1–50 (Testaceae Multivalvia), 1–74 (Testaceae Bivalvia), I–lXXIII (Index), 18 pls.
• Poli, G.S. 1795. Testacea utriusque Siciliae Eorumque Historia et Anatome Tabulis Aeneis Illustrata. Vol. 2. unknown source. 255–260 pp.
• Pollonera, C. 1891. Appunti di Malacologia. Intorno ai Limacidi di Malta. Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata della Reale Università di Torino 6(99): 1–94
• Pomeroy, D.E. & Laws, H.M. 1967. The distribution of introduced snails in South Australia. Records of the South Australian Museum 15: 483–494
• Ponder, W. F. 1965. The family Eatoniellidae in New Zealand. Records of the Auckland Institute and Museum 6(2): 47–99
• Ponder, W. F. & Creese, R.A. 1980. A revision of the Australian species of Notoacmaea, Collisella and Patelloida (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Acmaeidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 4(4): 167–208
• Ponder, W. F. & Vokes, E. H. 1988. A revision of the Indo-West Pacific fossil and recent species of Murex s.s. and Haustellum (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Muricidae). Records of the Australian Museum 8: 1–160
• Ponder, W. F. & Yoo, E. K. 1978. A Revision of the Eatoniellidae of Australia (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Littorinacea). Records of the Australian Museum 31: 606–658
• Ponder, W.F, this work
• Ponder, W.F. 1969. Notes on two neoleptonid bivalve molluscs. New Zealand Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 3: 262–273
• Ponder, W.F. 1975. The occurrence of Lymnaea (Pseudosuccinea) columella, an intermediate host of Fasciola hepatica, in Australia. Australian Veterinary Journal 51: 494–495
• Ponder, W.F. 1981. Posticobia norfolkensis (Sykes), an apparently extinct, fresh-water snail from Norfolk Island (Gastropoda: Hydrobiidae). Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 105(1): 17–21
• Ponder, W.F. 1982. Hydrobiidae of Lord Howe Island (Mollusca : Gastropoda : Prosobranchia). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 33: 89–159
• Ponder, W.F. 1986. Glacidorbidae (Glacidorbacea : Basommatophora), new family and superfamily of operculate freshwater gatropods. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 87: 53–83
• Ponder, W.F. 1988. Potamopyrgus antipodarium - a molluscan coloniser of Europe and Australia. Journal of Molluscan Studies 54: 271–285
• Ponder, W.F. 1988. The truncatelloidean (= rissoacean) radiation—a preliminary phylogeny. Malacological Review Supplement 4: 129–166
• Ponder, W.F. 1991. The eastern seaboard species of Jardinella (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Hydrobiidae), Queensland rainforest-inhabiting freshwater snails derived from the west. Records of the Australian Museum 43: 275–289
• Ponder, W.F. 1992. A new genus and species of aquatic cave-living snail from Tasmania (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Hydrobiidae). Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania 126: 23–28
• Ponder, W.F. 1992. Australian Hydrobiidae—an overview based on current research. pp. 525–528 in Proceedings of the Tenth International Malacological Congress, Tübingen 1989.
• Ponder, W.F. 1997. Nomenclatural rectifications in Australian Hydrobiidae. Molluscan Research 18: 67-68
• Ponder, W.F. 1998. Conservation. pp. 105–115 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: the Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5A pp. 1–563.
• Ponder, W.F. 2003. Monograph of the Australian Bithyniidae (Caenogastropoda: Rissooidea). Zootaxa 230: 1-126
• Ponder, W.F. & Avern, G.J. 2000. The Glacidorbidae (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Heterobranchia) of Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 52(3): 307-353
• Ponder, W.F. & Bayer, M. 2004. A new species of Lortiella (Mollusca: Bivalvia: Unionoidea: Hyriidae) from northern Australia. Molluscan Research 24: 89–102
• Ponder, W.F. & Clark, G.A. 1988. A morphological and electrophoretic examination of "Hydrobia buccinoides", a variable brackish-water gastropod from temperate Australia (Mollusca : Hydrobiidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 36: 661–689
• Ponder, W.F. & Clark, G.A. 1990. A radiation of hydrobiid snails in threatened artesian springs in western Queensland. Records of the Australian Museum 42: 301–363
• Ponder, W.F. & Clark, G.A. in Ponder, W.F., Clark, G.A., Miller, A.C. & Toluzzi, A. 1993. On a major radiation of freshwater snails in Tasmania and eastern Victoria: a preliminary overview of the Beddomeia group (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Hydrobiidae). Invertebrate Taxonomy 7: 501–750
• Ponder, W.F. & Colgan, D.J. 2002. What makes a narrow range taxa? Insights from Australian freshwater snails. Invertebrate Systematics 16: 571-582
• Ponder, W.F. & Creese, R.A. 1980. A revision of the Australian species of Notoacmea, Collisella and Patelloida (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Acmaeidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 4: 167–208
• Ponder, W.F. & Keyzer, R.G. de 1998. Family Assimineidae. pp. 756-758 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. vi–viii, 565–1234.
• Ponder, W.F. & Keyzer, R.G. de 1998. Family Bithyniidae. pp. 759-761 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. vi–viii, 565–1234.
• Ponder, W.F. & Keyzer, R.G. de 1998. Family Hydrobiidae. pp. 752-755 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. vi-viii, 565-1234.
• Ponder, W.F. & Keyzer, R.G. de 1998. Family Pomatiopsidae. pp. 755-756 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. vi–viii, 565–1234.
• Ponder, W.F. & Middelfart, P.U., this work
• Ponder, W.F. & Stanbury, P.J. 1971. Type specimens in the Macleay Museum, University of Sydney. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 97(1): 42–55
• Ponder, W.F. & Stanbury, P.J. 1972. Type specimens in the Macleay Museum, University of Sydney. VI. Mollusca. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 97(1): 42–55
• Ponder, W.F. & Waterhouse, J.H. 1997. A new genus and species of Lymnaeidae from the lower Franklin River, South Western Tasmania, Australia. Journal of Molluscan Studies 63: 441-468
• Ponder, W.F., Clark, G.A., Miller, A.C. & Toluzzi, A. 1993. On a major radiation of freshwater snails in Tasmania and eastern Victoria: a preliminary overview of the Beddomeia group (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Hydrobiidae). Invertebrate Taxonomy 7: 501–750
• Ponder, W.F., Clark, S.A. & Miller, A.C. 1999. A new genus and two new species of Hydrobiidae (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Caenogastropoda) from south Western Australia. Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 82: 109-120
• Ponder, W.F., Colgan, D.J. & Clark, G.A. 1991. The morphology, taxonomy and genetic structure of Tatea, estuarine snails from temperate Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 39: 447–497
• Ponder, W.F., Colgan, D.J., Clark, G.A., Miller, A.C. & Terzis, T. 1994. Microgeographic genetic and morphological differentiation of freshwater snails — the Hydrobiidae of Wilsons Promontory, Victoria, south-eastern Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 42: 557–678
• Ponder, W.F., Colgan, D.J., Terzis, T., Clark, S.A. & Miller, A.C. 1996. Three new morphologically and genetically determined species of hydrobiid gastropods from Dalhousie Springs, northern South Australia, with the description of a new genus. Molluscan Research 17: 49–109
• Ponder, W.F., Eggler, P. & Colgan, D.J. 1995. Genetic differentiation of aquatic snails (Gastropoda: Hydrobiidae) from artesian springs in arid Australia. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society of London 56: 553–596
• Ponder, W.F., Hershler, R. & Jenkins, B. 1989. An endemic radiation of hydrobiid snails from artesian springs in northern South Australia: their taxonomy, physiology, distribution and anatomy. Malacologia 31: 1–140
• Ponder, W.P., Clark, S.A. & Dallwitz, M.A. 2000. Freshwater and Estuarine Molluscs. An interactive key illustrated for New South Wales. CD Rom. CSIRO Publishing.
• Ponsonby, J.H. 1904. Description of a helicoid land-shell (Xanthomelon bednalli) from central Australia. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 6: 182 [Sept. 1904]
• Potiez, V.L.V. & Michaud, A.L.G. 1838. Galerie des mollusques ou catalogue méthodique, descriptif et raisonné des Mollusques et Coquilles du Muséum de Douai. Paris : J.B. Baillière Vol. 1 pp. 560.
• Powell, A.W.B. 1951. Antarctic and Subantarctic Mollusca. Pelecypoda and Gastropoda. Discovery Reports 26: 47–196
• Powell, A.W.B. 1973. The patellid limpets of the world (Patellidae). Indo-Pacific Mollusca 3(15): 75–206
• Powell, A.W.B. 1979. New Zealand Mollusca. Marine, Land and Freshwater Shells. Auckland : Collins xiv 500 pp.
• Powell, W.B. 1930. New species of New Zealand Mollusca from shallow-water dredgings. Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 60: 532–543, pls 60–62
• Prashad, B. 1928. Recent and fossil Viviparidae. A study in distribution, evolution and palaeogeography. Memoirs of the Indian Museum 8: 153–251
• Prashad, B. 1932. The Lamellibranchia of the Siboga Expedition. Systematic Part 2. Pelecypoda. Siboga-Expéditie 118, 34: 1–353, pls 1–9, and 1 map
• Prashad, B. & Rao, S. 1934. Notes on the bionomics of Trochus niloticus Linn. II. On two new species of limpet-like gastropods from the Andaman waters. Records of the Indian Museum 36(1): 1–4
• Preston, H. B. 1910. Description of five new species of marine shells from the Bay of Bengal. Records of the Indian Museum 5: 117–121
• Preston, H.B. 1906. Description of a new species of Limnea from north-west Australia. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 7: 36
• Preston, H.B. 1908. Description of a new species of Rhagada from Western Australia. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 8: 120 [20 July 1908]
• Preston, H.B. 1911. Descriptions of six new species of shells from Bengal and Madras. Records of the Indian Museum 6(1): 39–42
• Preston, H.B. 1913. Characters of new genera and species of terrestrial Mollusca from Norfolk Island. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 12: 522–538 [1 Dec. 1913]
• Preston, H.B. 1913. New minute terrestrial and aquatic Mollusca from the Dutch East Indian Island of Beilan-Beilan, with descriptions of four new genera and subgenera. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 2: 432–439
• Preston, H.B. 1914. Description of new species of land and marine shells from the Montebello Island, Western Australia. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 11: 13–18 [30 Mar. 1914]
• Prime, T. 1861. Descriptions of new species of Cyrena, Corbicula and Sphaerium. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 13: 125–128 [30 Sept. 1861]
• Prime, T. 1861. Diagnoses d'espèces nouvelles. Journal de Conchyliologie 9: 354–356 [1 Oct. 1861]
• Prime, T. 1864. Description d'une nouvelle espèce de Corbicula. Journal de Conchyliologie 12: 151–152 [1 Apr. 1864]
• Prime, T. 1870. Notes on species of the family Corbiculidae, with figures. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History New York 9: 298–301
• Prime, T. 1896. Corbiculidae. pp. 127-187 in, Catalogue and Synonymy of the Genera, species and Varieties of Recent Mollusca, described prior to January 1st, 1867, with dates of publication, references to plates, and localities. Philadelphia : Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences.
• Pritchard, G.B. 1896. A revision of the fossil fauna of the Table Cape Beds, Tasmania, with descriptions of the new species. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria VII: 74–150
• Pritchard, G.B. & Gatliff, J.H. 1904. Catalogue of the Marine Shells of Victoria. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria n.s. 17(1): 220–266
• Prosch, V. 1849. Nogle nye Cephalopoder. Kongelige Dansk Videnskabernes. Selskabs Skrifter. Kjøbenhavn 5 1: 53–72
• Pruvot, G. 1890. Sur le développement d'un Solénogastre. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 111: 689–692
• Pruvot, G. 1890. Sur quelques néoméniens nouvelles de la Méditerranée. Comptes Rendus (Hebdomadaires) des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences. Série D. Sciences Naturelles 8(notes et rév.): xxi–xxiv
• Pruvot, G. 1891. Sur l'organisation de quelques néoméniens des côtes de France. Archives de Zoologie Expérimentale et Générale 2 9: 699–806
• Pérez-Gándaras, G. & Guerra, A. 1978. Nueva cita de Architeuthis (Cephalopoda: Teuthoidea): Descripción y alimentación. Investigacion Pesquera 42(2): 401–414
• Qui Adong, Shi Anjing & Komaru Akira 2001. Yellow and brown shell color morphs of Corbicula fluminea (Bivalvia: Corbiculidae) from Sichuan Province, China, are triploids and tetraploids. Journal of Shellfish Research 20(1): 323-328
• Quick, H.E. 1960. British Slugs (Pulmonata : Testacellidae, Arionidae, Limacidae). Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) (Zoology) 6: 103–226
• Quinn, G.P. 1988. Ecology of the intertidal pulmonate limpet Siphonaria diemensis Quoy et Gaimard. I. Population dynamics and availability of food. Journal of Experimental Zoology 117: 115-136
• Quoy J. R. C. & Gaimard, J. P. 1832. Voyages de découvertes de l'Austrolabe,... sous le commandemant de M. J. Dumont d'Urville. Zoologie: Mollusca. ParisVol. 3 pp. 454, atlas 2, 93 plts.
• Quoy, J. M. C. & Gaimard, J. P. 1833. Voyage de découvertes de l'Astrolabe, exécuté par ordre du Roi, pendant les années 1826-1829, sous le commandement de M. J. Dumont d'Urville. Paris : J. Tastu Zoologie pp. 321–686.
• Quoy, J.M.C. & Gaimard, J.P. 1833. Voyage de découvertes de l'Astrolabe, exécuté par ordre du Roi, pendant les années 1826-1829. Paris : J. Tastu Zoologie pp. 321–686.
• Quoy, J.R. & Gaimard, J.P. 1832. Voyage de Découvertes de l'Astrolabe exécuté par Ordre du Roi, Pendant les Années 1826–1827–1828–1829, sous le commandement de M.J. Dumont d'Urville. Zoologie. Paris : J. Tastu Vol. 2 pp. 320.
• Quoy, J.R. & Gaimard, J.P. 1834. Voyage de Découvertes de l'Astrolabe exécuté par Ordre du Roi, Pendant les Années 1826-1829. Paris : J. Tastu Zoologie Vol. 3 366 pp.
• Quoy, J.R. & Gaimard, J.P. 1834. Voyage de Découvertes de l'Astrolabe exécuté par Ordre du Roi, Pendant les Années 1826-1829. Paris : J. Tastu Zoologie Vol. 3 pp. 366.
• Quoy, J.R. & Gaimard, J.P. 1834. Voyage de Découvertes de l'Astrolabe exécuté par Ordre du Roi, Pendant les Années 1826-1829. Paris : J. Tastu Zoologie Vol. 3 366 pp.
• Quoy, J.R.C. & Gaimard, J.P. 1824. Voyage autour du Monde … Executé sur les corvettes de S.M. l'Uranie et la Physicienne, pendant les années, 1817–1820. Zoologie. Paris 712 pp., atlas of 96 pls.
• Quoy, J.R.C. & Gaimard, J.P. 1824. in Freycinet, M.L. de (ed.) Voyage Autour du Monde,entrepris par ordre du Roi, sous le Ministère et conformement aux la instructions de S. Exc. M. le Viscomte du Bouchage, Secrétaire d'État au Department de la Marine, exécute sur les Corvettes de S.M. l' Uraine et la Physicienne, pendant les années 1817–1820. Zoologie. Paris : Pillet Ainé. 671 pp.
• Quoy, J.R.C. & Gaimard, J.P. 1832. Mollusques Zoologie du voyage de l'Astrolabe sous les ordres du Capitiane Dumont d'Urville, pendant les années 1826–29. Paris : J. Tastu pp. 2 vols.
• Quoy, J.R.C. & Gaimard, J.P. 1832. Mollusques Zoology du voyage de l'Astrolabe sous les ordres du Capitiane Dumont d'Urville, pendant les années 1826–29. 2 Vols. Paris : J. Tastu.
• Quoy, J.R.C. & Gaimard, J.P. 1832. Mollusques. pp. 1–320 in, Zoologie du voyage de l'Astrolabe sous les ordres du Capitane Dumont d'Urville, pendant les années 1826–1829. Zoologie. 2 vols Paris : J. Tastu, Editeur-Imprimeur.
• Quoy, J.R.C. & Gaimard, J.P. 1835. Genre Oscabrion, Chiton, Linné. pp. 369–441 in, Voyage de Découvertes de l'Astrolabe, Éxecuté par Ordre du Roi, Pendant les Années 1826–1827–1828–1829, sous le commandement de M.J. Dumont d'Urville. Zoologie 3 Mollusques. Paris : J. Tastu.
• Radwin, G. & D'Atillio, A. 1976. Murex shells of the world, an illustrated guide to the Muricidae. Standford : Standford University Press pp. 1–284, 32 pls, 192 text figs.
• Rafinesque, C.S. 1814. Précis des Découvertes et Travaux Somiologiques. Palermo : Royale Typographie Militaire pp. 55.
• Rafinesque, C.S. 1815. Analyse de la Nature, ou Tableau de l'Univers et des Corps Organises. Palermo.
• Rafinesque, C.S. 1815. Annals of Nature or annual synopsis of new genera and species of animals, plants, etc. discovered in North America by C.S. Rafinesque. First annual number for 1820. Lexington : C.S. Rafinesque pp. 16.
• Rafinesque, C.S. 1815. Annals of Nature or annual synopsis of new genera and species of animals, plants, etc. discovered in North America by C.S. Rafinesque. First annual number for 1820. Lexington : C.S. Rafinesque pp. 16.
• Rajagopal, A.S. & Mookherjee, H.P. 1978. Contributions to the molluscan fauna of India. Pt. I. Marine molluscs of the Coromandel Coast, Palk Strait and Gulf of Mannar - Gastropoda: Archaeogastropoda. Records of the Zoological Survey of India 12: 1–48
• Rambur, P. 1868. Diagnoses d'Helices nouvelles. Journal de Conchyliologie 3 16: 265–268
• Rancurel, P. 1970. Les contenus stomacaux d'Alepisaurus ferox dans le sud-ouest Pacifique (Céphalopodes). Cahiers O.R.S.T.O.M. Serie Océanographique 8(4): 4–87
• Rancurel, P. 1971. Mastigoteuthis grimaldi (Joubin, 1895) Chiroteuthidae peu connu de l'Atlantique tropical (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida). Cahiers O.R.S.T.O.M. Serie Océanographique 9: 125–145
• Rancurel, P. 1976. Note sur les Céphalopodes des contenus stomacaux de Thunnus albacares (Bonnaterre) dans le Sud-ouest Pacifique. Cahiers O.R.S.T.O.M. Serie Océanographique 14(1): 71–80
• Rancurel, P. & Okutani, T. 1990. A new species of squid genus Onychoteuthis from the southwest Pacific. Venus 49(1): 25–51
• Rao, H.S. 1925. On the comparative anatomy of oriental Viviparidae. Records of the Indian Museum 27: 129-135
• Rathke, H. 1835. Perothis, eine neues genus der cephalopoden. Mémoires de l'Academie Imperial de la Société des Sciences, Saint Pétersburg 2: 149–176 2 pls
• Raut, S.K. & Panigrahi, A. 1988. Egg-nesting in the garden slug Laevicaulis alte (Férussac) (Gastropoda: Soleolifera). Malacological Review 21: 101–107
• Raut, S.K. & Panigrahi, A. 1990. Feeding rhythm in the garden slug Laevicaulis alte (Soleolifera: Veronicellidae). Malacological Review 23: 39–46
• Rees, W.J. 1955. The larvae and late larval stages of Octopus macropus Risso. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 31: 185–189
• Rees, W.J. & Maul, G.E. 1956. The Cephalopoda of Madeira. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History) Zool. 3: 257–281
• Reeve, L. 1843. Descriptions of new species of shell figured in the Conchologia Systematica. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1842: 197–202
• Reeve, L. 1849. Conchologia Iconica, or illustrations of the shells of molluscous animals. Murex. London : Reeve, suppl. 1.
• Reeve, L. 1858. Description of seven new shells from the collection of the Hon. Sir David Barclay of Pt. Louis, Mauritius. (1857). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 25: 209–210
• Reeve, L. A. 1845. Conchologia Iconica: or, illustrations of the shells of Molluscous animals. Vol. 3. Murex: 36 + 1 pls (1845-46, 1849). Reeve, London.
• Reeve, L. R. 1854. Monograph of the genus Patella plts 1-27. In, Reeve, L.R. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : Reeve & Co. Vol. 8.
• Reeve, L.A. 1842. Conchologia Systematica or Complete System of Conchology: in which the Lepades and Conchiferous Mollusca are described and classified according to their natural organization and habits. London : Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans Vol. 2 337 pp., pls 131-300.
• Reeve, L.A. 1842. Conchologia Systematica or Complete System of Conchology: in which the Lepades and Conchiferous Mollusca are described and classified according to their natural organization and habits. London : Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans Vol. 2 337 pp., pls 131-300.
• Reeve, L.A. 1842. Conchologia Systematica or complete system of Conchology: in which the Lepades and Conchiferous Mollusca are described and classified according to their natural organization and habits. London : Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans Vol. 2.
• Reeve, L.A. 1843. Monograph of the genus Arca. pp. Plate I–II in Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologica Iconica. London : Reeve & Bentham Vol. 2.
• Reeve, L.A. 1844. Monograph of the genus Arca. pp. Plate III–XVII in Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologica Iconica. London : Reeve & Bentham Vol. 2.
• Reeve, L.A. 1847. Monograph of the genus Chiton. In, Conchologica Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 4 pls 1–27. [Feb., Mar., Apr., May 1847]
• Reeve, L.A. 1847. Monograph of the genus Chitonellus. In, Conchologica Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 4. pl. 1 pp. [Apr. 1847]
• Reeve, L.A. 1848. Monograph of the genus Chiton. In, Conchologica Iconica. L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 4 pl. 28. [Jan. 1848]
• Reeve, L.A. 1849. Monograph of the genus Fissurella. pp. pls 1-8 in Reeve, L.A. (ed). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 6.
• Reeve, L.A. 1850. Monograph of the genus Fissurella. pp. 1-16 in Reeve, L.A. (ed). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co.
• Reeve, L.A. 1851. Monograph of the genus Helix pls 16–62, 133. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 7.
• Reeve, L.A. 1851. Monograph on the genus Strombus. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 6.
• Reeve, L.A. 1852. Monograph of the genus Helix pls 63–132, 134–146. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 7.
• Reeve, L.A. 1853. Description of a new species of Bulimus from Australia. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1851: 198 [29 June 1853]
• Reeve, L.A. 1853. Monograph of the genus Helix pls 147–174. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 7.
• Reeve, L.A. 1854. Monograph of the genus Helix pls 175–209. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 7.
• Reeve, L.A. 1855. Monograph of the genus Patella. pp. plates 28–42 in Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : Reeve & Co. Vol. 8 pp. 245 unnumbered.
• Reeve, L.A. 1856. Monograph of the genus Siphonaria. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 9.
• Reeve, L.A. 1857. Monograph of the genus Littorina pls 1–16. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 10.
• Reeve, L.A. 1859. Monograph of the genus Melania pls 2–17. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 12.
• Reeve, L.A. 1862. Monograph of the genus Vitrina pls 1–10. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 13.
• Reeve, L.A. 1862. On a new form of Physa, of the section Ameria, received from George French Angas Esq., of Angaston, South Australia, corresponding member of the Society. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1862: 105–107 [1 June 1862]
• Reeve, L.A. 1863. Monograph of the genus Paludina pls 1, 5–11. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 14.
• Rehder, H.A. 1967. Valid Zoological Names of the Portland Catalogue. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 121(3579): 1–47
• Reichenback 1828. Zoologie oder Naturgeschichte Thierreichs. DresdenVol. 1.
• Reid, A. 1989. Argonauts: ancient mariners in boats of shell. Australian Natural History 22(12): 580–587
• Reid, A. 1991. Taxonomy review of the Australian Rossiinae (Cephalopoda: Sepiolidae), with a description of a new species, Neorossia leptodons, and redescription of N. caroli (Joubin, 1902). Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 49(3): 748–831
• Reid, A. 1998. A complete description of Sepia mira (Cotton 1932) (Cephalopoda: Sepiidae) from eastern Australia. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales 119: 155–171
• Reid, A. & Lu, C.C. 1998. A new Sepiella Gray, 1849 (Cephalopoda: Sepiidae) from northern Australia, with a redescription of Sepiella weberi Adam, 1939. The Beagle, Records of the Northern Territory Museum of the Arts and Sciences 14: 71–102
• Reid, A.L. 2000. Australian cuttlefishes (Cephalopoda : Sepiidae): the 'doratosepion' species complex. Invertebrate Taxonomy 14: 1–76
• Reinhardt, O. 1883. Einige von Herrn Hungerford gesammette japanische Hyalinen. Schriften of the Gesellschaft Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin 1883: 82–86
• Renard, E., Bachmann, V., Cariou, M.L. & Moreteau, J.C. 2000. Morphological and molecular differentiation of invasive freshwater species of the genus Corbicula (Bivalvia: Corbiculidae) suggest the presence of three taxa in French rivers. Molecular Ecology 9(12): 2009-2016
• Rensch, I. 1932. Neue landmollusken aus dem Bismarck-Archipel. Part 3. Zoologischer Anzeiger 98: 27–36
• Reynolds, P.D. 1997. The phylogeny and classification of Scaphopoda (Mollusca): an assessment of current resolution and cladistic reanalysis. Zoologica Scripta 26: 13–21
• Richardson, J.E. 1971. Dr James Cox –` Conchologist (1834–1912). Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales 16(2): 71–83
• Richardson, L. 1980. Helicidae: Catalogue of species. Tryonia 3: 1–697
• Riddell, D.J. 1982. The systematics, distribution and biology of the Enoploteuthidae (Cephalopoda : Oegopsida) in the New Zealand region. Unpublished MSc Thesis, University of Auckland New Zealand 102 pp.
• Riddell, D.J. 1985. The Enoploteuthidae (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida) of the New Zealand region. New Zealand Fisheries Research Bulletin 27: 1–52
• Rigby, J.E. 1963. Alimentary and reproductive systems of Oxychilus cellarius (Müller) (Stylommatophora). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 141: 311–329
• Rintelen, T.v. & Glaubrecht, M. 2003. New discoveries in old lakes: Three new species of Tylomelania Sarasin & Sarasin, 1897 (Gastropoda: Cerithioidea: Pachychilidae) from the Malili lake system on Sulawesi, Indonesia. Journal of Molluscan Studies 69: 3-17
• Risso, A. 1826. Histoire naturelle des principales productions de l'Europe Méridionale et particulièrement de celles des environs de Nice at des Alpes Maritimes. Vol. 4 pp. i–vii 1–439 pls 1–12.
• Risso, A. 1826. Histoire Naturelle des Principales Productions de l'Europe méridionale et particulièrment de celles des environs de Nice et des Alpes Maritimes. Paris : Levrault Vol. 4 pp. 1–439.
• Risso, A. 1826. Histoire naturelle des principales productions de l'Europe méridionale et particulièrement de celles des environs de Nice et des Alpes maritimes. Tom. 4. Paris : Lachevardiere Fils.
• Roach, A.C., Hunt, A.M. & Ward, J.A. 1989. Factors related to the intra and inter-specific zonation of two pulmonate gastropods Salinator solida (Lamarck) and Ophicardelus ornatus (Ferussac). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 10: 59–67
• Robson, 1925. On Mesonychoteuthis, a new genus of oegopsid Cephalopoda. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 9 16: 272–277
• Robson, C.W. 1887. On a new species of giant cuttlefish, stranded at Cape Campbell, June 30th, 1886, (Architeuthis kirkii). Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 19: 155–157
• Robson, C.W. 1924. Preliminary report on the Cephalopoda (Decapoda) procured by the S.S. Pickle. Report. Fisheries & Marine Biological Survey, Union of South Africa 3: 1–14
• Robson, G.C. 1914. Cephalopoda from the Monte Bello Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1914: 677–680
• Robson, G.C. 1921. On the Cephalopoda obtained by the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905. Transactions of the Linnean Society of London Zool. 17: 429–442
• Robson, G.C. 1926. The Cephalopoda obtained by the S.S. Pickle. Supplementary report. Report of the Fisheries and Marine Biological Survey of South Afrrica 4(8): 1–6
• Robson, G.C. 1928. Céphalopodes des mers d'Indochine. Notes. Station Maritime de Cauda 10: 1–53
• Robson, G.C. 1928. Notes on the Ccphalopoda. 4. On Octopus aegina Gray; with remarks on the systematic value of the octopod web. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 10 1: 641–646
• Robson, G.C. 1928. Notes on the Cephalopoda. 6. On Grimpella, a new genus of Octopoda, with remarks on the classification of the Octopodinae. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 10 2: 108–114
• Robson, G.C. 1929. A Monograph of the Recent Cephalopoda. Pt 1 The Octopodinae. London : British Museum (Natural History) 236 pp. 7 pls.
• Robson, G.C. 1930. Cephalopoda. I. Octopoda. Discovery Reports 2: 371–402, 2 pls
• Robson, G.C. 1932. A Monograph of the Recent Cephalopoda. Pt 2. The Octopoda (excluding the Octopodinae). London : British Museum (Natural History) 359 pp. 6 pls.
• Robson, G.C. 1932. Report on the Cephalopoda in the Raffles Museum. Bulletin of the Raffles Museum 7: 21–33
• Robson, G.C. 1948. The Cephalopoda Decapoda of the Arcturus Oceanographic Expedition, 1925. Zoologica (New York) N.Y. 33: 115–132
• Rochebrune, A.T. 1884. Etude monographique de la famille des Loligopsidae. Bulletin de la Société Philomathique de Paris 7 8: 7–28 pls 1, 2
• Rochebrune, A.T. 1884. Etude monographique de la famille des Sepiadae. Bulletin de la Société Philomathique de Paris 7 8: 74–122 pls 3–6
• Rochebrune, A.T. & Mabille, J. 1889. Mollusques. Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn 1882-1883 6: H1–H1431 pl.
• Rochebrune, A.T. de 1881. Diagnoses d'espèces nouvelles de la famille des Chitonidae. Bulletin de la Société Philomathique de Paris 7 5: 115–121
• Rochebrune, A.T. de 1882. Diagnoses d'espèces nouvelles de la famille des Chitonidae (Premier supplément). Bulletin de la Société Philomathique de Paris 7 6: 190–197
• Rochebrune, A.T. de 1884. Fauna de la Sénégambie. 6 Vols (in 5 books) Paris. [1883–1887]
• Rochebrune, A.T. de 1884. Diagnoses d'espèces nouvelles de la famille des Chitonidae (Deuxième supplément). Bulletin de la Société Philomathique de Paris 7 8: 32–39
• Rochebrune, A.T. de 1889. Polyplacophores. Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn 1882-1883 4: 131–143 pl. 9
• Rochebrune, A.T. de & Mabille, J. 1889. Mollusques. Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn 1882-1883 6(2): 1-149, 9 pls
• Rodhouse, P.G. & Clarke, M.R. 1986. Growth and distribution of young Mesonychoteuthis hamiltoni Robson (Mollusca, Cephalopoda), and Antarctic squid. Vie et Milieu 35(3/4): 223 –230
• Rodhouse, P.G. & Nigmatullin, Ch.M. 1996. Role as consumers. In Clarke, M.R. (ed.) The Role of Cephalopods in the World's Oceans. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B 351: 1003–1022
• Roeleveld, M.A. 1972. A review of the Sepiidae (Cephalopoda) of South Africa. Annals of the South African Museum 59: 191–313
• Roeleveld, M.A. & Liltved, W.R. 1985. A new species of Sepia (Cephalopoda, Sepiidae) from South Africa. Annals of the South African Museum 96(1): 1–18
• Roeleveld, M.A. & Lipinski, M.R. 1991. The giant squid Architeuthis in southern African waters. Journal of Zoology, London 224: 431–477
• Rogers, W. & Chase, R. 2001. Dart receipt promotes sperm storage in the garden snail Helix aspersa. Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology 50: 122–127
• Roper, C.F.E. 1966. A study of the genus Enoploteuthis (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida) from the Atlantic Ocean with a redescription of the type species E. leptura (Leach, 1817). 'Dana' Reports 66: 1–46
• Roper, C.F.E. 1969. Systematics and zoogeography of the worldwide bathypelagic squid Bathyteuthis (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida). Bulletin of the United States National Museum 291: 1–210 pls 1–12
• Roper, C.F.E. 1969. Systematics and zoogeography of the worldwide bathypelagic squid genus Bathyteuthis (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida). Bulletin of the United States National Museum 291: 1–208
• Roper, C.F.E. & Boss, K.J. 1982. The giant squid. Scientific American 246(4): 96–105
• Roper, C.F.E. & Brundage, W.L. Jr 1972. Cirrate octopods with associated deep-sea organisms: new biological data based on deep benthic photographs (Cephalopoda). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 121: 1–46
• Roper, C.F.E. & Hochberg, F.G. 1987. Cephalopods of Lizard Island, Great Barrier Reef, Australia. Occasional Papers of the Museum of Victoria 3: 15–20
• Roper, C.F.E. & Hochberg, F.G. 1988. Behavior and systematics of cephalopods from Lizard Island, Australia, based on color and body patterns. Malacologia 29(1): 153–193
• Roper, C.F.E. & Lu, C.C. 1989. Systematic status of Lepidoteuthis, Pholidoteuthis and Tetronychoteuthis (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 102: 805–807
• Roper, C.F.E. & Lu, C.C. 1989. Systematics status of Lepidoteuthis, Pholidoteuthis, and Tetronychoteuthis (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 102(3): 805–807
• Roper, C.F.E. & Lu, C.C. 1990. Comparative morphology and function of dermal structures in oceanic squids (Cephalopoda). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology No. 493: 1–40
• Roper, C.F.E. & Sweeney, M.J. 1976. The pelagic octopod Ocythoe tuberculata Rafinesque, 1814. Bulletin of the American Malacological Union 1975: 21–28
• Roper, C.F.E. & Young, R.E. 1972. First recordings of juvenile giant squid, Architeuthis (Cephalopoda: Oegopsida). Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 85(16): 205–222
• Roper, C.F.E. & Young, R.E. 1975. Vertical distribution of pelagic cephalopods. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology No. 209: 1–51
• Roper, C.F.E., Sweeney, M.J. & Nauen, C.E. 1984. FAO Species Catalogue. Vol.3. Cephalopods of the world. An annotated and illustrated catalogue of species of interest to fisheries. FAO Fish. Synopsis No. 125(3), 277 pp.
• Roper, C.F.E., Young, R.E. & Voss, G.L. 1969. An illustrated key to the families of the order Teuthoidea (Cephalopoda). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology No. 13: 1–32
• Rost, H. 1955. A report on the family Arcidae (Pelecypoda). Allan Hancock Pacific Expedition 20: 175–261
• Rudman, W.B. 1983. The cephalopod collections of the Australian Museum. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 44: 67–75
• Rumphius, G. E. 1705. Amboinische Rariteitkammer, of eene beschryvinge van allerhande Schoalvisschen; benevens de Voornaamste Hoorntjes en Schulpen, als ook zoommige, mineraalen, gesteenten, enz. Amsterdam. Foreword, Index, 60 pls. 340 pp.
• Runham, N.W. & Hunter, P.J. 1970. Terrestrial Slugs. London : Hutchinson pp. 184.
• Röding, P.F. 1798. Museum Boltenianum sive Catalogus cimeliorum e tribus regnis naturae quae olim collegerat Joa. Hamburg : Trappii pp. 199.
• Röding, P.F. 1798. Museum Boltenianum sive Catalogus cimeliorum e tribus regnis naturae quae olim collegerat Joa. Hamburg : Trappii pp. 1–199.
• Rüppell, E. 1844. Intorno ad alcuni cephalopodi del mare de Messina. Gior. del Gabinetto di Messina 5(27–28): 129–135
• Rüppell, E. & Leuckart, F.S. (eds) 1828. In Rüppell, E. Neue wirbellose Thiere des rothen Meeres. Atlas zu der Reise im nördlichen Afrika. Frankfurt am Main : Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft 47 pp.
• Sacchi, C.F. 1990. Observations sur le cycle biotique de Theba pisana (Mueller): Gastropoda, Pulmonata, en Europe et en Australie. Haliotis 10: 31–40
• Sacco, F. 1897. I Molluschi dei Terreni Terziarii del Piemonte e Della Liguria. Part XXII, Scaphopoda. Libraio R Accad. Sci., Torino. pp. 92–118 pls 7–10.
• Sacco, F. 1898. pt. 26. Fam. Arcidae, Pectinculidae, Limopsidae, Nuculidae, Ledidae, Malletidae. pp. 1–70 in Bellardi & Sacco, F. (eds). I molluschi dei terreni terziari del Piemonte edella Liguria. TorinoVol. 26 pp. 70.
• Salas, C. & Gofas, S. 1998. Description of four new species of Neolepton Monterosato, 1875 (Mollusca: Bivalvia: Neoleptonidae), with comments on the genus and on its affinity with the Veneracea. Ophelia 48(1): 35–79
• Salvini-Plawen, L.v. 1967. Kritische Bemerkungen zum System der Solenogastres. Zeitschrift für Zoologische Systematik und Evolutionsforschung 5: 398–444
• Salvini-Plawen, L.v. 1968. Über Lebendbeobachtungen an Caudofoveata (Mollusca, Aculifera), nebst Bemerkungen zum System der Klasse. Sarsia 31: 105–126
• Salvini-Plawen, L.v. 1972. Zur Morphologie und Phylogenie der Mollusken: Die Beziehungen der Caudofoveata und der Solenogastres als Aculifera, als Mollusca und als Spiralia. Zeitschrift für Wissenschaftliche Zoologie 184: 205–394
• Salvini-Plawen, L.v. 1978. Antarktische und subantarktische Solenogastres (eine Monographie: 1898–1974). Zoologica (Stuttgart) 48(1/2): 1–315
• Salvini-Plawen, L.v. 1983. Stamm Mollusca (Weichtiere). pp. 248–390 in Riedl, R. (ed.). Fauna und Flora des Mittelmeeres. Hamburg : P. Parey-Verlag.
• Salvini-Plawen, L.v. 1984. [Comments on Chaetoderma and Crystallophrisson (Mollusca, Caudofoveata)]. Zoologicheskii Zhurnal Akad. Nauk SSSR 63: 171–175 [In Russian]
• Salvini-Plawen, L.v. 1985. Early evolution and the primitive groups. pp. 59–150 in Trueman, E.R. & Clarke, M.R. (eds). The Mollusca. Vol. 10 Evolution. Orlando : Academic Press, Inc.
• Salvini-Plawen, L.v. 1988. Einige Solenogastres (Mollusca) der europäischen Meiofauna. Annalen des Naturhistorischen Museums in Wien 90(B): 373–385
• Salvini-Plawen, L.v. 1992. On certain Caudofoveata from the Vema-Expedition. pp. 317–333 in Gittenberger, E. & Gould, J. (eds). Proceedings of the 9th International Malacological Congress. Leiden : Unitas Malacologia.
• Salvini-Plawen, L.v. 1997. Systematic revision of the Epimeniidae (Mollusca: Solenogastres). Journal of Molluscan Studies 63: 131–155
• Salvini-Plawen, L.v. 1999. Caudofoveata from off the northern coast of the Iberian Peninsula. Iberus 17: 77–84
• Salvini-Plawen, L.v. & Benayahu, Y. 1991. Epimenia arabica spec. nov., a Solenogaster (Mollusca) feeding on the alcyonacean Scleronephthya corymbosa (Cnidaria) from shallow waters of the Red Sea. P.S.Z.N.I.: Marine Ecology 12: 139–152
• Salvini-Plawen, L.v. & Steiner, G. 1996. Synapomorphies and plesiomorphies in higher classification of Mollusca. pp. 29–51 in Taylor, J.D. (ed.). Origin and Evolutionary Radiation of the Mollusca. Oxford, New York, Tokyo : Oxford University Press.
• Sanchez, P. & Guerra, A. 1989. A new species of cirrate octopod, Opisthoteuthis vossi, from the southeast Atlantic (Cephalopoda: Octopoda). Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 44: 1159–1165
• Sars, G.O. 1878. Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Arctiske fauna, 1. Mollusca regionis Arcticae Norvegiae. Universitetsprogram for 1878, pp. 1–466, 52 pls.
• Sars, G.O. 1878. Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges arktiske Fauna I, Mollusca regionis arcticae Norvegiae. Blöddyr: I–XIII, 1–466 pls 1–34 + I–XVIII.
• Sasaki, M. 1915. On three interesting new oegopsids from the Bay of Sagami. Journal of the College of Agriculture, Tohoku Imperial University, Sapporo 6: 131–150
• Sasaki, M. 1920. Report of the cephalopods collected during 1906 by the United States Bureau of Fisheries Steamer "Albatross" in the northwestern Pacific. Proceedings of the United States National Museum 57: 162–203
• Sasaki, M. 1923. On an adhering habit of a pygmy cuttlefish, Idiosepius pygmaeus Steenstrup. Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses 10(21): 209–213
• Sasaki, M. 1929. A monograph of the dibranchiate cephalopods of the Japanese and adjacent waters. Journal of the Faculty of Agriculture, Hokkaido Imperial University 20(Suppl.): 1–357 30 pls
• Sato, T. 1985. Reports on the squid tagging in New Zealand waters. Far Seas Fish. Res. Lab. Spec. Ser. No. 14: 1–73
• Satyamurti, S.T. 1952. Mollusca of Krusadai Is. I. Amphineura and Gastropoda. Bulletin of the Madras Government Museum (n.s.), Natural History n.s. 1(2)(2): i-vii, 1-267, pls 1-34
• Satyamurti, S.T. 1956. Mollusca of Krusadai Is. II. Scaphopoda, Pelecypoda, and Cephalopoda. Bulletin of the Madras Government Museum (n.s.), Natural History 1(2, pt 7): 20–26
• Saunders, W.B. 1981. A new species of Nautilus from Palau. Veliger 24: 1–7
• Saunders, W.B. 1981. The species of living Nautilus and their distribution. Veliger 24: 8–17
• Saunders, W.B. 1987. The species of Nautilus. pp. 35–52 in Saunders, W.B. & Landman, N.H. (eds). Nautilus: the Biology and Paleobiology of a Living Fossil. New York : Plenum Press pp. 632.
• Savage, I.V.E. & Howden, M.E.H. 1977. Hapalotoxin, a second lethal toxin from the octopus Hapalochlaena maculosa. Toxicon 15: 463–466
• Say, T. 1817. Conchology. Nicholson's Amer. Edit. British Encycl. Philadelphia : Mitchell, Ames & White Vol. 2.
• Say, T. 1817. Descriptions of seven species of American fresh water and land shells, not noticed in the systems. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 1: 13–16
• Scacchi, A. 1833. Osservazioni Zoologische. NapoliVol. 1+2 pp. 27.
• Scarabino, V. 1986. Nuevos Taxa Abissales de la Clase Scaphopoda. Comunicaciones Zoologicas del Museo de Historia Natural de Montevideo 11(155): 1–19 [in Spanish, with English summary]
• Scarabino, V. 1986. Systematics of Scaphopoda (Mollusca), I. Three new bathyal and abyssal taxa of Gadilida from South and North Atlantic ocean. Comunicaciones Zoologicas del Museo de Historia Natural de Montevideo 11(161): 1–15
• Scarabino, V. 1994. Aproximacion al número de especies de Scaphopoda actuales. Communicaciones de la Sociedad Malacologia del Uruguay 7: 357–361
• Scarabino, V. 1995. Scaphopoda of the tropical Pacific and Indian Oceans, with description of 3 new genera and 42 new species. In Bouchet, P. (ed.) Résultats des Campagnes MUSORSTOM. Vol 14. Mém. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. Paris 167: 189–379.
• Schacko, G. 1878. Die Zungenbewaffung der Gattung Amphibola. Jahrbücher der Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 5: 1–9
• Schaufuss, L.W. 1869. Molluscorum Systema et Catalogus. System und Aufzählung sämmtlicher Conchylien der Sammlung von Fr. Paetel. Dresden : O. Weiske pp. i–xiv, 1–119.
• Scheltema, A.H. 1978. Position of the class Aplacophora in the phylum Mollusca. Malacologia 17: 99–109
• Scheltema, A.H. 1981. Comparative morphology of the radulae and alimentary tracts in the Aplacophora. Malacologia 20: 361–383
• Scheltema, A.H. 1985. The aplacophoran family Prochaetodermatidae in the North American Basin, including Chevroderma n.g. and Spathoderma n.g. (Mollusca: Chaetodermomorpha). Biological Bulletin. Marine Biological Laboratory (Woods Hole) 169: 484–529
• Scheltema, A.H. 1987. Reproduction and rapid growth in a deep-sea aplacophoran mollusc, Prochaetoderma yongei. Marine Ecology Progress Series 37: 171–180
• Scheltema, A.H. 1989. Australian aplacophoran molluscs: I. Chaetodermomorpha from Bass Strait and the continental slope off southeastern Australia. Records of the Australian Museum 41: 43–62
• Scheltema, A.H. 1990. The Aplacophora as a Tethyan slope taxon: evidence from the Pacific. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 47: 50–61
• Scheltema, A.H. 1992. The Aplacophora: History, Taxonomy, Phylogeny, Biogeography, and Ecology. Woods Hole Oceanogr. Inst. Tech. Rept. WHOI-92—12 viii 234 pp.
• Scheltema, A.H. 1993. Aplacophora as progenetic aculiferans and the coelomate origin of mollusks as the sister taxon of Sipuncula. Biological Bulletin. Marine Biological Laboratory (Woods Hole) 184: 57–78
• Scheltema, A.H. 1995. Falcidens poias, a new species of chaetoderm Aplacophora from Rottnest Island, Western Australia (Chaetodermomorpha, Chaetodermatidae). Molluscan Research 16: 45–49
• Scheltema, A.H. 1996. Phylogenetic position of Sipuncula, Mollusca and the progenetic Aplacophora. pp. 53–58 in Taylor, J.D. (ed.). Origin and Evolutionary Radiation of the Mollusca. Oxford, New York, Tokyo : Oxford University Press.
• Scheltema, A.H. 1997. Aplacophora molluscs: deep-sea analogs to polychaetes. Bulletin of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Science 60: 575–583
• Scheltema, A.H. 1998. Aplacophora. pp. 3–47 in Scott, P.V. & Blake, J.A. (eds). Taxonomic Atlas of the Benthic Fauna of the Santa Maria Basin and the Western Santa Barbara Channel. Vol. 8. The Mollusca, Part I. Santa Barbara, CA : Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History.
• Scheltema, A.H. 1998. Class Aplacophora. pp. 145–147 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: the Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Vol. 5, Pt A. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing pp. xv 563.
• Scheltema, A.H. 1999. Two solenogaster molluscs, Ocheyoherpia trachia n.sp. from Macquarie Island and Tegulaherpia tasmanica Salvini-Plawen from Bass Strait (Aplacophora: Neomeniomorpha). Records of the Australian Museum 51: 23–31
• Scheltema, A.H. 2001. Aplacophora. pp. 1–18 in Wells, A. & Houston, W.W.K. (eds). Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Vol. 17.2. Mollusca: Aplacophora, Polyplacophora, Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing, Australia xii 353 pp.
• Scheltema, A.H. & Ivanov, D.L. 2000. Prochaetodermatidae of the Eastearn Atlantic Ocean and Mediterranean Sea (Mollusca, Aplacophora). Journal of Molluscan Studies 66: 313–362
• Scheltema, A.H. & Jebb, M. 1994. Natural history of a solenogaster mollusc from Papua New Guinea, Epimenia australis (Thiele), (Aplacophora: Neomeniomorpha). Journal of Natural History 28: 1297–1318
• Scheltema, A.H. & Schander, C. 2000. Discrimination and phylogeny of solenogaster species through the morphology of hard parts (Mollusca, Aplacophora, Neomeniomorpha). Biological Bulletin. Marine Biological Laboratory (Woods Hole) 198: 121–151
• Scheltema, A.H., Tscherkassky, M. & Kuzirian, A.M. 1994. Aplacophora. pp. 13–54 in Harrison, F.W. & Kohn, A.J. (eds). Microscopic Anatomy of Invertebrates. Vol. 5. Mollusca I. New York : Wiley-Liss.
• Schepman, M.M. 1908. Prosobranchia (excluding Heteropoda and parasitic Prosobranchia). Rhipidoglossa and Docoglossa. With an appendix by Prof. R. Bergh [Pectinobranchiata]. Siboga-Expéditie 49(1): 1–108–9 pls.
• Schileyko, A.A. & Menkhorst, P.M.G. 1997. Composition and phylogenetic relations of the Cochlicellidae (Gastropoda, Pulmonata). Ruthenica 7: 51-60
• Schlüter, F. 1838. Kurzgefasstes verzeichniss meiner conchyliensammlung nebst Andeutung aller von mir bis jetzt bei halle gefundenen Land und Flussconchylien. HalleVol. VII pp. 1–40.
• Schlüter, F. 1838. Kurzgefasstes verzeichniss meiner conchyliensammlung nebst Andeutung aller von mir bis jetzt bei halle gefundenen Land und Flussconchylien. Halle Vol. VII pp. 1–40.
• Schmeltz, J.D.K. 1869. Museum Godeffroy. Catalog 4. Hamburg : Wilhelm Mauke Söhne xxxix 141 pp.
• Schmidt, C.T. 1818. Versuch über die beste Einrichtung zur Aufstellung, Behandlung und Aufbewahrung der verschiedenen Naturkörper und Gegenstände der Kunst, vorzüglich der Conchylien-Sammlungen, nebst kurzer, Beurtheilung der conchyliologischen Systeme und Schriften und einer tabellarischen Zusammenstellung und Vergleichung der sechs besten und neuesten conchyliologischen Systeme, welchen ein Verzeichniss der am meisten bekannten Conchylien angehängt ist, wie solche nach dem Lamakischen System geordnet werden Können. Gotha : Publisher unknown 8 + 252 pp.
• Schmidt, J. 1922. Live specimens of Spirula. Nature (London) 110: 788–790
• Schneider, J.G. 1784. Characteristik des ganzen Geschlechts und der einzelnen Arten von Blackfischen. pp. 105–134 in, Sammlung vermischter Abhandlungen zur Aufklärung der Zoologie und der Handlungsgeschichte. Berlin xvi 348 pp. 1 pl.
• Schröter, J.S. 1805. Wiedermann's Archiv für Zool. und Zootomie. BraunschweigVol. 4.
• Schuhmacher, H.C.F. 1817. Essai d'un Nouveau Systéme des Habitations des vers Testaces. Copenhagen : Schultz iv 287 pp.
• Schultz, F. 1838. Kurzgefasstes systematisches verzeichniss meiner Conchyliensammlung nebst Andeutung aller bis jetzt von mir bei Halle gefunden Land - und Flussconchylien. Berlin : Halle pp. 40.
• Schumacher, H. C. F. 1817. Essai d'une nouveau système des habitations des vers testacés. Copenhagen : Schultz pp. iv, 22 pls, 287.
• Schumann, W. 1911. Über die Anatomie und die systematische Stellung von Gadinia peruviana Sowerby und Gadinia garnoti Payraudeau. Zoologische Jahrbücher Supplement 13. Fauna Chilensis 4: 1–88
• Schütt, S. & Glaubrecht, M. 1999. Thiara amarula (Linné, 1758) (Caenogastropoda: Thiaridae) in Australia — new evidence on the anatomy of the reproductive system in a viviparous freshwater mollusc. Courier Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg 215: 181–188
• Scott, B. 1995. Redescription of Fastosarion superba (Cox, 1871) with descriptions of two new species of Fastosarion from northern Queensland (Pulmonata: Helicarionidae). Molluscan Research 16: 69-80
• Scott, B.J. & Kenny, R. 1998. Family Helicinidae. pp. 702 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. vi–viii, 565–1234.
• Scott, B.J. & Kenny, R. 1998. Family Hydrocenidae. pp. 701 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. vi–viii, 565–1234.
• Scott, T. 1910. Notes on Crustacea found in the gizzard of a deep-sea cephalopod. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 8 5: 51–54
• Segawa, S. 1987. Life history of the oval squid, Sepioteuthis lessoniana in Kominato and adjacent waters Central Honshu, Japan. Journal of the Tokyo University of Fisheries 74(2): 67–105
• Seguenza, G. 1877. Nuculidi Terziarie rinvenute nelle Provincie meridionali d' Italia. Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei. Memorie. Classe di Scienze Fisiche, Matematiche e Naturali 3 1: 1163–1200
• Selenka, E. 1865. Zwei neue nacktschnecken aus Australien (Limax pectinatus und bicolor). Malakozoologische Blätter 12: 105–110
• Semper, K.G. 1882. Onchidiidae. Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen 3: 251–290
• Semper, O. 1865. Notice preliminaire sur la famille des Diplommatinacees. Journal de Conchyliologie 13: 289–294 [1 July 1865]
• Sharp, B. & Pilsbry, H.A. in Pilsbry, H.A. & Sharp, B. 1897. [1897–1898] Scaphopoda. pp. i–xxxii 1–280 pls 1–39 in Tryon, G.W. Jr (ed.). Manual of Conchology. Philadelphia : Academy of Sciences Vol. 17. [1897: 1–144 pls 1–26; 1898: i–xxxii + 145–280 pls 27–37 Vanatta, E.G. 1927. Dates of publication of the parts of the Manual of Conchology, First Series (Cephalopoda, Marine Gastropoda, Polyplacophora, Scaphopoda). Nautilus 40: 96–99]
• Shea, M. 1982. First pleurodiscid snail in Australia. Australian Shell News 40: 6–7
• Shea, M. 1983. A checklist of the land snails from the Sydney area. Australian Shell News 44: 6–7
• Shea, M. 1984. Sydney Valloniidae. Part 1. Australian Shell News 48: 4
• Shea, M. 1991. Elusive Ellobiids. Australian Shell News 76: 1-2
• Shea, M. 1994. The Chinese viviparid snail Bellamya heudei guangdungensis (Kobelt, 1906) in Australia (Prosobranchia: Viviparidae). Molluscan Research 15: 3–11
• Shea, M. 1995. Freshwater Molluscs of Sydney. Australian Shell News 88: 4-6
• Shea, M. pers. comm., this work
• Sheldon, F. & Walker, K.F. 1993. Pipelines as a refuge for freshwater snails. Regulated Rivers Research Management 8: 295–300
• Sheldon, F. & Walker, K.F. 1993. Shell variation in Australian species of Notopala (Gastropoda: Viviparidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 14: 59–71
• Shikama, T. 1964. Description of a new species of Murex and Conus from the Arafura Sea. Venus 23(1): 33–37, pl. 3
• Shikama, T. 1964. Selected shells of the world illustrated in colours. Tokyo : Hokuryu-Kan Vol. 2 pp. 1–212.
• Shikama, T. 1970. On some noteworthy marine Gastropoda from southwestern Japan (II). Science Reports of the Yokohama National University 16: 19–27, 1 pl.
• Shikama, T. 1971. On some noteworthy marine Gastropoda from southwestern Japan (III). Science Reports of the Yokohama National University 2 18: 27–35
• Shikama, T. 1977. Descriptions of new and noteworty [sic] Gastropoda from Western Oceans. Science Reports of the Yokohama National University 24(2): 9–23
• Shikama, T. 1978. Description of new and noteworthy Gastropoda from western Pacific Ocean (I). Sci. rept. Yokosuka City Mus. 25: 35–42
• Shimek, R.L. 1989. Shell morphometrics and systematics: a revision of the slender, shallow-water Cadulus of the Northeastern Pacific (Scaphopoda: Gadilida). The Veliger 32: 233–246
• Shimek, R.L. & Steiner, G. 1997. Scaphopoda. pp. 719–781 in Harrison, F.W. & Kohn, A.J. (eds). Microscopic Anatomy of Invertebrates. Volume 6B (Mollusca II). New York : Wiley-Liss.
• Shirley, J. 1921. Land shells of the Queensland National Park. Queensland Naturalist 3: 32–37 [Oct. 1921]
• Shuto, T. 1969. Neogene gastropods from Panay Island, the Philippines. Memoires of the Faculty of Science, Kyushu University 19(1): 1–250
• Shuto, T. 1971. Neogene bivalves from Panay Island, the Philippines. Memoires of the Faculty of Science, Kyushu University 21(1): 1-73
• Shuttleworth, R.J. 1852. Diagnosen neuer Mollusken. Mitteilungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern 1852: 193–208 [Aug. 1852]
• Shuttleworth, R.J. 1853. Über den Bau der Chitoniden, mit Aufzählung der die Antillen und die Canarischen Inseln bewohnenden Arten. Mitteilungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern 1853: 169–207 [June 1853]
• Simpson, R.D. 1976. Physical and biotic factors limiting the distribution and abundance of littoral molluscs on Macquarie Island (sub-antarctic). Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 21: 11–49
• Simpson, R.D. 1977. The reproduction of some littoral molluscs from Macquarie Island (sub-antarctic). Marine Biology, Berlin 44: 125–142
• Simroth, H.R. 1889. Ueber einige Vaginula–Arten. Zoologischer Anzeiger 12: 551–556, 574–578 [24 Oct. 1889]
• Simroth, H.R. 1891. Ueber das Vaginuliden genus Atopos, n.g. Zeitschrift für Wissenschaftliche Zoologie 52: 593–616 [2 Oct. 1891]
• Simroth, H.R. 1898. Über die Gattungen Parmacochlea, Parmarion und Microparmarion. Zoologische Jahrbücher Syst. 11: 151–172
• Simroth, H.R. 1913. Über die von Herrn Prof. Voeltzkow auf Madagaskar und in Ostafrika erbeuteten Vaginuliden, nebst verwandtem Material von ganz Afrika. pp. 129–216 pls 13–17 in Voeltzkow, A. (ed.). Reise in Ostafrika in den Jahren 1903–1905. Stuttgart : E. Schweizerbart'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung, Nägele & Dr Sproesser.
• Singleton, F. A. 1937. Lady Julia Percy Island. 1935 Expedition. Mollusca. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria 49: 387–396
• Siripattrawan Sirirat, Park Joong-Ki & O Foighil Diarmaid 2000. Two lineages of the introduced Asian freshwater clam Corbicula occur in North America. Journal of Molluscan Studies 66(3): 423-429
• Smale, M.J. 1996. Cephalopods as prey. IV. Fishes. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B 351: 1067–1081
• Smallridge, M.A. & Kirby, G.C. 1988. Competitive interactions between the land snails Theba pisana (Muller) and Cernuella virgata (da Costa) from South Australia. Journal of Molluscan Studies 54: 251–258
• Smith, B.J. 1965. The secretions of the reproductive tract of the garden slug Arion ater. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 118: 997–1014
• Smith, B.J. 1966. Maturation of the reproductive tract of Arion ater (Pulmonata : Arionidae). Malacologia 4: 325–349
• Smith, B.J. 1966. The structure of the central nervous system of the slug Arion ater L., with notes on the cytoplasmic inclusions of the neurones. Journal of Comparative Neurology 126: 437–452
• Smith, B.J. 1967. Correlation between neurosecretory changes and maturation of the reproductive tract of Arion ater (Stylommatophora : Arionidae). Malacologia 5: 285–298
• Smith, B.J. 1969. A comparative study of two Australian paryphantid snails, with notes on their taxonomic relationships. pp. 164–169 in Rao, K.V. (ed.). Marine Biological Association of India, Symposium on Mollusca. Pt 1. Mandapan Camp : Marine Biological Association of India.
• Smith, B.J. 1970. Notes on the anatomy of Victaphanta atramentaria Shuttleworth and V. compacta Cox & Hedley, and the designation of a neotype for V. atramentaria. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 2: 13–21
• Smith, B.J. 1973. A new species of snail from Lake Pedder, Tasmania, possibly belonging to the family Valvatidae. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 2: 429–434
• Smith, B.J. 1979. A new species of the genus Glacidorbis (?Hydrobiidae : Gastropoda) from Great Lake, Tasmania. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 4: 121–127
• Smith, B.J. 1979. Notes on two new species of rhytidid snails from Lizard Is. Nth Queensland. Records of the Australian Museum 32: 421–434
• Smith, B.J. 1984. Regional endemism of the south-eastern Australian land mollusc fauna. pp. 178–188 in Solem, A. & Van Bruggen, A.C. (eds). World-Wide Snails. Biogeographical Studies on Non-Marine Mollusca. Leiden : Brill.
• Smith, B.J. 1987. Description of a new genus of carnivorous snail (Mollusca : Rhytididae). Victorian Naturalist 104(3): 86–90
• Smith, B.J. 1989. Travelling snails. Journal of Medicine and Applied Malacology 1: 195–204
• Smith, B.J. 1992. Non-Marine Mollusca. In, Houston, W.W.K. (ed.). Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 8 pp. xii 408.
• Smith, B.J. 1992. Non-Marine Mollusca. In, Houston, W.W.K (ed.). Zoological Catalogue of Australia. Canberra : Australian Government Publishing Service Vol. 8 pp. xii 408.
• Smith, B.J. 1998. Family Arionidae. pp. 1100-1101 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J. 1998. Family Caryodidae. pp. 1093 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J. 1998. Family Cionellidae. pp. 1081-1082 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J. 1998. Family Ferrussaciidae. pp. 1087 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J. 1998. Family Helicarionidae. pp. 1105-1106 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J. 1998. Family Helicidae. pp. 1113-1114 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J. 1998. Family Hyriidae. pp. 297-298 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part A pp. xvi, 1–563.
• Smith, B.J. 1998. Family Limacidae. pp. 1102-1103 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J. 1998. Family Milacidae. pp. 1103 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J. 1998. Family Pleurodiscidae. pp. 1084 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J. 1998. Family Rhytididae. pp. 1091–1093 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J. 1998. Family Testacellidae. pp. 1107–1108 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J. 1998. Family Zonitidae. pp. 1104 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J., this work
• Smith, B.J. & Dartnall, A.J. 1976. Veronicellid slugs in the Northern Territory with notes on other land molluscs. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 3: 186
• Smith, B.J. & Djajasasmita, M. 1988. The land molluscs of the Krakatau Islands, Indonesia. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 323: 379–400
• Smith, B.J. & Kershaw, R.C. 1972. Tasmanian snails referred to the genus Victaphanta (Stylomatophora : Paryphantidae). Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 33: 111–114
• Smith, B.J. & Kershaw, R.C. 1979. Field Guide to the Non-marine Molluscs of South-eastern Australia. Canberra : A.N.U. Press pp. 285.
• Smith, B.J. & Kershaw, R.C. 1979. Field Guide to the Non-marine Molluscs of South-eastern Australia. Canberra : A.N.U. Press pp. 1-285.
• Smith, B.J. & Kershaw, R.C. 1985. Description of three Tasmanian charopid genera (Pulmonata: Mollusca) with notes on their type species. Records of the Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston 88: 1–14
• Smith, B.J. & Kershaw, R.C. 1990. Case 2739. Helicarion Férussac, 1821 (Mollusca, Gastropoda): proposed conservation, and proposed designation of Helixarion cuvieri Férussac, 1821 as the type species. Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature 47: 258–262
• Smith, B.J. & Kershaw, R.C. 1998. Family Cystopeltidae. pp. 1106-1107 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J. & Plant, R.J. 1981. Differentiating the left-handed freshwater snails of south-eastern Australia. Victorian Naturalist 98: 257–260
• Smith, B.J. & Stanisic, J. 1998. Pulmonata. pp. 1037–1061 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Smith, B.J., Black, J.H. & Shepherd, S.A. 1989. Molluscan egg masses and capsules. pp. 841–891 in Shepherd, S.A. & Thomas, I.M. (eds). Marine Invertebrates of Southern Australia. Part II. Adelaide : S. Aust. Gov. Print. Div.
• Smith, E.A. 1874. Mollusca. pp. 1–7 in Richardson, J. & Gray, J.E. (eds). The Zoology of H.M.S. Erebus and Terror under the command of Captain Sir James Clark Ross. R.N., F.R.S. during the years 1839 to 1843. London : E.W. Johnson Vol. 2 (21).
• Smith, E.A. 1875. Descriptions of some new shells from Kergulen Island. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 4 16: 67–73
• Smith, E.A. 1877. Mollusca. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B 168: 167-192, pl. IX
• Smith, E.A. 1882. On the freshwater shells of Australia. Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Zoology 16: 255–316 [Apr. 1882]
• Smith, E.A. 1884. An account of the land and freshwater Mollusca collected during the Voyage of the "Challenger" from December 1872 to May 1876. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1884: 258–281 [1 Oct. 1884]
• Smith, E.A. 1884. Mollusca. In, Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the voyage of H.M.S. "Alert" 1881–82. London. 34–116, 487–508 pls 4–7 pp.
• Smith, E.A. 1884. Mollusca. pp. 34–116 in, Report on the Zoological Collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the voyage of H.M.S. Alert, 1881–1882. Vol. 2. London : British Museum (Natural History).
• Smith, E.A. 1884. Report on the zoological collections made in the Indo-Pacific Ocean during the voyage of the 'Alert', 1881-1882. Part 1. The collections from Melanesia. Mollusca: 34-508, 657-659, pls IV-XLIV. British Museum (Natural History), London.
• Smith, E.A. 1885. Report on the Lamellibranchiata collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873–1876. Report of the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. "Challenger", 1873–1876, Zoology 13(35): 1–341
• Smith, E.A. 1887. Notes on Australian species of Bithinia, Segmentina, and Fusus and description of a new Melania. Journal of Conchology 5: 235–238 [12 Nov. 1887]
• Smith, E.A. 1891. Descriptions of new species of shells from the `Challenger' Expedition. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1891: 436–445
• Smith, E.A. 1891. Marine Shells from Aden. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1891(3): 430–432
• Smith, E.A. 1891. Notes on some shells recently received by the British Museum. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 7: 135–140 [1 Jan. 1891]
• Smith, E.A. 1893. Descriptions of new species of Helix, Rissoina and Actaeon. Conchologist 2: 97–100
• Smith, E.A. 1894. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer 'Investigator', Commander C.F. Oldham, R.N. Series 2(10). Report on Mollusca dredged in the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 81: 157–174 pl. 4
• Smith, E.A. 1894. Natural history notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer "Investigator", Commander C.F. Oldham, R.N.—Series II, No. 10. Report on some Mollusca dredged in the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. Annals and Magazine of Natural History 6 14: 157–174 366–368 pls 3–5 [Sept. 1894]
• Smith, E.A. 1894. On the land-shells of Western Australia. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 1: 84–99 [June 1894]
• Smith, E.A. 1895. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer 'Investigator', Commander C.F. Oldham, R.N. Series 2(19). Report on Mollusca dredged in the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea during 1893–4. Annals and Magazine of Natural History XVI: 1–19 pl. 2
• Smith, E.A. 1898. Notes on the genus Coxiella. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 3: 75–76 [July 1898]
• Smith, E.A. 1903. Marine Mollusca. In, The fauna and geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes etc. Vol. 2 pp. 589–630 pls 35–36.
• Smith, E.A. 1905. Note on three species of Pelecypods. Journal of Malacology 12(1): 26–27
• Smith, E.A. 1910. Description of Thersites (Glyptorhagada) hillieri n. sp., from south central Australia. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 9: 26 [31 Mar. 1910]
• Smith, E.A. 1911. Description of a new species of Acmaea from Bombay, and notes on other forms from that locality. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 9: 356–358
• Smith, H.K. 1983. Fishery and biology of Nototodarus gouldi (McCoy, 1888) in Western Bass Strait. Memoirs of the National Museum of Victoria 44: 285–290
• Smythe, K.R. 1975. Salinator fragilis (Lamarck) – habitat and behaviour. Journal of Conchology 28: 339–342
• Smythe, K.R. 1975. On the occurence of Salinator fragilis (Lamarck) in the Arabian Gulf. Journal of Conchology 28: 335–338
• Solem, A. 1958. Endodontide landschnecken von Indonesia und Neu Guinea. Archiv fuer Molluskenkunde 87: 19–26
• Solem, A. 1958. New land snail from Queensland. The Nautilus 72: 20–22
• Solem, A. 1959. Systematics of the land and freshwater Mollusca of the New Hebrides. Fieldiana Zoology 43: 1–234
• Solem, A. 1964. Amimopina, an Australian enid land snail. Veliger 6: 115–120
• Solem, A. 1966. Some non-marine mollusks from Thailand, with notes on classification of the Helicarionidae. Spolia Zoologica Musei Hauniensis 24: 7–110
• Solem, A. 1970. The endodontid land snail genera Pilsbrycharopa and Paryphantopsis. Veliger 12(3): 239–264
• Solem, A. 1973. Craterodiscus McMichael, 1959, a camaenid land shell from Queensland. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 2: 377–385
• Solem, A. 1973. Convergence in pulmonate radulae. The Veliger 15: 165–171
• Solem, A. 1974. The Shell Makers. New York : John Wiley & Sons xii 289 pp.
• Solem, A. 1974. The Shell Makers: Introducing Mollusks. New York : Wiley 289 pp.
• Solem, A. 1976. Endodontoid land snails from Pacific Islands (Mollusca : Pulmonata : Sigmurethra). Part I. Family Endodontidae. Chicago : Field Museum 508 pp.
• Solem, A. 1978. Classification of the land Mollusca. pp. 49–97 in Fretter, V. & Peake, J. (eds). Pulmonates. Systematics, Evolution and Ecology. London : Academic Press Vol. 2a.
• Solem, A. 1979. Camaenid land snails from western and central Australia (Mollusca : Pulmonata : Camaenidae) I. Taxa with trans-Australian distribution. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 10: 5–142
• Solem, A. 1981. Camaenid land snails from Western and Central Australia (Mollusca : Pulmonata : Camaenidae). III. Taxa from the Ningbing Ranges and nearby areas. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 11: 321–425
• Solem, A. 1981. Camaenid land snails from Western and central Australia. II. Taxa from the Kimberley, Amplirhagada Iredale, 1933. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 11: 147–320
• Solem, A. 1981. Small land snails from northern Australia. 1. Species of Gyliotrachela Tomlin, 1930 (Mollusca : Pulmonata : Vertiginidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 5: 87–100
• Solem, A. 1982. Small land snails from Northern Australia, II: Species of Westracystis Iredale, 1939 (Mollusca: Pulmonata, Helicarionidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 5: 175–193
• Solem, A. 1983. Endodontoid Land Snails from Pacific Islands (Mollusca : Pulmonata : Sigmurethra). Part II. Families Punctidae and Charopidae, Zoogeography. Chicago : Field Museum 336 pp.
• Solem, A. 1983. First record of Amphidromus from Australia, with anatomical notes on several species (Mollusca : Pulmonata : Camaenidae). Records of the Australian Museum 35: 153–166
• Solem, A. 1984. Camaenid land snails from Western and Central Australia (Mollusca : Pulmonata : Camaenidae). IV. Taxa from the Kimberley, Westraltrachia Iredale, 1933 and related genera. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 17: 427–705
• Solem, A. 1984. Small land snails from Northern Australia. III. Species of Helicodiscidae and Charopidae. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 6(3–4): 155–179
• Solem, A. 1985. Camaenid land snails from Western and central Australia (Mollusca : Pulmonata : Camaenidae). V. Remaining Kimberley genera and addenda to the Kimberley. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 20: 707–981
• Solem, A. 1986. Pupilloid land snails from the south and mid-west coasts of Australia. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 7: 95–124
• Solem, A. 1988. Maximum in the minimum: biogeography of the land snails from the Ningbing Ranges and Jeremiah Hills, northeast Kimberley, Western Australia. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 9: 59–113
• Solem, A. 1988. New camaenid land snails from the northeast Kimberley, Western Australia. Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 9: 27–58
• Solem, A. 1988. Non-camaenid land snails of the Kimberley and Northern Territory, Australia. I. Systematics, affinities and ranges. Invertebrate Taxonomy 2: 455–604
• Solem, A. 1989. Cristilabrum kessneri, a new camaenid land snail from the Jeremiah Hills. Western Australia (Mollusca : Pulmonata : Camaenidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 10: 97–107
• Solem, A. 1989. Non-camaenid land snails of the Kimberley and Northern Territory, Australia. I. Systematics, affinities and ranges. Invertebrate Taxonomy 2: 455–604
• Solem, A. 1991. Distribution and diversity patterns of Australian pupilloid land snails (Mollusca: Pulmonata: Pupillidae, s.l.). Veliger 34(3): 233–252
• Solem, A. 1992. Camaenid land snails from southern and eastern South Australia, excluding Kangaroo Island. Pt 1. Systematics, distribution and variation. Records of the South Australian Museum Monograph Series 2: 1–338
• Solem, A. 1993. Camaenid land snails from Western and central Australia (Mollusca: Pulmonata: Camaenidae). VI. Taxa from the Red Centre. Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 43: 983–1459
• Solem, A. 1997. Camaenid land snails from Western and central Australia (Mollusc: Pulmonata: Camaenidae). Records of the Western Australian Museum, Supplement 50: 1461–1906
• Solem, A. 1998. Family Bulimulidae. pp. 1094-1096 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Solem, A. 1998. Family Camaenidae. pp. 1112-1113 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Solem, A. 1998. Family Helicodiscidae. pp. 1100 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Solem, A. 1998. Family Subulinidae. pp. 1087–1088 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Solem, A. 1998. Family Succineidae. pp. 1108–1109 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Solem, A. & Christensen, C. 1984. Camaenid land snail reproductive cycle and growth patterns in semi-arid areas of north-western Australia. Australian Journal of Zoology 32: 471–491
• Solem, A., Girardi, E.L., Slack-Smith, S. & Kendrick, G.W. 1982. Austroassiminea letha, gen. nov., sp. nov., a rare and endangered prosobranch snail from south-western Australia (Mollusca : Prosobranchia : Assimineidae). Journal of the Royal Society of Western Australia 65(4): 119–129
• South, A. 1989. A comparison of the life cycles of the slugs Deroceras reticulatum (Muller) and Arion intermedius Normand, on permanent pasture. Journal of Molluscan Studies 55(1): 9–22
• South, A. 1992. Terrestrial slugs. Biology, ecology and control. London : Chapman & Hall 428 pp.
• Souverbie, M. 1873. Note complémentaire sur deux espèces provenant de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Journal de Conchyliologie 31: 287
• Souverbie, M. & Montrouzier, R.P. 1864. Descriptions d'espèces nouvelles de l'Archipel Caledonien. Journal de Conchyliologie 3 12: 41–42
• Souverbie, M. In Souverbie, M. & Montrouzier, R.P. 1866. Descriptions d'espèces nouvelles de l'Archipel Calédonien. Journal de Conchyliologie 14: 248–261 pl. 9 [1 July 1866]
• Sowerby J. & G.B. 1824. The Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells. Siphonaria. London : Sowerby Vol. 1(21).
• Sowerby, G. B. 1860. Descriptions of new shells in the collection of H. Cuming. (1859). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 27: 428–429
• Sowerby, G. B. 1879. Thesaurus conchyliorum. London : Sowerby Vol. 4, pts 33-34 pp. 1–55, pls. 380–402.
• Sowerby, G. B. 1895. Descriptions of nine species of shells. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 1(5): 214–217
• Sowerby, G. B. (1st) 1825. A catalogue of the shells contained in the collection of the late Earl of Tankerville...., together with an appendix containing descriptions of many new species. London 1–34 (appendix), 1–92.
• Sowerby, G. B. (2nd) 1834. The Conchological illustrations, Murex. Pls 58-67; 1841: pls 187-199 and catalogue: 1-9. Sowerby, London.
• Sowerby, G. B. (3rd) 1889. Descriptions of fourteen new species of shells from China, Japan and the Andaman Islands...(1888). Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 56: 565–570, pl. 28
• Sowerby, G.B. 1822. Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells. London : G.B. Sowerby Vol. 2 pls. [1822]
• Sowerby, G.B. 1834. Characters of new species of Mollusca and Conchifera collected by Mr Cuming. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1834(2): 6-128
• Sowerby, G.B. 1834. The genera of Recent and Fossil shells. LondonVol. 2 pp. pls. 127–262, and unnumbered text.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1835. Fissurella. pp. pls 72-78, 80 in Sowerby, G.B. (ed). The Conchological Illustrations or coloured figures of all the hitherto unfigured recent shells. London : Sowerby, G.B.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1840. A catalogue of Recent species of chitons. In, Conchological Illustrations. London : Sowerby. 10 pp.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1841. Descriptions of several new species of chitones, brought by H. Cuming, Esq., from the Philippine Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1841: 61–62
• Sowerby, G.B. 1841. The Conchological Illustrations or coloured figures of all the hitherto unfigured recent shells. London : Sowerby, G.B. pp. 200 pls.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1842. A Conchological Manual. London : Henry G. Bohn 313 pp.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1842. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, or monographs of genera of shells. London : Sowerby Vol. 1.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1842. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, or monographs of genera of shells. London : Sowerby Vol. 2.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1843. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, or monographs of genera of shells. London : Sowerby Vol. 1 438 pp.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1845. Pleiocene Mollusca. pp. 296–298 in Strzelecki, P.E. de (ed.). Physical Description of New South Wales and Van Diemen's Land. London : Longman, Brown, Green & Longmans xix 462 pp.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1849. Thesaurus Conchyliorum or monographs of genera of shells, 2. London 1855.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1860. Monograph of the genus Dentalium. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, or monographs of genera of shells. London Vol. 3. 97–104 pls pp.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1862. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, or monographs of genera of shells. London : Sowerby Vol. 3.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1865. Monograph of the genus Unio. pls 19–30. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 16.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1866. Thesaurus Conchyliorum, or monographs of genera of shells. London : G.B. Sowerby Vol. 3 pp. 277–331 pls 266–290.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1867. Monograph of the genus Unio. pls 55–60. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 16.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1868. Monograph of the genus Mycetopus. pls 1–3. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 16.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1872. Monograph of the genus Limnaea. pls 1–15. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 18.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1873. Monograph of the genus Physa. pls 2–10. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 19.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1874. Monograph of the genus Physa. pls 1, 11–12. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 19.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1875. Monograph of the genus Cyrena. pls 1–19. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 20.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1876. Monograph of the genus Sphaerium. pls 1–5. In, Reeve, L.A. (ed.). Conchologia Iconica. London : L. Reeve & Co. Vol. 20.
• Sowerby, G.B. 1907. Descriptions of new Marine Mollusca from New Caledonia, etc. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 7(5): 299–303
• Sowerby, G.B. 1913. Description of new species of Mollusca from New Caledonia, Japan and other localities. Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London 11: 5–10
• Sowerby, G.B. In Broderip, W.J. & Sowerby, G.B. 1832. Specimens of Mollusca and Conchifera collected by Mr H. Cuming. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 2: 25–33
• Sowerby, G.B. II 1833. The conchological illustrations, or coloured figures of all the hitherto unfigured recent shells. Parts 38–45. London.
• Sowerby, G.B. II 1840. Descriptions of some new chitons. Magazine of Natural History ns 4(suppl.): 287–294 pl. 16 [June 1840]
• Sowerby, G.B. II 1842. Descriptions of four species of the genus Chiton, brought by H. Cuming, Esq., from the Philippine Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 9: 103–104
• Sowerby. G.B. 1833. Characters of new species of Mollusca and conchifera, collected by Mr. Cumming. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1833: 16–134
• Spalowsky, J.J.N.A. 1795. Prodromus in Systema Historicum Testaceorum. Vorschmack einer vollständigen systematischen geschichte der schalthiergehäuse. Wien : Gedruckt bey Ignaz Alberti's Wittwe. pp. [14], IV, 88 pp., [1], XIII leaves of plates.
• Spratt, J.D. 1978. Age and growth of the market squid Loligo opalescens Berry, in Monterey Bay. Fisheries Bulletin, California Department of Fish and Game 169: 35–44
• Stanisic, J 1998. A new semi-slug from Tamborine Mountain, Southeastern Queensland (Mollusca: Eupulmonata: Helicarionidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 42(2): 597–603
• Stanisic, J. 1981. Helix parramatensis Cox, 1864: A synonym of Euconulus (Euconulus) fulvus (Müller, 1774) (Pulmonata : Euconulidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 5: 81–83
• Stanisic, J. 1981. The carnivorous land snail Gulella (Huttonella) bicolor (Hutton, 1834) in Australia. (Pulmonata : Streptaxidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 5: 84–86
• Stanisic, J. 1987. Studies on the Charopidae of tropical and subtropical Australia. 1. Oreokera : A primitive genus from the high mountains of North Queensland (Mollusca : Pulmonata : Charopidae). Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 8: 1–21
• Stanisic, J. 1988. A re-evaluation of the relationships of Helix (Thalassia) gayndahensis Brazier, 1987 (Mollusca, Pulmonata, Helicarionidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 25: 475–479
• Stanisic, J. 1990. Systematics and biogeography of eastern Australian Charopidae (Mollusca, Pulmonata) from subtropical rainforests. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 30: 1–241
• Stanisic, J. 1993. Danielleilona gen. nov. from the Wet Tropics, northeastern Queensland (Pulmonata: Charopidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 34: 11–20
• Stanisic, J. 1993. Eungarion mcdonaldi gen. et sp. nov., a montane semi-slug from mideastern Queensland rainforests (Pulmonata: Helicarionidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 34: 27–34
• Stanisic, J. 1993. Lenwebbia paluma sp. nov., from the Wet Tropics, northeastern Queensland (Pulmonata: Charopidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 34: 21–26
• Stanisic, J. 1993. The identity of Helicarion semoni Marten, 1894: a large semi-slug from the Wet Tropics, northeastern Queensland (Pulmonata: Helicarionidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 34: 1–9
• Stanisic, J. 1996. A new camaenid land snail from the Wet Tropics Biogeographic Region, northeastern Queensland (Eupulmonata, Camaenidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 39: 355–363
• Stanisic, J. 1996. New land snails from boggomoss environments in the Dawson Valley, southeastern Queensland (Eupulmonata: Charopidae and Camaenidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 39: 343–354
• Stanisic, J. 1997. Shell and radular morphology of Australian Helicinidae. Australian Shell News 94: 1-2
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Temporena Iredale, 1933 unravelled. Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 42: 604
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Achatinidae. pp. 1089-1090 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Amphibolidae. pp. 1067 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Ancylidae. pp. 1071–1072 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Athoracophoridae. pp. 1109–1110 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Bradybaenidae. pp. 1115 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Charopidae. pp. 1097–1099 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Corillidae. pp. 1110–1112 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Cyclophoridae. pp. 704 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. vi–viii, 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Diplommatinidae. pp. 705-706 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. vi–viii, 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Ellobiidae. pp. 1076–1078 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Enidae. pp. 1085–1086 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Glacidorbidae. pp. 1075 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Lymnaeidae. pp. 1069-1071 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Megaspiridae. pp. 1088-1089 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Onchidiidae. pp. 1063-1064 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Physidae. pp. 1074-1075 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Planorbidae. pp. 1072-1074 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Punctidae. pp. 1096–1097 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Pupillidae. pp. 1082-1084 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Pupinidae. pp. 704-705 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. vi–viii, 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Rathouisiidae. pp. 1064-1065 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Siphonariidae. pp. 1068–1069 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Smeagolidae. pp. 1062-1064 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Streptaxidae. pp. 1090-1091 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Valloniidae. pp. 1084–1085 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Veronicellidae. pp. 1065-1067 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Family Viviparidae. pp. 706-707 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. vi–viii, 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. FamilyTrochomorphidae. pp. 1104-1105 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Superfamily Achatinelloidea. pp. 1080–1081 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Superfamily Partuloidea. pp. 1085-1086 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 Part B pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 1998. Superfamily Trimusculoidea. pp. 1078-1079 in Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. & Wells, A. (eds). Mollusca: The Southern Synthesis. Fauna of Australia. Melbourne : CSIRO Publishing Vol. 5 pp. 565–1234.
• Stanisic, J. 2000. Taxonomy of the Australian rainforest snail, Helix bellendenkerensis Brazier, 1875 (Mollusca: Eupulmonata: Camaenidae). Memoirs of the Queensland Museum 46(1): 337-348
• Stanisic, J., this work
• Stantschinsky, W. 1907. Zur anatomie und systematik der Gattung Onchidium. Zoologische Jahrbücher. Abteilung für Systematik, Ökologie und Geographie der Tiere 25: 353-402
• Starobogatov, Y.I. 1988. On the systematic position of the genus Glacidorbis (Gastropoda incertae sedis). [In Russian, with English summary]. 78–84 in Starobogatov, Y.I. (ed.). Systematics and fauna of Gastropoda, Bivalvia and Cephalopoda. Proceedings of the Zoological Institute, Leningrad 187: 1–203
• Steenstrup, J.J. 1856. Hectocotydannelsen hos Octopods laegterne Argonauta og Tremoctopus, oplyst ved lagttageke af Dannelsen hos Blaeksprutterne i Alminddelighed. Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs. Skrifter 5 4: 187–216 2 pls
• Steenstrup, J.J. 1857. Oplysninger om Atlanterhavels colossalc Blaeksprutter. Forhandlinger ved de Skandinaviske Naturforskeres Möte Kobenhavn 7: 182–185
• Steenstrup, J.J. 1861. Overblik over de i Kjøbenhavns Museer opbevarede Blaeksprutter fra det aabne Hav (1860–1861). Oversigt over det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger 1861: 69–86
• Steenstrup, J.J. 1875. Hamisepius, en ny Slaegt af Sepia Blaeksprutternes familie, med Bemaerkninger om Sepia formerne i Almindelighed. Kongelige Dansk Videnskabernes. Selskabs Skrifter. Kjøbenhavn 5 10: 465–482 2 pls
• Steenstrup, J.J. 1880. Orientering i de Ommatostrephagtige Blaeksprutters indbyrdes Forhold. Oversigt over det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger 1880–1881: 73–110
• Steenstrup, J.J. 1881. Sepiadarium og Idiosepius to nye slaegter af Sepiernes familie. Med Bemaerkninger om de to beslaegtede former Sepioloidea d'Orb. og Spirula Lamarck. Kongelige Dansk Videnskabernes. Selskabs Skrifter. Kjøbenhavn 6: 213–242
• Steenstrup, J.J. 1882. En ny Blaekspruttes laegt: Tracheloteuthis. Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening 1881: 293–294
• Steenstrup, J.J. 1887. Notae Teuthologicae. 6. Oversigt over det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger 1887: 47–66
• Steiner, G. 1991. Observations on the anatomy of the scaphopod mantle, and the description of a new family, the Fustiariidae. American Malacological Bull